<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://sotawiki.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=174.45.69.8</id>
	<title>SotA Wiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://sotawiki.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=174.45.69.8"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/sota/Special:Contributions/174.45.69.8"/>
	<updated>2026-08-02T21:34:26Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.9</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=146687</id>
		<title>Player Dungeon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=146687"/>
		<updated>2025-11-19T00:32:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: /* Recipes and Blueprints that Drop as Loot */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|image=SS DungeonBasement F.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&#039;&#039;Green Marble Dungeon Room&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; {{PAGENAME}} &#039;&#039;&#039; are player made custom dungeons you can create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Lot owners can attach their own player dungeon to their lot. A dungeon is different from a basement, but does share some similarities. For instance, it’s like a basement in the sense that a dungeon is an expansion to a lot that exists independently of any house on that lot; you may place a dungeon entrance on your lot even if that lot doesn’t have a house on it, and vice-versa.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You’ll need two things in order to place a dungeon on your lot: a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]]. You can buy recipes to craft them for gold from [[bookseller]] merchants (located in some large NPC towns, such as Aerie, Ardoris, Brittany Estates, and Kingsport).  You can also buy foyers from the in-game [[Crown Shop]].  You can reshape your crafted entrance with patterns available from the in-game Crown Store or as loot in game.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Entrances are placeable decorations that can be deployed on the ground anywhere there is room on your lot. This includes inside or outside your house, including the upper floors. Dungeon Entrances will not function without a Dungeon Foyer Deed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Foyer Deeds function much like basement deeds. To connect your dungeon entrance to a dungeon foyer, you must have the deed to that foyer in your possession. To enter a player dungeon, double-click the dungeon entrance object and click the “Enter Dungeon” or “Enter Sample Dungeon” button. If a dungeon is available, you’ll be sent to that scene.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In addition to being an entry point for your dungeon, your dungeon entrance is also a tool that allows you to change the associated dungeon foyer and adjust the permissions for those who can enter your dungeon, much like the sign outside of a housing lot.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The Lot owner can expand the dungeon beyond the foyer by adding additional hallways and rooms. They can also place decorations and add encounter rooms with dangerous enemies!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Player dungeons, like basements, can be set to allow for open-PvP. Be cautious when entering a player dungeon!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Every dungeon foyer contains a Resurrection Ankh near the entrance.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/playerinstructions Player Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Helpful Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you’re an owner or steward, enter the “/slew” command into your chat window to enter “free camera” mode and fly around your dungeon. Change your speed with your mouse wheel. Turn off this mode by entering “/slew” in the chat window again or pressing ESC twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Basement Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Basement Entrance Menu.png&lt;br /&gt;
|caption= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
To start building a dungeon on your lot, you will need a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] (after these 2 items are placed, then you can enter the dungeon and place additional rooms and hallways).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; is a decoration item that is placed on a player&#039;s lot, and it serves as the entry point of the player dungeon. After you place the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; on your lot, you can double-click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Foyer&amp;quot; is the starting room of the dungeon. When you enter the dungeon, you will be placed in the Foyer. To exit the dungeon, you must return to the foyer and click on the ladder (or you can teleport out using a [[Teleport Scroll]]). Also, there is a resurrection ankh in the Dungeon foyer, so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of Dungeon Basement Entrances and Foyers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Craftable Entrance &amp;amp; Foyer - The [[Tomb Dungeon Entrance]] and the [[Single Connection Stone Dungeon Foyer]] are craftable (the recipes can be purchased from NPC [[Bookseller]]s). You can apply a [[Pattern]] to the Tomb Dungeon Entrance to give it a different appearance (the [[Pattern: Water Well Dungeon Entrance]] drops from a [[Well]] when taking water, while other patterns can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers - For the Dungeon Entrances, you can purchase a pattern from the [[Crown Shop]] and apply it to the crafted entrance. For foyers, you can purchase the Foyer from the [[Crown Shop]] (a pattern is not needed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on the various Entrances and Foyers, see&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Foyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Initial Steps in Creating a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: Obtain a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] and make sure they are in your inventory (these items can be crafted or purchased in the Crown Shop).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: Place the Dungeon Basement Entrance on your lot (see [[Decoration]] for instructions on placing items on the lot).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Double-click on the Dungeon Basement entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu. If you have not placed a Foyer yet, the menu will show &amp;quot;No Dungeon&amp;quot; and the text of the &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot; button will be grey (i.e. the button is deactivated because there is no dungeon yet).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4:  Click &amp;quot;Change Dungeon&amp;quot;, then use the left &amp;amp; right arrows to scroll though the foyer options. Select the foyer that is in your inventory, and then click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the dungeon, double-click on the Dungeon Basement Entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, then click &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be adding or removing rooms, hallways, and totems to the dungeon, then you will want to put the Dungeon in Design Mode before you enter (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
The Dungeon Mode can only be set prior to entering a dungeon, and cannot be changed when you are in the dungeon. The dungeon will be in whichever mode it was last set to. If you want to change modes, do so before entering the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change Dungeon Mode, click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, and then click the cog symbol on the upper right side of the menu. Then select either &amp;quot;Enable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Disable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; (turning off Adventure mode will place the dungeon in Design Mode). The dungeon will remain in the whichever mode it was last set to (i.e. it does not revert to a default mode when leaving the dungeon or exiting the game).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or remove rooms/hallways&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of spawn rooms&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement within the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Slew - this command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon. You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. For details, see the Slew Section below. &lt;br /&gt;
* Getting Killed - see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adventure Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement and activity within the dungeon (e.g. you can [[Fishing|Fish]] in appropriate areas).&lt;br /&gt;
* Rooms with a totem or with a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] will spawn hostile creatures that can be killed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Getting Killed - see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Your avatar can die in both Adventure mode and Design mode. For example, you will die in either mode if you fall from too high up. The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect in the foyer if there is a pathway to reach it. If you die in a place where there is no resurrection ankh or no pathway to get to an ankh, then you will need to let the resurrection timer run out (in which case you will resurrect at the foyer, and any items that you have equipped will take a -5% durability hit). So, you may consider designing your dungeon while equipped with junk gear just in case you fall into a place where there is no accessible ankh. Also, make sure you can access a resurrection device regardless of where you may die in your dungeon. You can add additional [[Resurrection Ankh]]s and [[Resurrection Chaos]] to the dungeon (these can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Note: [[Deco Mode]] is not specific to dungeons, and can be used when you are on a lot, in a house, in a basement, or in a player dungeon. Deco mode allows you to add, remove, or adjust decorations if you have sufficient permissions. In a player dungeon, Deco Mode can be enabled regardless of whether the dungeon is in Design Mode or Adventure Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them==&lt;br /&gt;
A dungeon module is a room, hallway, grotto, cave, or other interor space that can be added to a Player Dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of Dungeon Modules, see &lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Hallways|Dungeon Hallways]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Rooms|Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules can be added to the dungeon after the Dungeon Entrance and Dungeon Foyer have been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, Dungeon modules come in 2 types:&lt;br /&gt;
* Decoration only (these rooms do not have the term &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; in their name) - these modules only allow for decorations to be placed, and cannot spawn encounters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Capable of Spawning Encounters (most of these modules have the term  &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name) - these rooms allow for spawns (and sometimes decoration). Each type of room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]]  will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn [[Troll]]s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon modules can be obtained by the following means:&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased from the [[Crown Shop]] - some dungeon modules are only available in the Crow Shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop as loot - the only known examples of this are the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room]] and the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]], which can drop as loot from some higher level [[Troll]]s, particularly the ones in [[Ruined Keep]] and [[Ravensmoor]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Crafted - the crafted modules all require a recipe and a blueprint. The recipes and blueprints for some modules can be purchased from NPC  [[Bookseller]]s, while others drop as loot (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Recipes and Blueprints that Drop as Loot==&lt;br /&gt;
Note that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;all of the recipes for dungeon modules (including recipes for creating dungeon rooms, converting spawned rooms to decorative rooms, and converting decorative rooms to spawned rooms) are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. So, you can easily learn the recipes from other players or learn them by looking up the ingredients on the wiki and crafting them. This also means that you can easily convert your room between the spawn version and the decoration version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The more crucial item to obtain is the blueprint (because the blueprint can only be obtained from loot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;The blueprints are all rare drops (except for the ones in Compendium of Pain and Suffering where they drop more often)&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dungeon blueprints that must be obtained from loot are listed in the table below. The corresponding recipes drop at the same location from the same creatures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Locations Where You Can Loot Recipes and Blueprints Needed to Craft Certain Dungeon Modules&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Location of Recipes and Blueprints for Module !! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Module Name !!  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Spawn/Totem Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(dash = no spawn)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Zone: !! Drop as Loot From:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blackblade Pass]] || [[Satyr]]s,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Hardened Skeleton Mage]]s || [[Cave Stone Room - Lava Grotto (6x7) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Brittany Sewers]] || Chest (in the &amp;quot;Supply Room&amp;quot; POI)* || [[Stone Dungeon Room - Village Lot Cellar (2 floor)(2x2) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;|[[Compendium of Pain and Suffering|Compendium of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Pain and Suffering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | Chests&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 1)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 2)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 3)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 1)]] || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 2)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 3)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Hilt Fortress]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Lich Mage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Deplorable Archmage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Decaying Commander]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (all are in or around the &amp;quot;Crypts of Eternity&amp;quot; POI)*&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda Encounter with Spawns]]  || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room (Deco))]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room Pristine Deco)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room with Spawns)]] || [[Spider]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Owl&#039;s Head Sewers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Razox Dread]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Owl&#039;s Head Sewer)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Owl&#039;s Head Sewer, Spawned]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ruins of Ravensmoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ras&#039;al&#039;horag, Undead Lord]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Undead Ravensmoor)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[The Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ebon Cultist Marksman]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist High Wizard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist Champion]]||[[Stone Dungeon Small Temple (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Elrin Nayer]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Lich Mage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(both in &amp;quot;Nether Throne Hall&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Throne Hall (The Fall)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Elrin Nayer]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Lich Mage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(both in top level Lich Room)||[[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;8&amp;quot; | [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Elrin Nayer]] (boss lich in &amp;quot;Hall of the Lich&amp;quot; POI)*,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]] (boss elf at entrance to&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss) w/ Spawns]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Obsidian [[Troll]]||[[The Rise Shaft]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Shaft with Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Obsidian Elf Sharpshooter]] (in the &amp;quot;Hallway of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[The Rise Dog Room]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Dog Room w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]] (in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room - The Rise Library]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Library w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; POI = Point of Interest, which shows up on the compass. More details about how to find the POI are often provided on the wiki page for the zone where the POI is located.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: the creatures shown above have all been confirmed to have dropped the blueprints and recipes. However, there may be other creatures that drop the blueprints and recipes (especially creatures in or near the rooms described above).  They may also drop from the same creatures when they inhabit other zones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Blue Hammer/Mallet Icon at Connection Point (in Design Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Icon.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Editor Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Menu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Your dungeon must be in Design Mode in order to add dungeon modules.&lt;br /&gt;
The modules that you want to add must be in your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the connection point where you want to add a module and double-click on the blue Hammer/Mallet icon to open the Dungeon Editor Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the arrows to select the module that you want to attach. If applicable, click on the arrows to select which connection you want (some rooms have multiple connection points, and if this is the case, then a connection selector will appear on the Dungeon Editor Menu). Then, click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; is the number of points it will &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot; to place the currently selected module. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; shows the number of points you have used, followed by the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate.&lt;br /&gt;
For details, see the &amp;quot;Dungeon Points&amp;quot; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you are unable to add a dungeon module, there are 2 possible reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do not have enough dungeon points - if you do not have enough points to add a room and if you want to increase the allowable size of your dungeon, click &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot; on the Dungeon Editor Menu to add more points.&lt;br /&gt;
* You have a collision issue with another module - the module that you are trying to place is colliding into a previously placed module. If the module you are trying to place has another connection point, you can try to chose another connection to see if that  resolves the collision issue. Otherwise, you may need to find another place to put the module. Note: collision between modules can still occur even when the game allows you to place the module.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Points==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon points are a numerical representation of the size of dungeon and its components. In general, an 8 x 8 area represents one dungeon point.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Value&#039;&#039;&#039; - Each Dungeon Module has a &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; that depends on its size (a larger module has a larger Dungeon Point Value). This value is the cost (in points) of placing the module in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Limit&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate. The Dungeon Point Limit controls how many modules your dungeon can contain and controls the decoration limits. You are given a base Dungeon Point Limit depending on the size of the lot on which you placed the Dungeon Entrance (but you can increase this limit, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;Margin-left: auto; Margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Lot Size&lt;br /&gt;
! Base Dungeon Points&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Row&lt;br /&gt;
|50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Village&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Town&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|City&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Castle&lt;br /&gt;
|300&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time you add a hallway or room to the dungeon, its Dungeon Point Value is added to the number of dungeon points that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
You can keep adding rooms/hallways until you exceed the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot;.  If you wish to add more rooms/hallways, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decoration limits of a dungeon are dependent on the dungeon point limit (see [[Decoration#Player_Dungeons| Decoration Limit for Player Dungeons]]).  So if you want higher decoration limits, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slew Command: Getting A &amp;quot;Bird&#039;s Eye&amp;quot; View of Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
The Slew command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon (in other words, it allows you to have free control of the &amp;quot;camera&amp;quot; so that you can view the dungeon from any position and from any angle, regardless of whether the view is from inside or outside the dungeon walls). It is often beneficial to have [[Night Vision]] active when in Slew mode because it helps you see more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. When slew is on, you can move your viewpoint using the following controls:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: Auto; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Control of Movement in Slew Mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Desired Movement of Position or View Angle !! Keyboard or Mouse Control&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Up|| E key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Down || Q key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward || W Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Backward || S Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Left || A Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Right || D Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| View angle|| click &amp;amp; hold right mouse button, then move mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Movement speed|| mouse wheel up or down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms usually have &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with spawn&amp;quot; in their name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into Design Mode and place a [[Dungeon Totem]] on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures. For details on where to obtain essences, crafting the totems, and the different types of totems, see [[Dungeon Totem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; Give Loot or XP==&lt;br /&gt;
You can place a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] in decoratable Player Dungeon modules, and it will cause a &amp;quot;Lich Mimic&amp;quot; (with 3,641 health) to spawn in adventure mode (The lich is hostile and will attack; however, it will not give any loot nor any experience points when killed). You can place the statue as deco when the dungeon is in either Design Mode or Adventure Mode (as long as [[Deco Mode]] is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
You can place multiple statues in a module, and each statue will spawn a lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resurrection Locations in a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
All Dungeon Foyers have [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
However, depending on the design of your dungeon, it may not be possible to return to the Foyer if you die in certain areas. &lt;br /&gt;
You can add additional resurrection locations by placing [[Resurrection Ankh]]s or [[Resurrection Chaos]] in your dungeon (these items can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Your avatar can die in both Adventure mode and Design mode. For example, you will die in either mode if you fall from too high up. You can resurrect at the ankh in the foyer if there is a pathway to reach it. If you die in a place where there is no resurrection ankh or no pathway to get to an ankh, then you will need to let the resurrection timer run out (in which case you will resurrect at the foyer, and any items that you have equipped with take -5% durability hit). So, make sure you can access a resurrection device regardless of where you may die in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Decorating a Dungeon and Decoration Limits==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Decoration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setting Permissions for A Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
For setting permissions for your dungeon (including banning a player), see [[Lot#Setting_Permissions_on_A_Lot| Setting Permissions on A Lot]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving a Decorated Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Property Manager]] window to store a fully-decorated lot, basement, and dungeon, and then unpack it to either that same lot or another empty lot of the same size that you have claimed in any scene.  Dungeon points are based on the lot size that the dungeon is started on. Using the Property Manager to move a player dungeon to a larger lot will not recalculate the dungeon&#039;s point base.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Property Manager window from the Stained Glass menu icon, the Lot Deeds options menu, or from any lot sign in any scene. The left side of the window shows your available slots and their current storage status. Each player is given 5 storage slots. You may purchase additional storage slots with Crowns of the Obsidians. The right side of the Property Manager window shows all of your claimed lots. Each lot includes the name of the deed used to claim the lot, the location of the lot, and the size of the lot. Each lot also has two slots: one for the primary contents of your lot (including the house), and one for the basement and its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Housing]][[Category:Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Dungeon_Totem&amp;diff=146681</id>
		<title>Dungeon Totem</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Dungeon_Totem&amp;diff=146681"/>
		<updated>2025-11-18T04:46:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: /* Salvaging Totems */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox Item&lt;br /&gt;
|icon=Lich_Totem_icon.png&lt;br /&gt;
|itemtype=Decoration&lt;br /&gt;
|craftskill=Smelting&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon totems are decorations that can only be placed on the pedestal of [[Player Dungeon]] &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; rooms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms usually have &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Specific_Modes:_Design_Mode_versus_Adventure_Mode|Design Mode]] and place a totem on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Specific_Modes:_Design_Mode_versus_Adventure_Mode|Adventure Mode]], a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points in a player dungeon are not as good as in a developer-created adventure zone).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will only allow one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Types of Essences and Where to Obtain Them==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures (the essence type is named after the creatures that drop it, e.g. Liches drop Lich Essences, Elves drop Elf Essences, etc.). Essences can drop from any variation of the creature and in any zone in which the creature can be found. For example, an Elf Essence can drop from any Elf Mage, Elf Fighter, or any other type of elf.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are 6 types of essences:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Elf Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Fire Elemental Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Kobold Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Lich Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Spider Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Troll Essence]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Crafting the Totems==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon totems are crafted from essences using the [[Smelting Station]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All of the totem recipes require level 1 [[Smelting]], and are all [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]] (you can learn the recipes from other players, or learn the recipes by placing the ingredients on the smelting station and clicking &amp;quot;craft&amp;quot;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The general recipe for creating a level 1 totem is: 100 essences and a stone chisel on the [[Smelting Station]] -&amp;gt; creates one level 1 totem. The type of essence used in the recipe determines the type of totem created (i.e. lich essences create a lich totem, spider essences create a spider totem, etc). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create tier 2 to tier 6 totems by using the [[Smelting Station]] to combine multiple lower-tier totems into a higher-tier totem (see table below for general recipes)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Put This on the [[Smelting Station]]&lt;br /&gt;
and Click &amp;quot;Craft&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Yield&lt;br /&gt;
(Crafting Result)&lt;br /&gt;
! Total Amount of Essences&lt;br /&gt;
Required to Make A Totem of This Tier&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|100 Essences + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 1 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Four Tier 1 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 2 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|400&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Four Tier 2 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 3 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|1600&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Four Tier 3 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 4 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|6400&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Two Tier 4 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 5 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|12800&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Two Tier 5 totems + 1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|One Tier 6 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|25600&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Crafting Box&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Totem, Lich, Level 1&lt;br /&gt;
|skill=Smelting&lt;br /&gt;
|skillrequirement=1&lt;br /&gt;
|lastseen=67&lt;br /&gt;
|teachable=Re-Teachable&lt;br /&gt;
|tool=1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|ingredient=100 Lich Essence;&lt;br /&gt;
|output=1 {{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Types and Levels of Totems==&lt;br /&gt;
There are 6 types of totems, with each type having 6 levels. The totem will spawn the creature in its name (i.e. Lich totems will spawn liches, kobold totems will spawn kobolds, etc.). The higher the level of the totem, the more powerful the creatures that will spawn. The maximum totem level is level 6. The types of totems are:&lt;br /&gt;
* Elf Totem&lt;br /&gt;
* Fire Elemental Totem&lt;br /&gt;
* Kobold Totem&lt;br /&gt;
* Lich Totem &lt;br /&gt;
* Spider Totem &lt;br /&gt;
* Troll Totem&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Using the Totems To Spawn Creatures==&lt;br /&gt;
To enable spawns in your [[Player Dungeon]], you must do the following steps in order.&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of a spawn room - to accomplish this, you must place your dungeon into [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Specific_Modes:_Design_Mode_versus_Adventure_Mode|Design Mode]] and then use the [[Decoration]] mechanic to place a totem on the pedestal of a spawn room.&lt;br /&gt;
* Then put your dungeon in [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Specific_Modes:_Design_Mode_versus_Adventure_Mode|Adventure Mode]] - when you enter a dungeon that is in Adventure Mode, rooms with a totem on the pedestal will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures (that are more difficult to defeat).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Which Type of Totem Can be Placed in Each Spawn Room?==&lt;br /&gt;
See the table at [[Player_Dungeon#Dungeon_Modules_and_Where_to_Get_Them|Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Salvaging Totems==&lt;br /&gt;
Level 1 totems cannot be salvaged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Level 2 to 6 totems can be salvaged at a [[Blacksmithing Station]]; however, you will only get 75% of the ingredients that were used to craft the totem. Note that salvaging a totem will only yield lower level totems; it will not yield essences. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; text-align:center&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Salvage of This on the [[Blacksmithing Station]]&lt;br /&gt;
! Will Yield This (Salvage Result)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Level 1 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|(Cannot be Salvaged)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Level 2 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|Three Level 1 totems&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Level 3 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|Three Level 2 totems&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Level 4 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|Three Level 3 totems&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Level 5 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|One Level 4 totem &amp;amp; Two level 3 totems&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Level 6 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|One Level 5 totem &amp;amp; One Level 4 totem&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Player Dungeon]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Elf Totem&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Elf Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Fire Elemental Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Fire Elemental Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Kobold Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Kobold Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Lich Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Lich Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Spider Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Spider Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Troll Totems&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 1 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 2 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 3 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 4 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 5 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Level 6 Troll Totem]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Smelting]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Dungeon Totem]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Arcane_Catalyst&amp;diff=146595</id>
		<title>Arcane Catalyst</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Arcane_Catalyst&amp;diff=146595"/>
		<updated>2025-11-16T06:57:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox Item&lt;br /&gt;
|quest=1&lt;br /&gt;
|location=Town Sieges&lt;br /&gt;
|weight=0&lt;br /&gt;
|value=0&lt;br /&gt;
|used=[[Collect Arcane Catalyst]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Arcane Catalyst is a quest item used for the [[Collect Arcane Catalyst]] quest in the [[Town Sieges]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These drop as loot from [[Siege Engineer]]s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can carry an unlimited number of these. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{query loot}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Quest items]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Tank_Fish&amp;diff=146592</id>
		<title>Tank Fish</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Tank_Fish&amp;diff=146592"/>
		<updated>2025-11-16T02:17:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: /* Types of Tank Fish &amp;amp; The Water Type They Can be Caught In */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Tank Fish are fish that can be placed in a [[Fish Tank (Container)| Fish Tank]] (a decoration that can purchased from the [[Crown Shop]]) or in a [[Fish Bowl]] (a decoration that can be crafted).&lt;br /&gt;
When placed in a tank or bowl, Tank Fish will swim around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tank fish can be obtained by [[Fishing]] or by purchasing them from player vendors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can distinguish Tank Fish from other types of fish because Tank Fish have the phrase &amp;quot;(Fish Tank)&amp;quot; after their name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Types of Tank Fish &amp;amp; The Water Type They Can be Caught In==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Salt Water&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
:* Blue Tang&lt;br /&gt;
:* Cardinal&lt;br /&gt;
:* Clownfish&lt;br /&gt;
:* Damselfish&lt;br /&gt;
:* Green Wrasse&lt;br /&gt;
:* Longfin Bannerfish&lt;br /&gt;
:* Royal Gramma&lt;br /&gt;
:* Sailfin Tang&lt;br /&gt;
:* Yellow Tang&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Fresh Water&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
:* [[Aether Tetra]] - appears only when [[Comet]] is in the sky &lt;br /&gt;
:* Angelfish&lt;br /&gt;
:* Goldfish&lt;br /&gt;
:* Neon Tetra&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Fetid Water&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
:* [[Aether Tetra]]  - appears only when [[Comet]] is in the sky &lt;br /&gt;
:* Damselfish&lt;br /&gt;
:* Neon Tetra&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&#039;&#039;&#039;Lava&#039;&#039;&#039;===&lt;br /&gt;
:* Skeleton Fish&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Fishing Link List=&lt;br /&gt;
{{Navbox Fishing}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Tank Fish]][[Category:Fishing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=146539</id>
		<title>Player Dungeon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=146539"/>
		<updated>2025-11-11T01:20:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: /* Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|image=SS DungeonBasement F.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&#039;&#039;Green Marble Dungeon Room&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; {{PAGENAME}} &#039;&#039;&#039; are player made custom dungeons you can create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Lot owners can attach their own player dungeon to their lot. A dungeon is different from a basement, but does share some similarities. For instance, it’s like a basement in the sense that a dungeon is an expansion to a lot that exists independently of any house on that lot; you may place a dungeon entrance on your lot even if that lot doesn’t have a house on it, and vice-versa.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You’ll need two things in order to place a dungeon on your lot: a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]]. You can buy recipes to craft them for gold from [[bookseller]] merchants (located in some large NPC towns, such as Aerie, Ardoris, Brittany Estates, and Kingsport).  You can also buy foyers from the in-game [[Crown Shop]].  You can reshape your crafted entrance with patterns available from the in-game Crown Store or as loot in game.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Entrances are placeable decorations that can be deployed on the ground anywhere there is room on your lot. This includes inside or outside your house, including the upper floors. Dungeon Entrances will not function without a Dungeon Foyer Deed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Foyer Deeds function much like basement deeds. To connect your dungeon entrance to a dungeon foyer, you must have the deed to that foyer in your possession. To enter a player dungeon, double-click the dungeon entrance object and click the “Enter Dungeon” or “Enter Sample Dungeon” button. If a dungeon is available, you’ll be sent to that scene.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In addition to being an entry point for your dungeon, your dungeon entrance is also a tool that allows you to change the associated dungeon foyer and adjust the permissions for those who can enter your dungeon, much like the sign outside of a housing lot.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The Lot owner can expand the dungeon beyond the foyer by adding additional hallways and rooms. They can also place decorations and add encounter rooms with dangerous enemies!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Player dungeons, like basements, can be set to allow for open-PvP. Be cautious when entering a player dungeon!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Every dungeon foyer contains a Resurrection Ankh near the entrance.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/playerinstructions Player Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Helpful Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you’re an owner or steward, enter the “/slew” command into your chat window to enter “free camera” mode and fly around your dungeon. Change your speed with your mouse wheel. Turn off this mode by entering “/slew” in the chat window again or pressing ESC twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Basement Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Basement Entrance Menu.png&lt;br /&gt;
|caption= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
To start building a dungeon on your lot, you will need a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] (after these 2 items are placed, then you can enter the dungeon and place additional rooms and hallways).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; is a decoration item that is placed on a player&#039;s lot, and it serves as the entry point of the player dungeon. After you place the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; on your lot, you can double-click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Foyer&amp;quot; is the starting room of the dungeon. When you enter the dungeon, you will be placed in the Foyer. To exit the dungeon, you must return to the foyer and click on the ladder (or you can teleport out using a [[Teleport Scroll]]). Also, there is a resurrection ankh in the Dungeon foyer, so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of Dungeon Basement Entrances and Foyers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Craftable Entrance &amp;amp; Foyer - The [[Tomb Dungeon Entrance]] and the [[Single Connection Stone Dungeon Foyer]] are craftable (the recipes can be purchased from NPC [[Bookseller]]s). You can apply a [[Pattern]] to the Tomb Dungeon Entrance to give it a different appearance (the [[Pattern: Water Well Dungeon Entrance]] drops from a [[Well]] when taking water, while other patterns can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers - For the Dungeon Entrances, you can purchase a pattern from the [[Crown Shop]] and apply it to the crafted entrance. For foyers, you can purchase the Foyer from the [[Crown Shop]] (a pattern is not needed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on the various Entrances and Foyers, see&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Foyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Initial Steps in Creating a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: Obtain a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] and make sure they are in your inventory (these items can be crafted or purchased in the Crown Shop).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: Place the Dungeon Basement Entrance on your lot (see [[Decoration]] for instructions on placing items on the lot).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Double-click on the Dungeon Basement entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu. If you have not placed a Foyer yet, the menu will show &amp;quot;No Dungeon&amp;quot; and the text of the &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot; button will be grey (i.e. the button is deactivated because there is no dungeon yet).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4:  Click &amp;quot;Change Dungeon&amp;quot;, then use the left &amp;amp; right arrows to scroll though the foyer options. Select the foyer that is in your inventory, and then click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the dungeon, double-click on the Dungeon Basement Entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, then click &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be adding or removing rooms, hallways, and totems to the dungeon, then you will want to put the Dungeon in Design Mode before you enter (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
The Dungeon Mode can only be set prior to entering a dungeon, and cannot be changed when you are in the dungeon. The dungeon will be in whichever mode it was last set to. If you want to change modes, do so before entering the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change Dungeon Mode, click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, and then click the cog symbol on the upper right side of the menu. Then select either &amp;quot;Enable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Disable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; (turning off Adventure mode will place the dungeon in Design Mode). The dungeon will remain in the whichever mode it was last set to (i.e. it does not revert to a default mode when leaving the dungeon or exiting the game).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or remove rooms/hallways&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of spawn rooms&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement within the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Slew - this command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon. You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. For details, see the Slew Section below. &lt;br /&gt;
* Getting Killed - see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adventure Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement and activity within the dungeon (e.g. you can [[Fishing|Fish]] in appropriate areas).&lt;br /&gt;
* Rooms with a totem or with a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] will spawn hostile creatures that can be killed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Getting Killed - see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Your avatar can die in both Adventure mode and Design mode. For example, you will die in either mode if you fall from too high up. The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect in the foyer if there is a pathway to reach it. If you die in a place where there is no resurrection ankh or no pathway to get to an ankh, then you will need to let the resurrection timer run out (in which case you will resurrect at the foyer, and any items that you have equipped with take -5% durability hit). So, you may consider designing your dungeon while equipped with junk gear just in case you fall into a place where there is no accessible ankh. Also, make sure you can access a resurrection device regardless of where you may die in your dungeon. You can add additional [[Resurrection Ankh]]s and [[Resurrection Chaos]] to the dungeon (these can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Note: [[Deco Mode]] is not specific to dungeons, and can be used when you are on a lot, in a house, in a basement, or in a player dungeon. Deco mode allows you to add, remove, or adjust decorations if you have sufficient permissions. In a player dungeon, Deco Mode can be enabled regardless of whether the dungeon is in Design Mode or Adventure Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them==&lt;br /&gt;
A dungeon module is a room, hallway, grotto, cave, or other interor space that can be added to a Player Dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of Dungeon Modules, see &lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Hallways|Dungeon Hallways]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Rooms|Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules can be added to the dungeon after the Dungeon Entrance and Dungeon Foyer have been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, Dungeon modules come in 2 types:&lt;br /&gt;
* Decoration only (these rooms do not have the term &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; in their name) - these modules only allow for decorations to be placed, and cannot spawn encounters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Capable of Spawning Encounters (most of these modules have the term  &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name) - these rooms allow for spawns (and sometimes decoration). Each type of room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]]  will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn [[Troll]]s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon modules can be obtained by the following means:&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased from the [[Crown Shop]] - some dungeon modules are only available in the Crow Shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop as loot - the only known examples of this are the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room]] and the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]], which can drop as loot from some higher level [[Troll]]s, particularly the ones in [[Ruined Keep]] and [[Ravensmoor]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Crafted - the crafted modules all require a recipe and a blueprint. The recipes and blueprints for some modules can be purchased from NPC  [[Bookseller]]s, while others drop as loot (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Recipes and Blueprints that Drop as Loot==&lt;br /&gt;
Note that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;all of the recipes for dungeon modules (including recipes for creating dungeon rooms, converting spawned rooms to decorative rooms, and converting decorative rooms to spawned rooms) are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. So, you can easily learn the recipes from other players or learn them by looking up the ingredients on the wiki and crafting them. This also means that you can easily convert your room between the spawn version and the decoration version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The more crucial item to obtain is the blueprint (because the blueprint can only be obtained from loot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;The blueprints are all rare drops (except for the ones in Compendium of Pain and Suffering where they drop more often)&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dungeon blueprints that must be obtained from loot are listed in the table below. The corresponding recipes drop at the same location from the same creatures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Locations Where You Can Loot Recipes and Blueprints Needed to Craft Certain Dungeon Modules&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Location of Recipes and Blueprints for Module !! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Module Name !!  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Spawn/Totem Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(dash = no spawn)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Zone: !! Drop as Loot From:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blackblade Pass]] || [[Satyr]]s,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Hardened Skeleton Mage]]s || [[Cave Stone Room - Lava Grotto (6x7) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Brittany Sewers]] || Chest (in the &amp;quot;Supply Room&amp;quot; POI)* || [[Stone Dungeon Room - Village Lot Cellar (2 floor)(2x2) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;|[[Compendium of Pain and Suffering|Compendium of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Pain and Suffering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | Chests&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 1)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 2)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 3)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 1)]] || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 2)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 3)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Hilt Fortress]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Lich Mage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Deplorable Archmage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Decaying Commander]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (all are in or around the &amp;quot;Crypts of Eternity&amp;quot; POI)*&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda Encounter with Spawns]]  || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room (Deco))]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room Pristine Deco)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room with Spawns)]] || [[Spider]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Owl&#039;s Head Sewers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Razox Dread]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Owl&#039;s Head Sewer)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Owl&#039;s Head Sewer, Spawned]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ruins of Ravensmoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ras&#039;al&#039;horag, Undead Lord]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Undead Ravensmoor)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[The Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ebon Cultist Marksman]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist High Wizard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist Champion]]||[[Stone Dungeon Small Temple (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|? [[Elrin Nayer]], [[Lich Mage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(both in &amp;quot;Nether Throne Hall&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Throne Hall (The Fall)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Elrin Nayer]] (boss lich in highest Lich Room)||[[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;8&amp;quot; | [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Elrin Nayer]] (boss lich in &amp;quot;Hall of the Lich&amp;quot; POI)*,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]] (boss elf at entrance to&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss) w/ Spawns]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Obsidian [[Troll]]||[[The Rise Shaft]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Shaft with Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Obsidian Elf Sharpshooter]] (in the &amp;quot;Hallway of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[The Rise Dog Room]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Dog Room w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]] (in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room - The Rise Library]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Library w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; POI = Point of Interest, which shows up on the compass. More details about how to find the POI are often provided on the wiki page for the zone where the POI is located.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: the creatures shown above have all been confirmed to have dropped the blueprints and recipes. However, there may be other creatures that drop the blueprints and recipes (especially creatures in or near the rooms described above).  They may also drop from the same creatures when they inhabit other zones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Blue Hammer/Mallet Icon at Connection Point (in Design Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Icon.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Editor Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Menu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Your dungeon must be in Design Mode in order to add dungeon modules.&lt;br /&gt;
The modules that you want to add must be in your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the connection point where you want to add a module and double-click on the blue Hammer/Mallet icon to open the Dungeon Editor Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the arrows to select the module that you want to attach. If applicable, click on the arrows to select which connection you want (some rooms have multiple connection points, and if this is the case, then a connection selector will appear on the Dungeon Editor Menu). Then, click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; is the number of points it will &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot; to place the currently selected module. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; shows the number of points you have used, followed by the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate.&lt;br /&gt;
For details, see the &amp;quot;Dungeon Points&amp;quot; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you are unable to add a dungeon module, there are 2 possible reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do not have enough dungeon points - if you do not have enough points to add a room and if you want to increase the allowable size of your dungeon, click &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot; on the Dungeon Editor Menu to add more points.&lt;br /&gt;
* You have a collision issue with another module - the module that you are trying to place is colliding into a previously placed module. If the module you are trying to place has another connection point, you can try to chose another connection to see if that  resolves the collision issue. Otherwise, you may need to find another place to put the module. Note: collision between modules can still occur even when the game allows you to place the module.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Points==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon points are a numerical representation of the size of dungeon and its components. In general, an 8 x 8 area represents one dungeon point.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Value&#039;&#039;&#039; - Each Dungeon Module has a &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; that depends on its size (a larger module has a larger Dungeon Point Value). This value is the cost (in points) of placing the module in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Limit&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate. The Dungeon Point Limit controls how many modules your dungeon can contain and controls the decoration limits. You are given a base Dungeon Point Limit depending on the size of the lot on which you placed the Dungeon Entrance (but you can increase this limit, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;Margin-left: auto; Margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Lot Size&lt;br /&gt;
! Base Dungeon Points&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Row&lt;br /&gt;
|50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Village&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Town&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|City&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Castle&lt;br /&gt;
|300&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time you add a hallway or room to the dungeon, its Dungeon Point Value is added to the number of dungeon points that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
You can keep adding rooms/hallways until you exceed the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot;.  If you wish to add more rooms/hallways, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decoration limits of a dungeon are dependent on the dungeon point limit (see [[Decoration#Player_Dungeons| Decoration Limit for Player Dungeons]]).  So if you want higher decoration limits, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slew Command: Getting A &amp;quot;Bird&#039;s Eye&amp;quot; View of Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
The Slew command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon (in other words, it allows you to have free control of the &amp;quot;camera&amp;quot; so that you can view the dungeon from any position and from any angle, regardless of whether the view is from inside or outside the dungeon walls). It is often beneficial to have [[Night Vision]] active when in Slew mode because it helps you see more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. When slew is on, you can move your viewpoint using the following controls:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: Auto; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Control of Movement in Slew Mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Desired Movement of Position or View Angle !! Keyboard or Mouse Control&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Up|| E key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Down || Q key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward || W Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Backward || S Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Left || A Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Right || D Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| View angle|| click &amp;amp; hold right mouse button, then move mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Movement speed|| mouse wheel up or down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms usually have &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with spawn&amp;quot; in their name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into Design Mode and place a [[Dungeon Totem]] on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures. For details on where to obtain essences, crafting the totems, and the different types of totems, see [[Dungeon Totem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; Give Loot or XP==&lt;br /&gt;
You can place a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] in decoratable Player Dungeon modules, and it will cause a &amp;quot;Lich Mimic&amp;quot; (with 3,641 health) to spawn in adventure mode (The lich is hostile and will attack; however, it will not give any loot nor any experience points when killed). You can place the statue as deco when the dungeon is in either Design Mode or Adventure Mode (as long as [[Deco Mode]] is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
You can place multiple statues in a module, and each statue will spawn a lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resurrection Locations in a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
All Dungeon Foyers have [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
However, depending on the design of your dungeon, it may not be possible to return to the Foyer if you die in certain areas. &lt;br /&gt;
You can add additional resurrection locations by placing [[Resurrection Ankh]]s or [[Resurrection Chaos]] in your dungeon (these items can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Your avatar can die in both Adventure mode and Design mode. For example, you will die in either mode if you fall from too high up. You can resurrect at the ankh in the foyer if there is a pathway to reach it. If you die in a place where there is no resurrection ankh or no pathway to get to an ankh, then you will need to let the resurrection timer run out (in which case you will resurrect at the foyer, and any items that you have equipped with take -5% durability hit). So, make sure you can access a resurrection device regardless of where you may die in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Decorating a Dungeon and Decoration Limits==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Decoration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setting Permissions for A Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
For setting permissions for your dungeon (including banning a player), see [[Lot#Setting_Permissions_on_A_Lot| Setting Permissions on A Lot]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving a Decorated Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Property Manager]] window to store a fully-decorated lot, basement, and dungeon, and then unpack it to either that same lot or another empty lot of the same size that you have claimed in any scene.  Dungeon points are based on the lot size that the dungeon is started on. Using the Property Manager to move a player dungeon to a larger lot will not recalculate the dungeon&#039;s point base.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Property Manager window from the Stained Glass menu icon, the Lot Deeds options menu, or from any lot sign in any scene. The left side of the window shows your available slots and their current storage status. Each player is given 5 storage slots. You may purchase additional storage slots with Crowns of the Obsidians. The right side of the Property Manager window shows all of your claimed lots. Each lot includes the name of the deed used to claim the lot, the location of the lot, and the size of the lot. Each lot also has two slots: one for the primary contents of your lot (including the house), and one for the basement and its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Housing]][[Category:Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=146538</id>
		<title>Player Dungeon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=146538"/>
		<updated>2025-11-10T23:21:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: /* Recipes and Blueprints that Drop as Loot */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|image=SS DungeonBasement F.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&#039;&#039;Green Marble Dungeon Room&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; {{PAGENAME}} &#039;&#039;&#039; are player made custom dungeons you can create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Lot owners can attach their own player dungeon to their lot. A dungeon is different from a basement, but does share some similarities. For instance, it’s like a basement in the sense that a dungeon is an expansion to a lot that exists independently of any house on that lot; you may place a dungeon entrance on your lot even if that lot doesn’t have a house on it, and vice-versa.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You’ll need two things in order to place a dungeon on your lot: a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]]. You can buy recipes to craft them for gold from [[bookseller]] merchants (located in some large NPC towns, such as Aerie, Ardoris, Brittany Estates, and Kingsport).  You can also buy foyers from the in-game [[Crown Shop]].  You can reshape your crafted entrance with patterns available from the in-game Crown Store or as loot in game.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Entrances are placeable decorations that can be deployed on the ground anywhere there is room on your lot. This includes inside or outside your house, including the upper floors. Dungeon Entrances will not function without a Dungeon Foyer Deed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Foyer Deeds function much like basement deeds. To connect your dungeon entrance to a dungeon foyer, you must have the deed to that foyer in your possession. To enter a player dungeon, double-click the dungeon entrance object and click the “Enter Dungeon” or “Enter Sample Dungeon” button. If a dungeon is available, you’ll be sent to that scene.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In addition to being an entry point for your dungeon, your dungeon entrance is also a tool that allows you to change the associated dungeon foyer and adjust the permissions for those who can enter your dungeon, much like the sign outside of a housing lot.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The Lot owner can expand the dungeon beyond the foyer by adding additional hallways and rooms. They can also place decorations and add encounter rooms with dangerous enemies!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Player dungeons, like basements, can be set to allow for open-PvP. Be cautious when entering a player dungeon!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Every dungeon foyer contains a Resurrection Ankh near the entrance.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/playerinstructions Player Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Helpful Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you’re an owner or steward, enter the “/slew” command into your chat window to enter “free camera” mode and fly around your dungeon. Change your speed with your mouse wheel. Turn off this mode by entering “/slew” in the chat window again or pressing ESC twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Basement Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Basement Entrance Menu.png&lt;br /&gt;
|caption= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
To start building a dungeon on your lot, you will need a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] (after these 2 items are placed, then you can enter the dungeon and place additional rooms and hallways).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; is a decoration item that is placed on a player&#039;s lot, and it serves as the entry point of the player dungeon. After you place the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; on your lot, you can double-click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Foyer&amp;quot; is the starting room of the dungeon. When you enter the dungeon, you will be placed in the Foyer. To exit the dungeon, you must return to the foyer and click on the ladder (or you can teleport out using a [[Teleport Scroll]]). Also, there is a resurrection ankh in the Dungeon foyer, so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of Dungeon Basement Entrances and Foyers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Craftable Entrance &amp;amp; Foyer - The [[Tomb Dungeon Entrance]] and the [[Single Connection Stone Dungeon Foyer]] are craftable (the recipes can be purchased from NPC [[Bookseller]]s). You can apply a [[Pattern]] to the Tomb Dungeon Entrance to give it a different appearance (these patterns can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers - For the Dungeon Entrances, you can purchase a pattern from the [[Crown Shop]] and apply it to the crafted entrance. For foyers, you can purchase the Foyer from the [[Crown Shop]] (a pattern is not needed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on the various Entrances and Foyers, see&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Foyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Initial Steps in Creating a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: Obtain a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] and make sure they are in your inventory (these items can be crafted or purchased in the Crown Shop).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: Place the Dungeon Basement Entrance on your lot (see [[Decoration]] for instructions on placing items on the lot).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Double-click on the Dungeon Basement entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu. If you have not placed a Foyer yet, the menu will show &amp;quot;No Dungeon&amp;quot; and the text of the &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot; button will be grey (i.e. the button is deactivated because there is no dungeon yet).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4:  Click &amp;quot;Change Dungeon&amp;quot;, then use the left &amp;amp; right arrows to scroll though the foyer options. Select the foyer that is in your inventory, and then click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the dungeon, double-click on the Dungeon Basement Entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, then click &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be adding or removing rooms, hallways, and totems to the dungeon, then you will want to put the Dungeon in Design Mode before you enter (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
The Dungeon Mode can only be set prior to entering a dungeon, and cannot be changed when you are in the dungeon. The dungeon will be in whichever mode it was last set to. If you want to change modes, do so before entering the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change Dungeon Mode, click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, and then click the cog symbol on the upper right side of the menu. Then select either &amp;quot;Enable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Disable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; (turning off Adventure mode will place the dungeon in Design Mode). The dungeon will remain in the whichever mode it was last set to (i.e. it does not revert to a default mode when leaving the dungeon or exiting the game).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or remove rooms/hallways&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of spawn rooms&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement within the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Slew - this command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon. You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. For details, see the Slew Section below. &lt;br /&gt;
* Getting Killed - see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adventure Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement and activity within the dungeon (e.g. you can [[Fishing|Fish]] in appropriate areas).&lt;br /&gt;
* Rooms with a totem or with a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] will spawn hostile creatures that can be killed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Getting Killed - see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Your avatar can die in both Adventure mode and Design mode. For example, you will die in either mode if you fall from too high up. The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect in the foyer if there is a pathway to reach it. If you die in a place where there is no resurrection ankh or no pathway to get to an ankh, then you will need to let the resurrection timer run out (in which case you will resurrect at the foyer, and any items that you have equipped with take -5% durability hit). So, you may consider designing your dungeon while equipped with junk gear just in case you fall into a place where there is no accessible ankh. Also, make sure you can access a resurrection device regardless of where you may die in your dungeon. You can add additional [[Resurrection Ankh]]s and [[Resurrection Chaos]] to the dungeon (these can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Note: [[Deco Mode]] is not specific to dungeons, and can be used when you are on a lot, in a house, in a basement, or in a player dungeon. Deco mode allows you to add, remove, or adjust decorations if you have sufficient permissions. In a player dungeon, Deco Mode can be enabled regardless of whether the dungeon is in Design Mode or Adventure Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them==&lt;br /&gt;
A dungeon module is a room, hallway, grotto, cave, or other interor space that can be added to a Player Dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of Dungeon Modules, see &lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Hallways|Dungeon Hallways]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Rooms|Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules can be added to the dungeon after the Dungeon Entrance and Dungeon Foyer have been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, Dungeon modules come in 2 types:&lt;br /&gt;
* Decoration only (these rooms do not have the term &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; in their name) - these modules only allow for decorations to be placed, and cannot spawn encounters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Capable of Spawning Encounters (most of these modules have the term  &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name) - these rooms allow for spawns (and sometimes decoration). Each type of room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]]  will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn [[Troll]]s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon modules can be obtained by the following means:&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased from the [[Crown Shop]] - some dungeon modules are only available in the Crow Shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop as loot - the only known examples of this are the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room]] and the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]], which can drop as loot from some higher level [[Troll]]s, particularly the ones in [[Ruined Keep]] and [[Ravensmoor]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Crafted - the crafted modules all require a recipe and a blueprint. The recipes and blueprints for some modules can be purchased from NPC  [[Bookseller]]s, while others drop as loot (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Recipes and Blueprints that Drop as Loot==&lt;br /&gt;
Note that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;all of the recipes for dungeon modules (including recipes for creating dungeon rooms, converting spawned rooms to decorative rooms, and converting decorative rooms to spawned rooms) are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. So, you can easily learn the recipes from other players or learn them by looking up the ingredients on the wiki and crafting them. This also means that you can easily convert your room between the spawn version and the decoration version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The more crucial item to obtain is the blueprint (because the blueprint can only be obtained from loot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;The blueprints are all rare drops (except for the ones in Compendium of Pain and Suffering where they drop more often)&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dungeon blueprints that must be obtained from loot are listed in the table below. The corresponding recipes drop at the same location from the same creatures.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Locations Where You Can Loot Recipes and Blueprints Needed to Craft Certain Dungeon Modules&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Location of Recipes and Blueprints for Module !! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Module Name !!  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Spawn/Totem Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(dash = no spawn)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Zone: !! Drop as Loot From:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blackblade Pass]] || [[Satyr]]s,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Hardened Skeleton Mage]]s || [[Cave Stone Room - Lava Grotto (6x7) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Brittany Sewers]] || Chest (in the &amp;quot;Supply Room&amp;quot; POI)* || [[Stone Dungeon Room - Village Lot Cellar (2 floor)(2x2) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;|[[Compendium of Pain and Suffering|Compendium of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Pain and Suffering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | Chests&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 1)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 2)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 3)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 1)]] || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 2)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 3)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Hilt Fortress]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Lich Mage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Deplorable Archmage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Decaying Commander]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (all are in or around the &amp;quot;Crypts of Eternity&amp;quot; POI)*&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda Encounter with Spawns]]  || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room (Deco))]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room Pristine Deco)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room with Spawns)]] || [[Spider]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Owl&#039;s Head Sewers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Razox Dread]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Owl&#039;s Head Sewer)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Owl&#039;s Head Sewer, Spawned]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ruins of Ravensmoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ras&#039;al&#039;horag, Undead Lord]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Undead Ravensmoor)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[The Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ebon Cultist Marksman]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist High Wizard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist Champion]]||[[Stone Dungeon Small Temple (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|? [[Elrin Nayer]], [[Lich Mage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(both in &amp;quot;Nether Throne Hall&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Throne Hall (The Fall)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Elrin Nayer]] (boss lich in highest Lich Room)||[[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;8&amp;quot; | [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Elrin Nayer]] (boss lich in &amp;quot;Hall of the Lich&amp;quot; POI)*,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]] (boss elf at entrance to&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss) w/ Spawns]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Obsidian [[Troll]]||[[The Rise Shaft]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Shaft with Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Obsidian Elf Sharpshooter]] (in the &amp;quot;Hallway of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[The Rise Dog Room]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Dog Room w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]] (in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room - The Rise Library]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Library w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; POI = Point of Interest, which shows up on the compass. More details about how to find the POI are often provided on the wiki page for the zone where the POI is located.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: the creatures shown above have all been confirmed to have dropped the blueprints and recipes. However, there may be other creatures that drop the blueprints and recipes (especially creatures in or near the rooms described above).  They may also drop from the same creatures when they inhabit other zones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Blue Hammer/Mallet Icon at Connection Point (in Design Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Icon.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Editor Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Menu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Your dungeon must be in Design Mode in order to add dungeon modules.&lt;br /&gt;
The modules that you want to add must be in your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the connection point where you want to add a module and double-click on the blue Hammer/Mallet icon to open the Dungeon Editor Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the arrows to select the module that you want to attach. If applicable, click on the arrows to select which connection you want (some rooms have multiple connection points, and if this is the case, then a connection selector will appear on the Dungeon Editor Menu). Then, click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; is the number of points it will &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot; to place the currently selected module. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; shows the number of points you have used, followed by the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate.&lt;br /&gt;
For details, see the &amp;quot;Dungeon Points&amp;quot; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you are unable to add a dungeon module, there are 2 possible reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do not have enough dungeon points - if you do not have enough points to add a room and if you want to increase the allowable size of your dungeon, click &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot; on the Dungeon Editor Menu to add more points.&lt;br /&gt;
* You have a collision issue with another module - the module that you are trying to place is colliding into a previously placed module. If the module you are trying to place has another connection point, you can try to chose another connection to see if that  resolves the collision issue. Otherwise, you may need to find another place to put the module. Note: collision between modules can still occur even when the game allows you to place the module.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Points==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon points are a numerical representation of the size of dungeon and its components. In general, an 8 x 8 area represents one dungeon point.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Value&#039;&#039;&#039; - Each Dungeon Module has a &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; that depends on its size (a larger module has a larger Dungeon Point Value). This value is the cost (in points) of placing the module in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Limit&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate. The Dungeon Point Limit controls how many modules your dungeon can contain and controls the decoration limits. You are given a base Dungeon Point Limit depending on the size of the lot on which you placed the Dungeon Entrance (but you can increase this limit, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;Margin-left: auto; Margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Lot Size&lt;br /&gt;
! Base Dungeon Points&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Row&lt;br /&gt;
|50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Village&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Town&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|City&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Castle&lt;br /&gt;
|300&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time you add a hallway or room to the dungeon, its Dungeon Point Value is added to the number of dungeon points that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
You can keep adding rooms/hallways until you exceed the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot;.  If you wish to add more rooms/hallways, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decoration limits of a dungeon are dependent on the dungeon point limit (see [[Decoration#Player_Dungeons| Decoration Limit for Player Dungeons]]).  So if you want higher decoration limits, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slew Command: Getting A &amp;quot;Bird&#039;s Eye&amp;quot; View of Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
The Slew command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon (in other words, it allows you to have free control of the &amp;quot;camera&amp;quot; so that you can view the dungeon from any position and from any angle, regardless of whether the view is from inside or outside the dungeon walls). It is often beneficial to have [[Night Vision]] active when in Slew mode because it helps you see more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. When slew is on, you can move your viewpoint using the following controls:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: Auto; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Control of Movement in Slew Mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Desired Movement of Position or View Angle !! Keyboard or Mouse Control&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Up|| E key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Down || Q key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward || W Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Backward || S Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Left || A Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Right || D Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| View angle|| click &amp;amp; hold right mouse button, then move mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Movement speed|| mouse wheel up or down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms usually have &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with spawn&amp;quot; in their name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into Design Mode and place a [[Dungeon Totem]] on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures. For details on where to obtain essences, crafting the totems, and the different types of totems, see [[Dungeon Totem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; Give Loot or XP==&lt;br /&gt;
You can place a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] in decoratable Player Dungeon modules, and it will cause a &amp;quot;Lich Mimic&amp;quot; (with 3,641 health) to spawn in adventure mode (The lich is hostile and will attack; however, it will not give any loot nor any experience points when killed). You can place the statue as deco when the dungeon is in either Design Mode or Adventure Mode (as long as [[Deco Mode]] is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
You can place multiple statues in a module, and each statue will spawn a lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resurrection Locations in a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
All Dungeon Foyers have [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
However, depending on the design of your dungeon, it may not be possible to return to the Foyer if you die in certain areas. &lt;br /&gt;
You can add additional resurrection locations by placing [[Resurrection Ankh]]s or [[Resurrection Chaos]] in your dungeon (these items can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Your avatar can die in both Adventure mode and Design mode. For example, you will die in either mode if you fall from too high up. You can resurrect at the ankh in the foyer if there is a pathway to reach it. If you die in a place where there is no resurrection ankh or no pathway to get to an ankh, then you will need to let the resurrection timer run out (in which case you will resurrect at the foyer, and any items that you have equipped with take -5% durability hit). So, make sure you can access a resurrection device regardless of where you may die in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Decorating a Dungeon and Decoration Limits==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Decoration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setting Permissions for A Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
For setting permissions for your dungeon (including banning a player), see [[Lot#Setting_Permissions_on_A_Lot| Setting Permissions on A Lot]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving a Decorated Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Property Manager]] window to store a fully-decorated lot, basement, and dungeon, and then unpack it to either that same lot or another empty lot of the same size that you have claimed in any scene.  Dungeon points are based on the lot size that the dungeon is started on. Using the Property Manager to move a player dungeon to a larger lot will not recalculate the dungeon&#039;s point base.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Property Manager window from the Stained Glass menu icon, the Lot Deeds options menu, or from any lot sign in any scene. The left side of the window shows your available slots and their current storage status. Each player is given 5 storage slots. You may purchase additional storage slots with Crowns of the Obsidians. The right side of the Property Manager window shows all of your claimed lots. Each lot includes the name of the deed used to claim the lot, the location of the lot, and the size of the lot. Each lot also has two slots: one for the primary contents of your lot (including the house), and one for the basement and its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Housing]][[Category:Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=146511</id>
		<title>Player Dungeon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=146511"/>
		<updated>2025-11-10T13:34:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: /* Recipes and Blueprints that Drop as Loot */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|image=SS DungeonBasement F.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&#039;&#039;Green Marble Dungeon Room&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; {{PAGENAME}} &#039;&#039;&#039; are player made custom dungeons you can create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Lot owners can attach their own player dungeon to their lot. A dungeon is different from a basement, but does share some similarities. For instance, it’s like a basement in the sense that a dungeon is an expansion to a lot that exists independently of any house on that lot; you may place a dungeon entrance on your lot even if that lot doesn’t have a house on it, and vice-versa.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You’ll need two things in order to place a dungeon on your lot: a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]]. You can buy recipes to craft them for gold from [[bookseller]] merchants (located in some large NPC towns, such as Aerie, Ardoris, Brittany Estates, and Kingsport).  You can also buy foyers from the in-game [[Crown Shop]].  You can reshape your crafted entrance with patterns available from the in-game Crown Store or as loot in game.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Entrances are placeable decorations that can be deployed on the ground anywhere there is room on your lot. This includes inside or outside your house, including the upper floors. Dungeon Entrances will not function without a Dungeon Foyer Deed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Foyer Deeds function much like basement deeds. To connect your dungeon entrance to a dungeon foyer, you must have the deed to that foyer in your possession. To enter a player dungeon, double-click the dungeon entrance object and click the “Enter Dungeon” or “Enter Sample Dungeon” button. If a dungeon is available, you’ll be sent to that scene.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In addition to being an entry point for your dungeon, your dungeon entrance is also a tool that allows you to change the associated dungeon foyer and adjust the permissions for those who can enter your dungeon, much like the sign outside of a housing lot.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The Lot owner can expand the dungeon beyond the foyer by adding additional hallways and rooms. They can also place decorations and add encounter rooms with dangerous enemies!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Player dungeons, like basements, can be set to allow for open-PvP. Be cautious when entering a player dungeon!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Every dungeon foyer contains a Resurrection Ankh near the entrance.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/playerinstructions Player Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Helpful Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you’re an owner or steward, enter the “/slew” command into your chat window to enter “free camera” mode and fly around your dungeon. Change your speed with your mouse wheel. Turn off this mode by entering “/slew” in the chat window again or pressing ESC twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Basement Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Basement Entrance Menu.png&lt;br /&gt;
|caption= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
To start building a dungeon on your lot, you will need a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] (after these 2 items are placed, then you can enter the dungeon and place additional rooms and hallways).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; is a decoration item that is placed on a player&#039;s lot, and it serves as the entry point of the player dungeon. After you place the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; on your lot, you can double-click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Foyer&amp;quot; is the starting room of the dungeon. When you enter the dungeon, you will be placed in the Foyer. To exit the dungeon, you must return to the foyer and click on the ladder (or you can teleport out using a [[Teleport Scroll]]). Also, there is a resurrection ankh in the Dungeon foyer, so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of Dungeon Basement Entrances and Foyers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Craftable Entrance &amp;amp; Foyer - The [[Tomb Dungeon Entrance]] and the [[Single Connection Stone Dungeon Foyer]] are craftable (the recipes can be purchased from NPC [[Bookseller]]s). You can apply a [[Pattern]] to the Tomb Dungeon Entrance to give it a different appearance (these patterns can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers - For the Dungeon Entrances, you can purchase a pattern from the [[Crown Shop]] and apply it to the crafted entrance. For foyers, you can purchase the Foyer from the [[Crown Shop]] (a pattern is not needed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on the various Entrances and Foyers, see&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Foyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Initial Steps in Creating a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: Obtain a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] and make sure they are in your inventory (these items can be crafted or purchased in the Crown Shop).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: Place the Dungeon Basement Entrance on your lot (see [[Decoration]] for instructions on placing items on the lot).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Double-click on the Dungeon Basement entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu. If you have not placed a Foyer yet, the menu will show &amp;quot;No Dungeon&amp;quot; and the text of the &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot; button will be grey (i.e. the button is deactivated because there is no dungeon yet).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4:  Click &amp;quot;Change Dungeon&amp;quot;, then use the left &amp;amp; right arrows to scroll though the foyer options. Select the foyer that is in your inventory, and then click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the dungeon, double-click on the Dungeon Basement Entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, then click &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be adding or removing rooms, hallways, and totems to the dungeon, then you will want to put the Dungeon in Design Mode before you enter (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
The Dungeon Mode can only be set prior to entering a dungeon, and cannot be changed when you are in the dungeon. The dungeon will be in whichever mode it was last set to. If you want to change modes, do so before entering the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change Dungeon Mode, click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, and then click the cog symbol on the upper right side of the menu. Then select either &amp;quot;Enable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Disable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; (turning off Adventure mode will place the dungeon in Design Mode). The dungeon will remain in the whichever mode it was last set to (i.e. it does not revert to a default mode when leaving the dungeon or exiting the game).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or remove rooms/hallways&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of spawn rooms&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement within the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Slew - this command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon. You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. For details, see the Slew Section below. &lt;br /&gt;
* Getting Killed - see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adventure Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement and activity within the dungeon (e.g. you can [[Fishing|Fish]] in appropriate areas).&lt;br /&gt;
* Rooms with a totem or with a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] will spawn hostile creatures that can be killed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Getting Killed - see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Your avatar can die in both Adventure mode and Design mode. For example, you will die in either mode if you fall from too high up. The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect in the foyer if there is a pathway to reach it. If you die in a place where there is no resurrection ankh or no pathway to get to an ankh, then you will need to let the resurrection timer run out (in which case you will resurrect at the foyer, and any items that you have equipped with take -5% durability hit). So, you may consider designing your dungeon while equipped with junk gear just in case you fall into a place where there is no accessible ankh. Also, make sure you can access a resurrection device regardless of where you may die in your dungeon. You can add additional [[Resurrection Ankh]]s and [[Resurrection Chaos]] to the dungeon (these can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Note: [[Deco Mode]] is not specific to dungeons, and can be used when you are on a lot, in a house, in a basement, or in a player dungeon. Deco mode allows you to add, remove, or adjust decorations if you have sufficient permissions. In a player dungeon, Deco Mode can be enabled regardless of whether the dungeon is in Design Mode or Adventure Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them==&lt;br /&gt;
A dungeon module is a room, hallway, grotto, cave, or other interor space that can be added to a Player Dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of Dungeon Modules, see &lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Hallways|Dungeon Hallways]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Rooms|Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules can be added to the dungeon after the Dungeon Entrance and Dungeon Foyer have been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, Dungeon modules come in 2 types:&lt;br /&gt;
* Decoration only (these rooms do not have the term &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; in their name) - these modules only allow for decorations to be placed, and cannot spawn encounters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Capable of Spawning Encounters (most of these modules have the term  &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name) - these rooms allow for spawns (and sometimes decoration). Each type of room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]]  will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn [[Troll]]s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon modules can be obtained by the following means:&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased from the [[Crown Shop]] - some dungeon modules are only available in the Crow Shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop as loot - the only known examples of this are the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room]] and the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]], which can drop as loot from some higher level [[Troll]]s, particularly the ones in [[Ruined Keep]] and [[Ravensmoor]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Crafted - the crafted modules all require a recipe and a blueprint. The recipes and blueprints for some modules can be purchased from NPC  [[Bookseller]]s, while others drop as loot (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Recipes and Blueprints that Drop as Loot==&lt;br /&gt;
Note that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;all of the recipes for dungeon modules (including recipes for creating dungeon rooms, converting spawned rooms to decorative rooms, and converting decorative rooms to spawned rooms) are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. So, you can easily learn the recipes from other players or learn them by looking up the ingredients on the wiki and crafting them. This also means that you can easily convert your room between the spawn version and the decoration version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The more crucial item to obtain is the blueprint (because the blueprint can only be obtained from loot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;The blueprints are all rare drops (except for the ones in Compendium of Pain and Suffering where they drop more often)&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dungeon bleprints that must be obtained from loot are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Locations Where You Can Loot Recipes and Blueprints Needed to Craft Certain Dungeon Modules&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Location of Recipes and Blueprints for Module !! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Module Name !!  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Spawn/Totem Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(dash = none)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Zone: !! Drop as Loot From:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blackblade Pass]] || [[Satyr]]s,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Hardened Skeleton Mage]]s || [[Cave Stone Room - Lava Grotto (6x7) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Brittany Sewers]] || Chest (in the &amp;quot;Supply Room&amp;quot; POI)* || [[Stone Dungeon Room - Village Lot Cellar (2 floor)(2x2) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;|[[Compendium of Pain and Suffering|Compendium of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Pain and Suffering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | Chests&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 1)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 2)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 3)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 1)]] || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 2)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 3)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Hilt Fortress]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Lich Mage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Deplorable Archmage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Decaying Commander]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (all are in or around the &amp;quot;Crypts of Eternity&amp;quot; POI)*&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda Encounter with Spawns]]  || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room (Deco))]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room Pristine Deco)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room with Spawns)]] || [[Spider]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Owl&#039;s Head Sewers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Razox Dread]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Owl&#039;s Head Sewer)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Owl&#039;s Head Sewer, Spawned]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ruins of Ravensmoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ras&#039;al&#039;horag, Undead Lord]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Undead Ravensmoor)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[The Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ebon Cultist Marksman]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist High Wizard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist Champion]]||[[Stone Dungeon Small Temple (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|? [[Elrin Nayer]] (boss lich in &amp;quot;Nether Throne Hall&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Throne Hall (The Fall)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Elrin Nayer]] (boss lich in highest Lich Room)||[[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;8&amp;quot; | [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Elrin Nayer]] (boss lich in &amp;quot;Hall of the Lich&amp;quot; POI)*,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]] (boss elf at entrance to&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss) w/ Spawns]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Obsidian [[Troll]]||[[The Rise Shaft]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Shaft with Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Obsidian Elf Sharpshooter]] (in the &amp;quot;Hallway of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[The Rise Dog Room]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Dog Room w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]] (in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room - The Rise Library]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Library w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; POI = Point of Interest, which shows up on the compass. More details about how to find the POI are often provided on the wiki page for the zone where the POI is located.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: the creatures shown above have all been confirmed to have dropped the blueprints and recipes. However, there may be other creatures that drop the blueprints and recipes (especially creatures in or near the rooms described above).  They may also drop from the same creatures when they inhabit other zones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Blue Hammer/Mallet Icon at Connection Point (in Design Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Icon.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Editor Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Menu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Your dungeon must be in Design Mode in order to add dungeon modules.&lt;br /&gt;
The modules that you want to add must be in your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the connection point where you want to add a module and double-click on the blue Hammer/Mallet icon to open the Dungeon Editor Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the arrows to select the module that you want to attach. If applicable, click on the arrows to select which connection you want (some rooms have multiple connection points, and if this is the case, then a connection selector will appear on the Dungeon Editor Menu). Then, click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; is the number of points it will &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot; to place the currently selected module. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; shows the number of points you have used, followed by the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate.&lt;br /&gt;
For details, see the &amp;quot;Dungeon Points&amp;quot; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you are unable to add a room/hallway, there are 2 possible reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do not have enough dungeon points - if you do not have enough points to add a room and if you want to increase the allowable size of your dungeon, click &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot; on the Dungeon Editor Menu to add more points.&lt;br /&gt;
* You have a collision issue with another module - the module that you are trying to place is colliding into a previously placed module. If the module you are trying to place has another connection point, you can try to chose another connection to see if that  resolves the collision issue. Otherwise, you may need to find another place to put the module Note: collision between modules can still occur when the game allows you to place the module.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Points==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon points are a numerical representation of the size of dungeon and its components. In general, an 8 x 8 area represents one dungeon point.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Value&#039;&#039;&#039; - Each Dungeon Module has a &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; that depends on its size (a larger module has a larger Dungeon Point Value). This value is the cost (in points) of placing the module in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Limit&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate. The Dungeon Point Limit controls how many modules your dungeon can contain and controls the decoration limits. You are given a base Dungeon Point Limit depending on the size of the lot on which you placed the Dungeon Entrance (but you can increase this limit, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;Margin-left: auto; Margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Lot Size&lt;br /&gt;
! Base Dungeon Points&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Row&lt;br /&gt;
|50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Village&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Town&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|City&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Castle&lt;br /&gt;
|300&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time you add a hallway or room to the dungeon, its Dungeon Point Value is added to the number of dungeon points that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
You can keep adding rooms/hallways until you exceed the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot;.  If you wish to add more rooms/hallways, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decoration limits of a dungeon are dependent on the dungeon point limit (see [[Decoration#Player_Dungeons| Decoration Limit for Player Dungeons]]).  So if you want higher decoration limits, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slew Command: Getting A &amp;quot;Bird&#039;s Eye&amp;quot; View of Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
The Slew command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon (in other words, it allows you to have free control of the &amp;quot;camera&amp;quot; so that you can view the dungeon from any position and from any angle, regardless of whether the view is from inside or outside the dungeon walls). It is often beneficial to have [[Night Vision]] active when in Slew mode because it helps you see more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. When slew is on, you can move your viewpoint using the following controls:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: Auto; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Control of Movement in Slew Mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Desired Movement of Position or View Angle !! Keyboard or Mouse Control&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Up|| E key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Down || Q key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward || W Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Backward || S Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Left || A Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Right || D Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| View angle|| click &amp;amp; hold right mouse button, then move mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Movement speed|| mouse wheel up or down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms usually have &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with spawn&amp;quot; in their name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into Design Mode and place a [[Dungeon Totem]] on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures. For details on where to obtain essences, crafting the totems, and the different types of totems, see [[Dungeon Totem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; Give Loot or XP==&lt;br /&gt;
You can place a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] in decoratable Player Dungeon modules, and it will cause a &amp;quot;Lich Mimic&amp;quot; (with 3,641 health) to spawn in adventure mode (The lich is hostile and will attack; however, it will not give any loot nor any experience points when killed). You can place the statue as deco when the dungeon is in either Design Mode or Adventure Mode (as long as [[Deco Mode]] is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
You can place multiple statues in a module, and each statue will spawn a lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resurrection Locations in a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
All Dungeon Foyers have [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
However, depending on the design of your dungeon, it may not be possible to return to the Foyer if you die in certain areas. &lt;br /&gt;
You can add additional resurrection locations by placing [[Resurrection Ankh]]s or [[Resurrection Chaos]] in your dungeon (these items can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Decorating a Dungeon and Decoration Limits==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Decoration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setting Permissions for A Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
For setting permissions for your dungeon (including banning a player), see [[Lot#Setting_Permissions_on_A_Lot| Setting Permissions on A Lot]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving a Decorated Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Property Manager]] window to store a fully-decorated lot, basement, and dungeon, and then unpack it to either that same lot or another empty lot of the same size that you have claimed in any scene.  Dungeon points are based on the lot size that the dungeon is started on. Using the Property Manager to move a player dungeon to a larger lot will not recalculate the dungeon&#039;s point base.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Property Manager window from the Stained Glass menu icon, the Lot Deeds options menu, or from any lot sign in any scene. The left side of the window shows your available slots and their current storage status. Each player is given 5 storage slots. You may purchase additional storage slots with Crowns of the Obsidians. The right side of the Property Manager window shows all of your claimed lots. Each lot includes the name of the deed used to claim the lot, the location of the lot, and the size of the lot. Each lot also has two slots: one for the primary contents of your lot (including the house), and one for the basement and its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Housing]][[Category:Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=146510</id>
		<title>Player Dungeon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=146510"/>
		<updated>2025-11-10T13:29:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: /* Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|image=SS DungeonBasement F.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&#039;&#039;Green Marble Dungeon Room&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; {{PAGENAME}} &#039;&#039;&#039; are player made custom dungeons you can create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Lot owners can attach their own player dungeon to their lot. A dungeon is different from a basement, but does share some similarities. For instance, it’s like a basement in the sense that a dungeon is an expansion to a lot that exists independently of any house on that lot; you may place a dungeon entrance on your lot even if that lot doesn’t have a house on it, and vice-versa.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You’ll need two things in order to place a dungeon on your lot: a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]]. You can buy recipes to craft them for gold from [[bookseller]] merchants (located in some large NPC towns, such as Aerie, Ardoris, Brittany Estates, and Kingsport).  You can also buy foyers from the in-game [[Crown Shop]].  You can reshape your crafted entrance with patterns available from the in-game Crown Store or as loot in game.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Entrances are placeable decorations that can be deployed on the ground anywhere there is room on your lot. This includes inside or outside your house, including the upper floors. Dungeon Entrances will not function without a Dungeon Foyer Deed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Foyer Deeds function much like basement deeds. To connect your dungeon entrance to a dungeon foyer, you must have the deed to that foyer in your possession. To enter a player dungeon, double-click the dungeon entrance object and click the “Enter Dungeon” or “Enter Sample Dungeon” button. If a dungeon is available, you’ll be sent to that scene.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In addition to being an entry point for your dungeon, your dungeon entrance is also a tool that allows you to change the associated dungeon foyer and adjust the permissions for those who can enter your dungeon, much like the sign outside of a housing lot.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The Lot owner can expand the dungeon beyond the foyer by adding additional hallways and rooms. They can also place decorations and add encounter rooms with dangerous enemies!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Player dungeons, like basements, can be set to allow for open-PvP. Be cautious when entering a player dungeon!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Every dungeon foyer contains a Resurrection Ankh near the entrance.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/playerinstructions Player Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Helpful Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you’re an owner or steward, enter the “/slew” command into your chat window to enter “free camera” mode and fly around your dungeon. Change your speed with your mouse wheel. Turn off this mode by entering “/slew” in the chat window again or pressing ESC twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Basement Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Basement Entrance Menu.png&lt;br /&gt;
|caption= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
To start building a dungeon on your lot, you will need a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] (after these 2 items are placed, then you can enter the dungeon and place additional rooms and hallways).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; is a decoration item that is placed on a player&#039;s lot, and it serves as the entry point of the player dungeon. After you place the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; on your lot, you can double-click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Foyer&amp;quot; is the starting room of the dungeon. When you enter the dungeon, you will be placed in the Foyer. To exit the dungeon, you must return to the foyer and click on the ladder (or you can teleport out using a [[Teleport Scroll]]). Also, there is a resurrection ankh in the Dungeon foyer, so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of Dungeon Basement Entrances and Foyers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Craftable Entrance &amp;amp; Foyer - The [[Tomb Dungeon Entrance]] and the [[Single Connection Stone Dungeon Foyer]] are craftable (the recipes can be purchased from NPC [[Bookseller]]s). You can apply a [[Pattern]] to the Tomb Dungeon Entrance to give it a different appearance (these patterns can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers - For the Dungeon Entrances, you can purchase a pattern from the [[Crown Shop]] and apply it to the crafted entrance. For foyers, you can purchase the Foyer from the [[Crown Shop]] (a pattern is not needed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on the various Entrances and Foyers, see&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Foyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Initial Steps in Creating a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: Obtain a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] and make sure they are in your inventory (these items can be crafted or purchased in the Crown Shop).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: Place the Dungeon Basement Entrance on your lot (see [[Decoration]] for instructions on placing items on the lot).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Double-click on the Dungeon Basement entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu. If you have not placed a Foyer yet, the menu will show &amp;quot;No Dungeon&amp;quot; and the text of the &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot; button will be grey (i.e. the button is deactivated because there is no dungeon yet).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4:  Click &amp;quot;Change Dungeon&amp;quot;, then use the left &amp;amp; right arrows to scroll though the foyer options. Select the foyer that is in your inventory, and then click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the dungeon, double-click on the Dungeon Basement Entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, then click &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be adding or removing rooms, hallways, and totems to the dungeon, then you will want to put the Dungeon in Design Mode before you enter (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
The Dungeon Mode can only be set prior to entering a dungeon, and cannot be changed when you are in the dungeon. The dungeon will be in whichever mode it was last set to. If you want to change modes, do so before entering the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change Dungeon Mode, click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, and then click the cog symbol on the upper right side of the menu. Then select either &amp;quot;Enable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Disable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; (turning off Adventure mode will place the dungeon in Design Mode). The dungeon will remain in the whichever mode it was last set to (i.e. it does not revert to a default mode when leaving the dungeon or exiting the game).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or remove rooms/hallways&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of spawn rooms&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement within the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Slew - this command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon. You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. For details, see the Slew Section below. &lt;br /&gt;
* Getting Killed - see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adventure Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement and activity within the dungeon (e.g. you can [[Fishing|Fish]] in appropriate areas).&lt;br /&gt;
* Rooms with a totem or with a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] will spawn hostile creatures that can be killed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Getting Killed - see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Your avatar can die in both Adventure mode and Design mode. For example, you will die in either mode if you fall from too high up. The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect in the foyer if there is a pathway to reach it. If you die in a place where there is no resurrection ankh or no pathway to get to an ankh, then you will need to let the resurrection timer run out (in which case you will resurrect at the foyer, and any items that you have equipped with take -5% durability hit). So, you may consider designing your dungeon while equipped with junk gear just in case you fall into a place where there is no accessible ankh. Also, make sure you can access a resurrection device regardless of where you may die in your dungeon. You can add additional [[Resurrection Ankh]]s and [[Resurrection Chaos]] to the dungeon (these can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Note: [[Deco Mode]] is not specific to dungeons, and can be used when you are on a lot, in a house, in a basement, or in a player dungeon. Deco mode allows you to add, remove, or adjust decorations if you have sufficient permissions. In a player dungeon, Deco Mode can be enabled regardless of whether the dungeon is in Design Mode or Adventure Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them==&lt;br /&gt;
A dungeon module is a room, hallway, grotto, cave, or other interor space that can be added to a Player Dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of Dungeon Modules, see &lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Hallways|Dungeon Hallways]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Rooms|Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules can be added to the dungeon after the Dungeon Entrance and Dungeon Foyer have been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, Dungeon modules come in 2 types:&lt;br /&gt;
* Decoration only (these rooms do not have the term &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; in their name) - these modules only allow for decorations to be placed, and cannot spawn encounters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Capable of Spawning Encounters (most of these modules have the term  &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name) - these rooms allow for spawns (and sometimes decoration). Each type of room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]]  will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn [[Troll]]s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon modules can be obtained by the following means:&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased from the [[Crown Shop]] - some dungeon modules are only available in the Crow Shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop as loot - the only known examples of this are the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room]] and the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]], which can drop as loot from some higher level [[Troll]]s, particularly the ones in [[Ruined Keep]] and [[Ravensmoor]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Crafted - the crafted modules all require a recipe and a blueprint. The recipes and blueprints for some modules can be purchased from NPC  [[Bookseller]]s, while others drop as loot (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Recipes and Blueprints that Drop as Loot==&lt;br /&gt;
Note that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;all of the recipes for dungeon modules (including recipes for creating dungeon rooms, converting spawned rooms to decorative rooms, and converting decorative rooms to spawned rooms) are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. So, you can easily learn the recipes from other players or learn them by looking up the ingredients on the wiki and crafting them. This also means that you can easily convert your room between the spawn version and the decoration version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The more crucial item to obtain is the blueprint (because the blueprint can only be obtained from loot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;The blueprints are all rare drops (except for the ones in Compendium of Pain and Suffering where they drop more often)&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dungeon items that must be obtained from loot are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Locations Where You Can Loot Recipes and Blueprints Needed to Craft Certain Dungeon Modules&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Location of Recipes and Blueprints for Module !! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Module Name !!  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Spawn/Totem Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(dash = none)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Zone: !! Drop as Loot From:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blackblade Pass]] || [[Satyr]]s,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Hardened Skeleton Mage]]s || [[Cave Stone Room - Lava Grotto (6x7) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Brittany Sewers]] || Chest (in the &amp;quot;Supply Room&amp;quot; POI)* || [[Stone Dungeon Room - Village Lot Cellar (2 floor)(2x2) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;|[[Compendium of Pain and Suffering|Compendium of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Pain and Suffering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | Chests&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 1)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 2)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 3)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 1)]] || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 2)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 3)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Hilt Fortress]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Lich Mage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Deplorable Archmage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Decaying Commander]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (all are in or around the &amp;quot;Crypts of Eternity&amp;quot; POI)*&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda Encounter with Spawns]]  || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room (Deco))]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room Pristine Deco)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room with Spawns)]] || [[Spider]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Owl&#039;s Head Sewers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Razox Dread]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Owl&#039;s Head Sewer)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Owl&#039;s Head Sewer, Spawned]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ruins of Ravensmoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ras&#039;al&#039;horag, Undead Lord]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Undead Ravensmoor)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[The Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ebon Cultist Marksman]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist High Wizard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist Champion]]||[[Stone Dungeon Small Temple (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|? [[Elrin Nayer]] (boss lich in &amp;quot;Nether Throne Hall&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Throne Hall (The Fall)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Elrin Nayer]] (boss lich in highest Lich Room)||[[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;8&amp;quot; | [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Elrin Nayer]] (boss lich in &amp;quot;Hall of the Lich&amp;quot; POI)*,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]] (boss elf at entrance to&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss) w/ Spawns]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Obsidian [[Troll]]||[[The Rise Shaft]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Shaft with Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Obsidian Elf Sharpshooter]] (in the &amp;quot;Hallway of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[The Rise Dog Room]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Dog Room w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]] (in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room - The Rise Library]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Library w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; POI = Point of Interest, which shows up on the compass. More details about how to find the POI are often provided on the wiki page for the zone where the POI is located.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: the creatures shown above have all been confirmed to have dropped the blueprints and recipes. However, there may be other creatures that drop the blueprints and recipes (especially creatures in or near the rooms described above).  They may also drop from the same creatures when they inhabit other zones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Blue Hammer/Mallet Icon at Connection Point (in Design Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Icon.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Editor Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Menu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Your dungeon must be in Design Mode in order to add dungeon modules.&lt;br /&gt;
The modules that you want to add must be in your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the connection point where you want to add a module and double-click on the blue Hammer/Mallet icon to open the Dungeon Editor Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the arrows to select the module that you want to attach. If applicable, click on the arrows to select which connection you want (some rooms have multiple connection points, and if this is the case, then a connection selector will appear on the Dungeon Editor Menu). Then, click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; is the number of points it will &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot; to place the currently selected module. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; shows the number of points you have used, followed by the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate.&lt;br /&gt;
For details, see the &amp;quot;Dungeon Points&amp;quot; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you are unable to add a room/hallway, there are 2 possible reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do not have enough dungeon points - if you do not have enough points to add a room and if you want to increase the allowable size of your dungeon, click &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot; on the Dungeon Editor Menu to add more points.&lt;br /&gt;
* You have a collision issue with another module - the module that you are trying to place is colliding into a previously placed module. If the module you are trying to place has another connection point, you can try to chose another connection to see if that  resolves the collision issue. Otherwise, you may need to find another place to put the module Note: collision between modules can still occur when the game allows you to place the module.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Points==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon points are a numerical representation of the size of dungeon and its components. In general, an 8 x 8 area represents one dungeon point.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Value&#039;&#039;&#039; - Each Dungeon Module has a &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; that depends on its size (a larger module has a larger Dungeon Point Value). This value is the cost (in points) of placing the module in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Limit&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate. The Dungeon Point Limit controls how many modules your dungeon can contain and controls the decoration limits. You are given a base Dungeon Point Limit depending on the size of the lot on which you placed the Dungeon Entrance (but you can increase this limit, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;Margin-left: auto; Margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Lot Size&lt;br /&gt;
! Base Dungeon Points&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Row&lt;br /&gt;
|50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Village&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Town&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|City&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Castle&lt;br /&gt;
|300&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time you add a hallway or room to the dungeon, its Dungeon Point Value is added to the number of dungeon points that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
You can keep adding rooms/hallways until you exceed the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot;.  If you wish to add more rooms/hallways, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decoration limits of a dungeon are dependent on the dungeon point limit (see [[Decoration#Player_Dungeons| Decoration Limit for Player Dungeons]]).  So if you want higher decoration limits, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slew Command: Getting A &amp;quot;Bird&#039;s Eye&amp;quot; View of Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
The Slew command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon (in other words, it allows you to have free control of the &amp;quot;camera&amp;quot; so that you can view the dungeon from any position and from any angle, regardless of whether the view is from inside or outside the dungeon walls). It is often beneficial to have [[Night Vision]] active when in Slew mode because it helps you see more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. When slew is on, you can move your viewpoint using the following controls:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: Auto; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Control of Movement in Slew Mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Desired Movement of Position or View Angle !! Keyboard or Mouse Control&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Up|| E key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Down || Q key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward || W Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Backward || S Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Left || A Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Right || D Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| View angle|| click &amp;amp; hold right mouse button, then move mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Movement speed|| mouse wheel up or down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms usually have &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with spawn&amp;quot; in their name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into Design Mode and place a [[Dungeon Totem]] on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures. For details on where to obtain essences, crafting the totems, and the different types of totems, see [[Dungeon Totem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; Give Loot or XP==&lt;br /&gt;
You can place a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] in decoratable Player Dungeon modules, and it will cause a &amp;quot;Lich Mimic&amp;quot; (with 3,641 health) to spawn in adventure mode (The lich is hostile and will attack; however, it will not give any loot nor any experience points when killed). You can place the statue as deco when the dungeon is in either Design Mode or Adventure Mode (as long as [[Deco Mode]] is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
You can place multiple statues in a module, and each statue will spawn a lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resurrection Locations in a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
All Dungeon Foyers have [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
However, depending on the design of your dungeon, it may not be possible to return to the Foyer if you die in certain areas. &lt;br /&gt;
You can add additional resurrection locations by placing [[Resurrection Ankh]]s or [[Resurrection Chaos]] in your dungeon (these items can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Decorating a Dungeon and Decoration Limits==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Decoration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setting Permissions for A Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
For setting permissions for your dungeon (including banning a player), see [[Lot#Setting_Permissions_on_A_Lot| Setting Permissions on A Lot]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving a Decorated Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Property Manager]] window to store a fully-decorated lot, basement, and dungeon, and then unpack it to either that same lot or another empty lot of the same size that you have claimed in any scene.  Dungeon points are based on the lot size that the dungeon is started on. Using the Property Manager to move a player dungeon to a larger lot will not recalculate the dungeon&#039;s point base.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Property Manager window from the Stained Glass menu icon, the Lot Deeds options menu, or from any lot sign in any scene. The left side of the window shows your available slots and their current storage status. Each player is given 5 storage slots. You may purchase additional storage slots with Crowns of the Obsidians. The right side of the Property Manager window shows all of your claimed lots. Each lot includes the name of the deed used to claim the lot, the location of the lot, and the size of the lot. Each lot also has two slots: one for the primary contents of your lot (including the house), and one for the basement and its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Housing]][[Category:Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=146498</id>
		<title>Player Dungeon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=146498"/>
		<updated>2025-11-10T05:03:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: /* Recipes and Blueprints that Drop as Loot */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|image=SS DungeonBasement F.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&#039;&#039;Green Marble Dungeon Room&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; {{PAGENAME}} &#039;&#039;&#039; are player made custom dungeons you can create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Lot owners can attach their own player dungeon to their lot. A dungeon is different from a basement, but does share some similarities. For instance, it’s like a basement in the sense that a dungeon is an expansion to a lot that exists independently of any house on that lot; you may place a dungeon entrance on your lot even if that lot doesn’t have a house on it, and vice-versa.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You’ll need two things in order to place a dungeon on your lot: a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]]. You can buy recipes to craft them for gold from [[bookseller]] merchants (located in some large NPC towns, such as Aerie, Ardoris, Brittany Estates, and Kingsport).  You can also buy foyers from the in-game [[Crown Shop]].  You can reshape your crafted entrance with patterns available from the in-game Crown Store or as loot in game.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Entrances are placeable decorations that can be deployed on the ground anywhere there is room on your lot. This includes inside or outside your house, including the upper floors. Dungeon Entrances will not function without a Dungeon Foyer Deed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Foyer Deeds function much like basement deeds. To connect your dungeon entrance to a dungeon foyer, you must have the deed to that foyer in your possession. To enter a player dungeon, double-click the dungeon entrance object and click the “Enter Dungeon” or “Enter Sample Dungeon” button. If a dungeon is available, you’ll be sent to that scene.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In addition to being an entry point for your dungeon, your dungeon entrance is also a tool that allows you to change the associated dungeon foyer and adjust the permissions for those who can enter your dungeon, much like the sign outside of a housing lot.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The Lot owner can expand the dungeon beyond the foyer by adding additional hallways and rooms. They can also place decorations and add encounter rooms with dangerous enemies!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Player dungeons, like basements, can be set to allow for open-PvP. Be cautious when entering a player dungeon!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Every dungeon foyer contains a Resurrection Ankh near the entrance.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/playerinstructions Player Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Helpful Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you’re an owner or steward, enter the “/slew” command into your chat window to enter “free camera” mode and fly around your dungeon. Change your speed with your mouse wheel. Turn off this mode by entering “/slew” in the chat window again or pressing ESC twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Basement Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Basement Entrance Menu.png&lt;br /&gt;
|caption= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
To start building a dungeon on your lot, you will need a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] (after these 2 items are placed, then you can enter the dungeon and place additional rooms and hallways).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; is a decoration item that is placed on a player&#039;s lot, and it serves as the entry point of the player dungeon. After you place the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; on your lot, you can double-click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Foyer&amp;quot; is the starting room of the dungeon. When you enter the dungeon, you will be placed in the Foyer. To exit the dungeon, you must return to the foyer and click on the ladder (or you can teleport out using a [[Teleport Scroll]]). Also, there is a resurrection ankh in the Dungeon foyer, so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of Dungeon Basement Entrances and Foyers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Craftable Entrance &amp;amp; Foyer - The [[Tomb Dungeon Entrance]] and the [[Single Connection Stone Dungeon Foyer]] are craftable (the recipes can be purchased from NPC [[Bookseller]]s). You can apply a [[Pattern]] to the Tomb Dungeon Entrance to give it a different appearance (these patterns can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers - For the Dungeon Entrances, you can purchase a pattern from the [[Crown Shop]] and apply it to the crafted entrance. For foyers, you can purchase the Foyer from the [[Crown Shop]] (a pattern is not needed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on the various Entrances and Foyers, see&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Foyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Initial Steps in Creating a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: Obtain a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] and make sure they are in your inventory (these items can be crafted or purchased in the Crown Shop).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: Place the Dungeon Basement Entrance on your lot (see [[Decoration]] for instructions on placing items on the lot).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Double-click on the Dungeon Basement entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu. If you have not placed a Foyer yet, the menu will show &amp;quot;No Dungeon&amp;quot; and the text of the &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot; button will be grey (i.e. the button is deactivated because there is no dungeon yet).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4:  Click &amp;quot;Change Dungeon&amp;quot;, then use the left &amp;amp; right arrows to scroll though the foyer options. Select the foyer that is in your inventory, and then click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the dungeon, double-click on the Dungeon Basement Entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, then click &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be adding or removing rooms, hallways, and totems to the dungeon, then you will want to put the Dungeon in Design Mode before you enter (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
The Dungeon Mode can only be set prior to entering a dungeon, and cannot be changed when you are in the dungeon. The dungeon will be in whichever mode it was last set to. If you want to change modes, do so before entering the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change Dungeon Mode, click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, and then click the cog symbol on the upper right side of the menu. Then select either &amp;quot;Enable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Disable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; (turning off Adventure mode will place the dungeon in Design Mode). The dungeon will remain in the whichever mode it was last set to (i.e. it does not revert to a default mode when leaving the dungeon or exiting the game).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or remove rooms/hallways&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of spawn rooms&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement within the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Slew - this command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon. You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. For details, see the Slew Section below. &lt;br /&gt;
* Getting Killed - see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adventure Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement and activity within the dungeon (e.g. you can [[Fishing|Fish]] in appropriate areas).&lt;br /&gt;
* Rooms with a totem or with a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] will spawn hostile creatures that can be killed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Getting Killed - see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Your avatar can die in both Adventure mode and Design mode. For example, you will die in either mode if you fall from too high up. The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect in the foyer if there is a pathway to reach it. If you die in a place where there is no resurrection ankh or no pathway to get to an ankh, then you will need to let the resurrection timer run out (in which case you will resurrect at the foyer, and any items that you have equipped with take -5% durability hit). So, you may consider designing your dungeon while equipped with junk gear just in case you fall into a place where there is no accessible ankh. Also, make sure you can access a resurrection device regardless of where you may die in your dungeon. You can add additional [[Resurrection Ankh]]s and [[Resurrection Chaos]] to the dungeon (these can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Note: [[Deco Mode]] is not specific to dungeons, and can be used when you are on a lot, in a house, in a basement, or in a player dungeon. Deco mode allows you to add, remove, or adjust decorations if you have sufficient permissions. In a player dungeon, Deco Mode can be enabled regardless of whether the dungeon is in Design Mode or Adventure Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them==&lt;br /&gt;
A dungeon module is a room, hallway, grotto, cave, or other interor space that can be added to a Player Dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of Dungeon Modules, see &lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Hallways|Dungeon Hallways]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Rooms|Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules can be added to the dungeon after the Dungeon Entrance and Dungeon Foyer have been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, Dungeon modules come in 2 types:&lt;br /&gt;
* Decoration only (these rooms do not have the term &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; in their name) - these modules only allow for decorations to be placed, and cannot spawn encounters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Capable of Spawning Encounters (most of these modules have the term  &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name) - some rooms allow for spawns (and sometimes decoration). Each type of room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]]  will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn [[Troll]]s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon modules can be obtained by the following means:&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased from the [[Crown Shop]] - some dungeon modules are only available in the Crow Shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop as loot - the only known examples of this are the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room]] and the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]], which can drop as loot from some higher level [[Troll]]s, particularly the ones in [[Ruined Keep]] and [[Ravensmoor]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Crafted - the crafted modules all require a recipe and a blueprint. The recipes and blueprints for some modules can be purchased from NPC  [[Bookseller]]s, while others drop as loot (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Recipes and Blueprints that Drop as Loot==&lt;br /&gt;
Note that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;all of the recipes for dungeon modules (including recipes for creating dungeon rooms, converting spawned rooms to decorative rooms, and converting decorative rooms to spawned rooms) are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. So, you can easily learn the recipes from other players or learn them by looking up the ingredients on the wiki and crafting them. This also means that you can easily convert your room between the spawn version and the decoration version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The more crucial item to obtain is the blueprint (because the blueprint can only be obtained from loot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;The blueprints are all rare drops (except for the ones in Compendium of Pain and Suffering where they drop more often)&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dungeon items that must be obtained from loot are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Locations Where You Can Loot Recipes and Blueprints Needed to Craft Certain Dungeon Modules&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Location of Recipes and Blueprints for Module !! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Module Name !!  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Spawn/Totem Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(dash = none)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Zone: !! Drop as Loot From:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blackblade Pass]] || [[Satyr]]s,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Hardened Skeleton Mage]]s || [[Cave Stone Room - Lava Grotto (6x7) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Brittany Sewers]] || Chest (in the &amp;quot;Supply Room&amp;quot; POI)* || [[Stone Dungeon Room - Village Lot Cellar (2 floor)(2x2) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;|[[Compendium of Pain and Suffering|Compendium of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Pain and Suffering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | Chests&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 1)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 2)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 3)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 1)]] || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 2)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 3)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Hilt Fortress]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Lich Mage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Deplorable Archmage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Decaying Commander]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (all are in or around the &amp;quot;Crypts of Eternity&amp;quot; POI)*&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda Encounter with Spawns]]  || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room (Deco))]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room Pristine Deco)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room with Spawns)]] || [[Spider]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Owl&#039;s Head Sewers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Razox Dread]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Owl&#039;s Head Sewer)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Owl&#039;s Head Sewer, Spawned]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ruins of Ravensmoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ras&#039;al&#039;horag, Undead Lord]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Undead Ravensmoor)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[The Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ebon Cultist Marksman]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist High Wizard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist Champion]]||[[Stone Dungeon Small Temple (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|? [[Elrin Nayer]] (boss lich in &amp;quot;Nether Throne Hall&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Throne Hall (The Fall)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Elrin Nayer]] (boss lich in highest Lich Room)||[[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;8&amp;quot; | [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Elrin Nayer]] (boss lich in &amp;quot;Hall of the Lich&amp;quot; POI)*,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]] (boss elf at entrance to&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss) w/ Spawns]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Obsidian [[Troll]]||[[The Rise Shaft]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Shaft with Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Obsidian Elf Sharpshooter]] (in the &amp;quot;Hallway of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[The Rise Dog Room]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Dog Room w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]] (in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room - The Rise Library]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Library w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; POI = Point of Interest, which shows up on the compass. More details about how to find the POI are often provided on the wiki page for the zone where the POI is located.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: the creatures shown above have all been confirmed to have dropped the blueprints and recipes. However, there may be other creatures that drop the blueprints and recipes (especially creatures in or near the rooms described above).  They may also drop from the same creatures when they inhabit other zones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Blue Hammer/Mallet Icon at Connection Point (in Design Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Icon.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Editor Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Menu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Your dungeon must be in Design Mode in order to add dungeon modules.&lt;br /&gt;
The modules that you want to add must be in your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the connection point where you want to add a module and double-click on the blue Hammer/Mallet icon to open the Dungeon Editor Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the arrows to select the module that you want to attach. If applicable, click on the arrows to select which connection you want (some rooms have multiple connection points, and if this is the case, then a connection selector will appear on the Dungeon Editor Menu). Then, click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; is the number of points it will &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot; to place the currently selected module. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; shows the number of points you have used, followed by the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate.&lt;br /&gt;
For details, see the &amp;quot;Dungeon Points&amp;quot; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you are unable to add a room/hallway, there are 2 possible reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do not have enough dungeon points - if you do not have enough points to add a room and if you want to increase the allowable size of your dungeon, click &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot; on the Dungeon Editor Menu to add more points.&lt;br /&gt;
* You have a collision issue with another module - the module that you are trying to place is colliding into a previously placed module. If the module you are trying to place has another connection point, you can try to chose another connection to see if that  resolves the collision issue. Otherwise, you may need to find another place to put the module Note: collision between modules can still occur when the game allows you to place the module.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Points==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon points are a numerical representation of the size of dungeon and its components. In general, an 8 x 8 area represents one dungeon point.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Value&#039;&#039;&#039; - Each Dungeon Module has a &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; that depends on its size (a larger module has a larger Dungeon Point Value). This value is the cost (in points) of placing the module in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Limit&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate. The Dungeon Point Limit controls how many modules your dungeon can contain and controls the decoration limits. You are given a base Dungeon Point Limit depending on the size of the lot on which you placed the Dungeon Entrance (but you can increase this limit, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;Margin-left: auto; Margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Lot Size&lt;br /&gt;
! Base Dungeon Points&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Row&lt;br /&gt;
|50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Village&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Town&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|City&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Castle&lt;br /&gt;
|300&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time you add a hallway or room to the dungeon, its Dungeon Point Value is added to the number of dungeon points that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
You can keep adding rooms/hallways until you exceed the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot;.  If you wish to add more rooms/hallways, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decoration limits of a dungeon are dependent on the dungeon point limit (see [[Decoration#Player_Dungeons| Decoration Limit for Player Dungeons]]).  So if you want higher decoration limits, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slew Command: Getting A &amp;quot;Bird&#039;s Eye&amp;quot; View of Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
The Slew command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon (in other words, it allows you to have free control of the &amp;quot;camera&amp;quot; so that you can view the dungeon from any position and from any angle, regardless of whether the view is from inside or outside the dungeon walls). It is often beneficial to have [[Night Vision]] active when in Slew mode because it helps you see more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. When slew is on, you can move your viewpoint using the following controls:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: Auto; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Control of Movement in Slew Mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Desired Movement of Position or View Angle !! Keyboard or Mouse Control&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Up|| E key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Down || Q key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward || W Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Backward || S Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Left || A Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Right || D Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| View angle|| click &amp;amp; hold right mouse button, then move mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Movement speed|| mouse wheel up or down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms usually have &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with spawn&amp;quot; in their name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into Design Mode and place a [[Dungeon Totem]] on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures. For details on where to obtain essences, crafting the totems, and the different types of totems, see [[Dungeon Totem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; Give Loot or XP==&lt;br /&gt;
You can place a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] in decoratable Player Dungeon modules, and it will cause a &amp;quot;Lich Mimic&amp;quot; (with 3,641 health) to spawn in adventure mode (The lich is hostile and will attack; however, it will not give any loot nor any experience points when killed). You can place the statue as deco when the dungeon is in either Design Mode or Adventure Mode (as long as [[Deco Mode]] is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
You can place multiple statues in a module, and each statue will spawn a lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resurrection Locations in a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
All Dungeon Foyers have [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
However, depending on the design of your dungeon, it may not be possible to return to the Foyer if you die in certain areas. &lt;br /&gt;
You can add additional resurrection locations by placing [[Resurrection Ankh]]s or [[Resurrection Chaos]] in your dungeon (these items can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Decorating a Dungeon and Decoration Limits==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Decoration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setting Permissions for A Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
For setting permissions for your dungeon (including banning a player), see [[Lot#Setting_Permissions_on_A_Lot| Setting Permissions on A Lot]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving a Decorated Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Property Manager]] window to store a fully-decorated lot, basement, and dungeon, and then unpack it to either that same lot or another empty lot of the same size that you have claimed in any scene.  Dungeon points are based on the lot size that the dungeon is started on. Using the Property Manager to move a player dungeon to a larger lot will not recalculate the dungeon&#039;s point base.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Property Manager window from the Stained Glass menu icon, the Lot Deeds options menu, or from any lot sign in any scene. The left side of the window shows your available slots and their current storage status. Each player is given 5 storage slots. You may purchase additional storage slots with Crowns of the Obsidians. The right side of the Property Manager window shows all of your claimed lots. Each lot includes the name of the deed used to claim the lot, the location of the lot, and the size of the lot. Each lot also has two slots: one for the primary contents of your lot (including the house), and one for the basement and its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Housing]][[Category:Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=146497</id>
		<title>Player Dungeon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=146497"/>
		<updated>2025-11-10T05:01:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: /* Recipes and Blueprints that Drop as Loot */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|image=SS DungeonBasement F.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&#039;&#039;Green Marble Dungeon Room&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; {{PAGENAME}} &#039;&#039;&#039; are player made custom dungeons you can create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Lot owners can attach their own player dungeon to their lot. A dungeon is different from a basement, but does share some similarities. For instance, it’s like a basement in the sense that a dungeon is an expansion to a lot that exists independently of any house on that lot; you may place a dungeon entrance on your lot even if that lot doesn’t have a house on it, and vice-versa.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You’ll need two things in order to place a dungeon on your lot: a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]]. You can buy recipes to craft them for gold from [[bookseller]] merchants (located in some large NPC towns, such as Aerie, Ardoris, Brittany Estates, and Kingsport).  You can also buy foyers from the in-game [[Crown Shop]].  You can reshape your crafted entrance with patterns available from the in-game Crown Store or as loot in game.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Entrances are placeable decorations that can be deployed on the ground anywhere there is room on your lot. This includes inside or outside your house, including the upper floors. Dungeon Entrances will not function without a Dungeon Foyer Deed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Foyer Deeds function much like basement deeds. To connect your dungeon entrance to a dungeon foyer, you must have the deed to that foyer in your possession. To enter a player dungeon, double-click the dungeon entrance object and click the “Enter Dungeon” or “Enter Sample Dungeon” button. If a dungeon is available, you’ll be sent to that scene.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In addition to being an entry point for your dungeon, your dungeon entrance is also a tool that allows you to change the associated dungeon foyer and adjust the permissions for those who can enter your dungeon, much like the sign outside of a housing lot.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The Lot owner can expand the dungeon beyond the foyer by adding additional hallways and rooms. They can also place decorations and add encounter rooms with dangerous enemies!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Player dungeons, like basements, can be set to allow for open-PvP. Be cautious when entering a player dungeon!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Every dungeon foyer contains a Resurrection Ankh near the entrance.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/playerinstructions Player Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Helpful Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you’re an owner or steward, enter the “/slew” command into your chat window to enter “free camera” mode and fly around your dungeon. Change your speed with your mouse wheel. Turn off this mode by entering “/slew” in the chat window again or pressing ESC twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Basement Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Basement Entrance Menu.png&lt;br /&gt;
|caption= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
To start building a dungeon on your lot, you will need a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] (after these 2 items are placed, then you can enter the dungeon and place additional rooms and hallways).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; is a decoration item that is placed on a player&#039;s lot, and it serves as the entry point of the player dungeon. After you place the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; on your lot, you can double-click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Foyer&amp;quot; is the starting room of the dungeon. When you enter the dungeon, you will be placed in the Foyer. To exit the dungeon, you must return to the foyer and click on the ladder (or you can teleport out using a [[Teleport Scroll]]). Also, there is a resurrection ankh in the Dungeon foyer, so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of Dungeon Basement Entrances and Foyers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Craftable Entrance &amp;amp; Foyer - The [[Tomb Dungeon Entrance]] and the [[Single Connection Stone Dungeon Foyer]] are craftable (the recipes can be purchased from NPC [[Bookseller]]s). You can apply a [[Pattern]] to the Tomb Dungeon Entrance to give it a different appearance (these patterns can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers - For the Dungeon Entrances, you can purchase a pattern from the [[Crown Shop]] and apply it to the crafted entrance. For foyers, you can purchase the Foyer from the [[Crown Shop]] (a pattern is not needed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on the various Entrances and Foyers, see&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Foyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Initial Steps in Creating a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: Obtain a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] and make sure they are in your inventory (these items can be crafted or purchased in the Crown Shop).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: Place the Dungeon Basement Entrance on your lot (see [[Decoration]] for instructions on placing items on the lot).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Double-click on the Dungeon Basement entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu. If you have not placed a Foyer yet, the menu will show &amp;quot;No Dungeon&amp;quot; and the text of the &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot; button will be grey (i.e. the button is deactivated because there is no dungeon yet).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4:  Click &amp;quot;Change Dungeon&amp;quot;, then use the left &amp;amp; right arrows to scroll though the foyer options. Select the foyer that is in your inventory, and then click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the dungeon, double-click on the Dungeon Basement Entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, then click &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be adding or removing rooms, hallways, and totems to the dungeon, then you will want to put the Dungeon in Design Mode before you enter (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
The Dungeon Mode can only be set prior to entering a dungeon, and cannot be changed when you are in the dungeon. The dungeon will be in whichever mode it was last set to. If you want to change modes, do so before entering the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change Dungeon Mode, click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, and then click the cog symbol on the upper right side of the menu. Then select either &amp;quot;Enable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Disable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; (turning off Adventure mode will place the dungeon in Design Mode). The dungeon will remain in the whichever mode it was last set to (i.e. it does not revert to a default mode when leaving the dungeon or exiting the game).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or remove rooms/hallways&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of spawn rooms&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement within the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Slew - this command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon. You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. For details, see the Slew Section below. &lt;br /&gt;
* Getting Killed - see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adventure Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement and activity within the dungeon (e.g. you can [[Fishing|Fish]] in appropriate areas).&lt;br /&gt;
* Rooms with a totem or with a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] will spawn hostile creatures that can be killed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Getting Killed - see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Your avatar can die in both Adventure mode and Design mode. For example, you will die in either mode if you fall from too high up. The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect in the foyer if there is a pathway to reach it. If you die in a place where there is no resurrection ankh or no pathway to get to an ankh, then you will need to let the resurrection timer run out (in which case you will resurrect at the foyer, and any items that you have equipped with take -5% durability hit). So, you may consider designing your dungeon while equipped with junk gear just in case you fall into a place where there is no accessible ankh. Also, make sure you can access a resurrection device regardless of where you may die in your dungeon. You can add additional [[Resurrection Ankh]]s and [[Resurrection Chaos]] to the dungeon (these can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Note: [[Deco Mode]] is not specific to dungeons, and can be used when you are on a lot, in a house, in a basement, or in a player dungeon. Deco mode allows you to add, remove, or adjust decorations if you have sufficient permissions. In a player dungeon, Deco Mode can be enabled regardless of whether the dungeon is in Design Mode or Adventure Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them==&lt;br /&gt;
A dungeon module is a room, hallway, grotto, cave, or other interor space that can be added to a Player Dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of Dungeon Modules, see &lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Hallways|Dungeon Hallways]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Rooms|Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules can be added to the dungeon after the Dungeon Entrance and Dungeon Foyer have been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, Dungeon modules come in 2 types:&lt;br /&gt;
* Decoration only (these rooms do not have the term &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; in their name) - these modules only allow for decorations to be placed, and cannot spawn encounters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Capable of Spawning Encounters (most of these modules have the term  &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name) - some rooms allow for spawns (and sometimes decoration). Each type of room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]]  will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn [[Troll]]s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon modules can be obtained by the following means:&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased from the [[Crown Shop]] - some dungeon modules are only available in the Crow Shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop as loot - the only known examples of this are the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room]] and the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]], which can drop as loot from some higher level [[Troll]]s, particularly the ones in [[Ruined Keep]] and [[Ravensmoor]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Crafted - the crafted modules all require a recipe and a blueprint. The recipes and blueprints for some modules can be purchased from NPC  [[Bookseller]]s, while others drop as loot (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Recipes and Blueprints that Drop as Loot==&lt;br /&gt;
Note that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;all of the recipes for dungeon modules (including recipes for creating dungeon rooms, converting spawned rooms to decorative rooms, and converting decorative rooms to spawned rooms) are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. So, you can easily learn the recipes from other players or learn them by looking up the ingredients on the wiki and crafting them. This also means that you can easily convert your room between the spawn version and the decoration version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The more crucial item to obtain is the blueprint (because the blueprint can only be obtained from loot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;The blueprints are all rare drops (except for the ones in Compendium of Pain and Suffering where they drop more often)&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dungeon items that must be obtained from loot are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Locations Where You Can Loot Recipes and Blueprints Needed to Craft Certain Dungeon Modules&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Location of Recipes and Blueprints for Module !! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Module Name !!  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Spawn/Totem Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(if allowed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Zone: !! Drop as Loot From:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blackblade Pass]] || [[Satyr]]s,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Hardened Skeleton Mage]]s || [[Cave Stone Room - Lava Grotto (6x7) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Brittany Sewers]] || Chest (in the &amp;quot;Supply Room&amp;quot; POI)* || [[Stone Dungeon Room - Village Lot Cellar (2 floor)(2x2) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;|[[Compendium of Pain and Suffering|Compendium of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Pain and Suffering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | Chests&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 1)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 2)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 3)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 1)]] || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 2)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 3)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Hilt Fortress]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Lich Mage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Deplorable Archmage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Decaying Commander]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (all are in or around the &amp;quot;Crypts of Eternity&amp;quot; POI)*&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda Encounter with Spawns]]  || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room (Deco))]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room Pristine Deco)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room with Spawns)]] || [[Spider]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Owl&#039;s Head Sewers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Razox Dread]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Owl&#039;s Head Sewer)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Owl&#039;s Head Sewer, Spawned]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ruins of Ravensmoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ras&#039;al&#039;horag, Undead Lord]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Undead Ravensmoor)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[The Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ebon Cultist Marksman]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist High Wizard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist Champion]]||[[Stone Dungeon Small Temple (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|? [[Elrin Nayer]] (boss lich in &amp;quot;Nether Throne Hall&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Throne Hall (The Fall)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Elrin Nayer]] (boss lich in highest Lich Room)||[[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;8&amp;quot; | [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Elrin Nayer]] (boss lich in &amp;quot;Hall of the Lich&amp;quot; POI)*,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]] (boss elf at entrance to&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss) w/ Spawns]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Obsidian [[Troll]]||[[The Rise Shaft]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Shaft with Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Obsidian Elf Sharpshooter]] (in the &amp;quot;Hallway of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[The Rise Dog Room]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Dog Room w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]] (in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room - The Rise Library]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Library w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; POI = Point of Interest, which shows up on the compass. More details about how to find the POI are often provided on the wiki page for the zone where the POI is located.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: the creatures shown above have all been confirmed to have dropped the blueprints and recipes. However, there may be other creatures that drop the blueprints and recipes (especially creatures in or near the rooms described above).  They may also drop from the same creatures when they inhabit other zones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Blue Hammer/Mallet Icon at Connection Point (in Design Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Icon.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Editor Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Menu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Your dungeon must be in Design Mode in order to add dungeon modules.&lt;br /&gt;
The modules that you want to add must be in your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the connection point where you want to add a module and double-click on the blue Hammer/Mallet icon to open the Dungeon Editor Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the arrows to select the module that you want to attach. If applicable, click on the arrows to select which connection you want (some rooms have multiple connection points, and if this is the case, then a connection selector will appear on the Dungeon Editor Menu). Then, click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; is the number of points it will &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot; to place the currently selected module. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; shows the number of points you have used, followed by the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate.&lt;br /&gt;
For details, see the &amp;quot;Dungeon Points&amp;quot; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you are unable to add a room/hallway, there are 2 possible reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do not have enough dungeon points - if you do not have enough points to add a room and if you want to increase the allowable size of your dungeon, click &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot; on the Dungeon Editor Menu to add more points.&lt;br /&gt;
* You have a collision issue with another module - the module that you are trying to place is colliding into a previously placed module. If the module you are trying to place has another connection point, you can try to chose another connection to see if that  resolves the collision issue. Otherwise, you may need to find another place to put the module Note: collision between modules can still occur when the game allows you to place the module.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Points==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon points are a numerical representation of the size of dungeon and its components. In general, an 8 x 8 area represents one dungeon point.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Value&#039;&#039;&#039; - Each Dungeon Module has a &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; that depends on its size (a larger module has a larger Dungeon Point Value). This value is the cost (in points) of placing the module in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Limit&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate. The Dungeon Point Limit controls how many modules your dungeon can contain and controls the decoration limits. You are given a base Dungeon Point Limit depending on the size of the lot on which you placed the Dungeon Entrance (but you can increase this limit, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;Margin-left: auto; Margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Lot Size&lt;br /&gt;
! Base Dungeon Points&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Row&lt;br /&gt;
|50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Village&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Town&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|City&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Castle&lt;br /&gt;
|300&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time you add a hallway or room to the dungeon, its Dungeon Point Value is added to the number of dungeon points that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
You can keep adding rooms/hallways until you exceed the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot;.  If you wish to add more rooms/hallways, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decoration limits of a dungeon are dependent on the dungeon point limit (see [[Decoration#Player_Dungeons| Decoration Limit for Player Dungeons]]).  So if you want higher decoration limits, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slew Command: Getting A &amp;quot;Bird&#039;s Eye&amp;quot; View of Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
The Slew command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon (in other words, it allows you to have free control of the &amp;quot;camera&amp;quot; so that you can view the dungeon from any position and from any angle, regardless of whether the view is from inside or outside the dungeon walls). It is often beneficial to have [[Night Vision]] active when in Slew mode because it helps you see more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. When slew is on, you can move your viewpoint using the following controls:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: Auto; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Control of Movement in Slew Mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Desired Movement of Position or View Angle !! Keyboard or Mouse Control&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Up|| E key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Down || Q key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward || W Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Backward || S Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Left || A Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Right || D Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| View angle|| click &amp;amp; hold right mouse button, then move mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Movement speed|| mouse wheel up or down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms usually have &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with spawn&amp;quot; in their name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into Design Mode and place a [[Dungeon Totem]] on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures. For details on where to obtain essences, crafting the totems, and the different types of totems, see [[Dungeon Totem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; Give Loot or XP==&lt;br /&gt;
You can place a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] in decoratable Player Dungeon modules, and it will cause a &amp;quot;Lich Mimic&amp;quot; (with 3,641 health) to spawn in adventure mode (The lich is hostile and will attack; however, it will not give any loot nor any experience points when killed). You can place the statue as deco when the dungeon is in either Design Mode or Adventure Mode (as long as [[Deco Mode]] is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
You can place multiple statues in a module, and each statue will spawn a lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resurrection Locations in a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
All Dungeon Foyers have [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
However, depending on the design of your dungeon, it may not be possible to return to the Foyer if you die in certain areas. &lt;br /&gt;
You can add additional resurrection locations by placing [[Resurrection Ankh]]s or [[Resurrection Chaos]] in your dungeon (these items can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Decorating a Dungeon and Decoration Limits==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Decoration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setting Permissions for A Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
For setting permissions for your dungeon (including banning a player), see [[Lot#Setting_Permissions_on_A_Lot| Setting Permissions on A Lot]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving a Decorated Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Property Manager]] window to store a fully-decorated lot, basement, and dungeon, and then unpack it to either that same lot or another empty lot of the same size that you have claimed in any scene.  Dungeon points are based on the lot size that the dungeon is started on. Using the Property Manager to move a player dungeon to a larger lot will not recalculate the dungeon&#039;s point base.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Property Manager window from the Stained Glass menu icon, the Lot Deeds options menu, or from any lot sign in any scene. The left side of the window shows your available slots and their current storage status. Each player is given 5 storage slots. You may purchase additional storage slots with Crowns of the Obsidians. The right side of the Property Manager window shows all of your claimed lots. Each lot includes the name of the deed used to claim the lot, the location of the lot, and the size of the lot. Each lot also has two slots: one for the primary contents of your lot (including the house), and one for the basement and its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Housing]][[Category:Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Stone_Dungeon_Encounter_Room,_Lich_(The_Fall)&amp;diff=146496</id>
		<title>Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Stone_Dungeon_Encounter_Room,_Lich_(The_Fall)&amp;diff=146496"/>
		<updated>2025-11-10T04:46:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox Item&lt;br /&gt;
|icon=Dungeon_icon.png&lt;br /&gt;
|itemtype=Dungeon Piece&lt;br /&gt;
|weight=1&lt;br /&gt;
|value=10&lt;br /&gt;
|craftskill=Smelting&lt;br /&gt;
|craftrecipe=Lich Temple (The Fall)&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox Dungeon&lt;br /&gt;
|type=Stone&lt;br /&gt;
|connections=1&lt;br /&gt;
|size=5m x 7m&lt;br /&gt;
|cost=1&lt;br /&gt;
|wall=No&lt;br /&gt;
|floor=Yes&lt;br /&gt;
|ceiling=No&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;{{PAGENAME}}&#039;&#039;&#039; is a room for [[Player Dungeon]]s, craftable using [[Smelting]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Availability==&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Recipe: Lich Temple (The Fall)|recipe]] and [[Blueprint: Dungeon Encounter Room Large Lich (The Fall)|blueprint]] for this Dungeon Room have been confirmed to drop in [[The Fall]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Recipe ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Crafting Box&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Lich Temple (The Fall)&lt;br /&gt;
|skill=Smelting&lt;br /&gt;
|skillrequirement=100&lt;br /&gt;
|lastseen=58&lt;br /&gt;
|teachable=Re-Teachable&lt;br /&gt;
|tool=1 Smelting Tongs;1 Stone Chisel&lt;br /&gt;
|ingredient=1 Blueprint: Dungeon Encounter Room Large Lich (The Fall);2700 Granite Block;60 Chunk of Coal&lt;br /&gt;
|output=1 Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Query recipe}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Smelting]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=146495</id>
		<title>Player Dungeon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=146495"/>
		<updated>2025-11-10T04:36:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: /* Recipes and Blueprints that Drop as Loot */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|image=SS DungeonBasement F.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&#039;&#039;Green Marble Dungeon Room&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; {{PAGENAME}} &#039;&#039;&#039; are player made custom dungeons you can create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Lot owners can attach their own player dungeon to their lot. A dungeon is different from a basement, but does share some similarities. For instance, it’s like a basement in the sense that a dungeon is an expansion to a lot that exists independently of any house on that lot; you may place a dungeon entrance on your lot even if that lot doesn’t have a house on it, and vice-versa.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You’ll need two things in order to place a dungeon on your lot: a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]]. You can buy recipes to craft them for gold from [[bookseller]] merchants (located in some large NPC towns, such as Aerie, Ardoris, Brittany Estates, and Kingsport).  You can also buy foyers from the in-game [[Crown Shop]].  You can reshape your crafted entrance with patterns available from the in-game Crown Store or as loot in game.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Entrances are placeable decorations that can be deployed on the ground anywhere there is room on your lot. This includes inside or outside your house, including the upper floors. Dungeon Entrances will not function without a Dungeon Foyer Deed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Foyer Deeds function much like basement deeds. To connect your dungeon entrance to a dungeon foyer, you must have the deed to that foyer in your possession. To enter a player dungeon, double-click the dungeon entrance object and click the “Enter Dungeon” or “Enter Sample Dungeon” button. If a dungeon is available, you’ll be sent to that scene.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In addition to being an entry point for your dungeon, your dungeon entrance is also a tool that allows you to change the associated dungeon foyer and adjust the permissions for those who can enter your dungeon, much like the sign outside of a housing lot.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The Lot owner can expand the dungeon beyond the foyer by adding additional hallways and rooms. They can also place decorations and add encounter rooms with dangerous enemies!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Player dungeons, like basements, can be set to allow for open-PvP. Be cautious when entering a player dungeon!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Every dungeon foyer contains a Resurrection Ankh near the entrance.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/playerinstructions Player Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Helpful Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you’re an owner or steward, enter the “/slew” command into your chat window to enter “free camera” mode and fly around your dungeon. Change your speed with your mouse wheel. Turn off this mode by entering “/slew” in the chat window again or pressing ESC twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Basement Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Basement Entrance Menu.png&lt;br /&gt;
|caption= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
To start building a dungeon on your lot, you will need a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] (after these 2 items are placed, then you can enter the dungeon and place additional rooms and hallways).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; is a decoration item that is placed on a player&#039;s lot, and it serves as the entry point of the player dungeon. After you place the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; on your lot, you can double-click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Foyer&amp;quot; is the starting room of the dungeon. When you enter the dungeon, you will be placed in the Foyer. To exit the dungeon, you must return to the foyer and click on the ladder (or you can teleport out using a [[Teleport Scroll]]). Also, there is a resurrection ankh in the Dungeon foyer, so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of Dungeon Basement Entrances and Foyers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Craftable Entrance &amp;amp; Foyer - The [[Tomb Dungeon Entrance]] and the [[Single Connection Stone Dungeon Foyer]] are craftable (the recipes can be purchased from NPC [[Bookseller]]s). You can apply a [[Pattern]] to the Tomb Dungeon Entrance to give it a different appearance (these patterns can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers - For the Dungeon Entrances, you can purchase a pattern from the [[Crown Shop]] and apply it to the crafted entrance. For foyers, you can purchase the Foyer from the [[Crown Shop]] (a pattern is not needed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on the various Entrances and Foyers, see&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Foyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Initial Steps in Creating a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: Obtain a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] and make sure they are in your inventory (these items can be crafted or purchased in the Crown Shop).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: Place the Dungeon Basement Entrance on your lot (see [[Decoration]] for instructions on placing items on the lot).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Double-click on the Dungeon Basement entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu. If you have not placed a Foyer yet, the menu will show &amp;quot;No Dungeon&amp;quot; and the text of the &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot; button will be grey (i.e. the button is deactivated because there is no dungeon yet).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4:  Click &amp;quot;Change Dungeon&amp;quot;, then use the left &amp;amp; right arrows to scroll though the foyer options. Select the foyer that is in your inventory, and then click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the dungeon, double-click on the Dungeon Basement Entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, then click &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be adding or removing rooms, hallways, and totems to the dungeon, then you will want to put the Dungeon in Design Mode before you enter (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
The Dungeon Mode can only be set prior to entering a dungeon, and cannot be changed when you are in the dungeon. The dungeon will be in whichever mode it was last set to. If you want to change modes, do so before entering the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change Dungeon Mode, click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, and then click the cog symbol on the upper right side of the menu. Then select either &amp;quot;Enable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Disable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; (turning off Adventure mode will place the dungeon in Design Mode). The dungeon will remain in the whichever mode it was last set to (i.e. it does not revert to a default mode when leaving the dungeon or exiting the game).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or remove rooms/hallways&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of spawn rooms&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement within the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Slew - this command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon. You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. For details, see the Slew Section below. &lt;br /&gt;
* Getting Killed - see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adventure Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement and activity within the dungeon (e.g. you can [[Fishing|Fish]] in appropriate areas).&lt;br /&gt;
* Rooms with a totem or with a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] will spawn hostile creatures that can be killed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Getting Killed - see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Your avatar can die in both Adventure mode and Design mode. For example, you will die in either mode if you fall from too high up. The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect in the foyer if there is a pathway to reach it. If you die in a place where there is no resurrection ankh or no pathway to get to an ankh, then you will need to let the resurrection timer run out (in which case you will resurrect at the foyer, and any items that you have equipped with take -5% durability hit). So, you may consider designing your dungeon while equipped with junk gear just in case you fall into a place where there is no accessible ankh. Also, make sure you can access a resurrection device regardless of where you may die in your dungeon. You can add additional [[Resurrection Ankh]]s and [[Resurrection Chaos]] to the dungeon (these can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Note: [[Deco Mode]] is not specific to dungeons, and can be used when you are on a lot, in a house, in a basement, or in a player dungeon. Deco mode allows you to add, remove, or adjust decorations if you have sufficient permissions. In a player dungeon, Deco Mode can be enabled regardless of whether the dungeon is in Design Mode or Adventure Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them==&lt;br /&gt;
A dungeon module is a room, hallway, grotto, cave, or other interor space that can be added to a Player Dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of Dungeon Modules, see &lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Hallways|Dungeon Hallways]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Rooms|Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules can be added to the dungeon after the Dungeon Entrance and Dungeon Foyer have been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, Dungeon modules come in 2 types:&lt;br /&gt;
* Decoration only (these rooms do not have the term &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; in their name) - these modules only allow for decorations to be placed, and cannot spawn encounters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Capable of Spawning Encounters (most of these modules have the term  &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name) - some rooms allow for spawns (and sometimes decoration). Each type of room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]]  will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn [[Troll]]s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon modules can be obtained by the following means:&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased from the [[Crown Shop]] - some dungeon modules are only available in the Crow Shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop as loot - the only known examples of this are the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room]] and the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]], which can drop as loot from some higher level [[Troll]]s, particularly the ones in [[Ruined Keep]] and [[Ravensmoor]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Crafted - the crafted modules all require a recipe and a blueprint. The recipes and blueprints for some modules can be purchased from NPC  [[Bookseller]]s, while others drop as loot (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Recipes and Blueprints that Drop as Loot==&lt;br /&gt;
Note that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;all of the recipes for dungeon modules (including recipes for creating dungeon rooms, converting spawned rooms to decorative rooms, and converting decorative rooms to spawned rooms) are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. So, you can easily learn the recipes from other players or learn them by looking up the ingredients on the wiki and crafting them. This also means that you can easily convert your room between the spawn version and the decoration version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The more crucial item to obtain is the blueprint (because the blueprint can only be obtained from loot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;The blueprints are all rare drops (except for the ones in Compendium of Pain and Suffering where they drop more often)&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dungeon items that must be obtained from loot are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Locations Where You Can Loot Recipes and Blueprints Needed to Craft Certain Dungeon Modules&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Location of Recipes and Blueprints for Module !! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Module Name !!  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Spawn/Totem Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(if allowed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Zone: !! Drop as Loot From:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blackblade Pass]] || [[Satyr]]s,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Hardened Skeleton Mage]]s || [[Cave Stone Room - Lava Grotto (6x7) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Brittany Sewers]] || Chest (in the &amp;quot;Supply Room&amp;quot; POI)* || [[Stone Dungeon Room - Village Lot Cellar (2 floor)(2x2) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;|[[Compendium of Pain and Suffering|Compendium of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Pain and Suffering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | Chests&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 1)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 2)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 3)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 1)]] || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 2)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 3)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Hilt Fortress]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Lich Mage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Deplorable Archmage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Decaying Commander]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (all are in or around the &amp;quot;Crypts of Eternity&amp;quot; POI)*&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda Encounter with Spawns]]  || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room (Deco))]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room Pristine Deco)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room with Spawns)]] || [[Spider]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Owl&#039;s Head Sewers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Razox Dread]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Owl&#039;s Head Sewer)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Owl&#039;s Head Sewer, Spawned]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ruins of Ravensmoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ras&#039;al&#039;horag, Undead Lord]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Undead Ravensmoor)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[The Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ebon Cultist Marksman]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist High Wizard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist Champion]]||[[Stone Dungeon Small Temple (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Throne Hall (The Fall)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Elrin Nayer]] (boss lich in highest Lich Room)||[[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;8&amp;quot; | [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Elrin Nayer]] (boss lich in &amp;quot;Hall of the Lich&amp;quot; POI)*,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]] (boss elf at entrance to&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss) w/ Spawns]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Obsidian [[Troll]]||[[The Rise Shaft]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Shaft with Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Obsidian Elf Sharpshooter]] (in the &amp;quot;Hallway of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[The Rise Dog Room]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Dog Room w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]] (in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room - The Rise Library]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Library w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; POI = Point of Interest, which shows up on the compass. More details about how to find the POI are often provided on the wiki page for the zone where the POI is located.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: the creatures shown above have all been confirmed to have dropped the blueprints and recipes. However, there may be other creatures that drop the blueprints and recipes (especially creatures in or near the rooms described above).  They may also drop from the same creatures when they inhabit other zones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Blue Hammer/Mallet Icon at Connection Point (in Design Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Icon.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Editor Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Menu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Your dungeon must be in Design Mode in order to add dungeon modules.&lt;br /&gt;
The modules that you want to add must be in your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the connection point where you want to add a module and double-click on the blue Hammer/Mallet icon to open the Dungeon Editor Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the arrows to select the module that you want to attach. If applicable, click on the arrows to select which connection you want (some rooms have multiple connection points, and if this is the case, then a connection selector will appear on the Dungeon Editor Menu). Then, click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; is the number of points it will &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot; to place the currently selected module. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; shows the number of points you have used, followed by the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate.&lt;br /&gt;
For details, see the &amp;quot;Dungeon Points&amp;quot; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you are unable to add a room/hallway, there are 2 possible reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do not have enough dungeon points - if you do not have enough points to add a room and if you want to increase the allowable size of your dungeon, click &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot; on the Dungeon Editor Menu to add more points.&lt;br /&gt;
* You have a collision issue with another module - the module that you are trying to place is colliding into a previously placed module. If the module you are trying to place has another connection point, you can try to chose another connection to see if that  resolves the collision issue. Otherwise, you may need to find another place to put the module Note: collision between modules can still occur when the game allows you to place the module.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Points==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon points are a numerical representation of the size of dungeon and its components. In general, an 8 x 8 area represents one dungeon point.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Value&#039;&#039;&#039; - Each Dungeon Module has a &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; that depends on its size (a larger module has a larger Dungeon Point Value). This value is the cost (in points) of placing the module in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Limit&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate. The Dungeon Point Limit controls how many modules your dungeon can contain and controls the decoration limits. You are given a base Dungeon Point Limit depending on the size of the lot on which you placed the Dungeon Entrance (but you can increase this limit, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;Margin-left: auto; Margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Lot Size&lt;br /&gt;
! Base Dungeon Points&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Row&lt;br /&gt;
|50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Village&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Town&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|City&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Castle&lt;br /&gt;
|300&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time you add a hallway or room to the dungeon, its Dungeon Point Value is added to the number of dungeon points that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
You can keep adding rooms/hallways until you exceed the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot;.  If you wish to add more rooms/hallways, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decoration limits of a dungeon are dependent on the dungeon point limit (see [[Decoration#Player_Dungeons| Decoration Limit for Player Dungeons]]).  So if you want higher decoration limits, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slew Command: Getting A &amp;quot;Bird&#039;s Eye&amp;quot; View of Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
The Slew command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon (in other words, it allows you to have free control of the &amp;quot;camera&amp;quot; so that you can view the dungeon from any position and from any angle, regardless of whether the view is from inside or outside the dungeon walls). It is often beneficial to have [[Night Vision]] active when in Slew mode because it helps you see more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. When slew is on, you can move your viewpoint using the following controls:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: Auto; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Control of Movement in Slew Mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Desired Movement of Position or View Angle !! Keyboard or Mouse Control&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Up|| E key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Down || Q key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward || W Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Backward || S Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Left || A Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Right || D Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| View angle|| click &amp;amp; hold right mouse button, then move mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Movement speed|| mouse wheel up or down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms usually have &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with spawn&amp;quot; in their name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into Design Mode and place a [[Dungeon Totem]] on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures. For details on where to obtain essences, crafting the totems, and the different types of totems, see [[Dungeon Totem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; Give Loot or XP==&lt;br /&gt;
You can place a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] in decoratable Player Dungeon modules, and it will cause a &amp;quot;Lich Mimic&amp;quot; (with 3,641 health) to spawn in adventure mode (The lich is hostile and will attack; however, it will not give any loot nor any experience points when killed). You can place the statue as deco when the dungeon is in either Design Mode or Adventure Mode (as long as [[Deco Mode]] is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
You can place multiple statues in a module, and each statue will spawn a lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resurrection Locations in a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
All Dungeon Foyers have [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
However, depending on the design of your dungeon, it may not be possible to return to the Foyer if you die in certain areas. &lt;br /&gt;
You can add additional resurrection locations by placing [[Resurrection Ankh]]s or [[Resurrection Chaos]] in your dungeon (these items can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Decorating a Dungeon and Decoration Limits==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Decoration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setting Permissions for A Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
For setting permissions for your dungeon (including banning a player), see [[Lot#Setting_Permissions_on_A_Lot| Setting Permissions on A Lot]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving a Decorated Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Property Manager]] window to store a fully-decorated lot, basement, and dungeon, and then unpack it to either that same lot or another empty lot of the same size that you have claimed in any scene.  Dungeon points are based on the lot size that the dungeon is started on. Using the Property Manager to move a player dungeon to a larger lot will not recalculate the dungeon&#039;s point base.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Property Manager window from the Stained Glass menu icon, the Lot Deeds options menu, or from any lot sign in any scene. The left side of the window shows your available slots and their current storage status. Each player is given 5 storage slots. You may purchase additional storage slots with Crowns of the Obsidians. The right side of the Property Manager window shows all of your claimed lots. Each lot includes the name of the deed used to claim the lot, the location of the lot, and the size of the lot. Each lot also has two slots: one for the primary contents of your lot (including the house), and one for the basement and its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Housing]][[Category:Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=146494</id>
		<title>Player Dungeon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=146494"/>
		<updated>2025-11-10T04:35:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: /* Recipes and Blueprints that Drop as Loot */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|image=SS DungeonBasement F.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&#039;&#039;Green Marble Dungeon Room&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; {{PAGENAME}} &#039;&#039;&#039; are player made custom dungeons you can create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Lot owners can attach their own player dungeon to their lot. A dungeon is different from a basement, but does share some similarities. For instance, it’s like a basement in the sense that a dungeon is an expansion to a lot that exists independently of any house on that lot; you may place a dungeon entrance on your lot even if that lot doesn’t have a house on it, and vice-versa.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You’ll need two things in order to place a dungeon on your lot: a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]]. You can buy recipes to craft them for gold from [[bookseller]] merchants (located in some large NPC towns, such as Aerie, Ardoris, Brittany Estates, and Kingsport).  You can also buy foyers from the in-game [[Crown Shop]].  You can reshape your crafted entrance with patterns available from the in-game Crown Store or as loot in game.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Entrances are placeable decorations that can be deployed on the ground anywhere there is room on your lot. This includes inside or outside your house, including the upper floors. Dungeon Entrances will not function without a Dungeon Foyer Deed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Foyer Deeds function much like basement deeds. To connect your dungeon entrance to a dungeon foyer, you must have the deed to that foyer in your possession. To enter a player dungeon, double-click the dungeon entrance object and click the “Enter Dungeon” or “Enter Sample Dungeon” button. If a dungeon is available, you’ll be sent to that scene.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In addition to being an entry point for your dungeon, your dungeon entrance is also a tool that allows you to change the associated dungeon foyer and adjust the permissions for those who can enter your dungeon, much like the sign outside of a housing lot.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The Lot owner can expand the dungeon beyond the foyer by adding additional hallways and rooms. They can also place decorations and add encounter rooms with dangerous enemies!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Player dungeons, like basements, can be set to allow for open-PvP. Be cautious when entering a player dungeon!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Every dungeon foyer contains a Resurrection Ankh near the entrance.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/playerinstructions Player Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Helpful Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you’re an owner or steward, enter the “/slew” command into your chat window to enter “free camera” mode and fly around your dungeon. Change your speed with your mouse wheel. Turn off this mode by entering “/slew” in the chat window again or pressing ESC twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Basement Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Basement Entrance Menu.png&lt;br /&gt;
|caption= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
To start building a dungeon on your lot, you will need a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] (after these 2 items are placed, then you can enter the dungeon and place additional rooms and hallways).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; is a decoration item that is placed on a player&#039;s lot, and it serves as the entry point of the player dungeon. After you place the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; on your lot, you can double-click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Foyer&amp;quot; is the starting room of the dungeon. When you enter the dungeon, you will be placed in the Foyer. To exit the dungeon, you must return to the foyer and click on the ladder (or you can teleport out using a [[Teleport Scroll]]). Also, there is a resurrection ankh in the Dungeon foyer, so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of Dungeon Basement Entrances and Foyers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Craftable Entrance &amp;amp; Foyer - The [[Tomb Dungeon Entrance]] and the [[Single Connection Stone Dungeon Foyer]] are craftable (the recipes can be purchased from NPC [[Bookseller]]s). You can apply a [[Pattern]] to the Tomb Dungeon Entrance to give it a different appearance (these patterns can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers - For the Dungeon Entrances, you can purchase a pattern from the [[Crown Shop]] and apply it to the crafted entrance. For foyers, you can purchase the Foyer from the [[Crown Shop]] (a pattern is not needed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on the various Entrances and Foyers, see&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Foyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Initial Steps in Creating a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: Obtain a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] and make sure they are in your inventory (these items can be crafted or purchased in the Crown Shop).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: Place the Dungeon Basement Entrance on your lot (see [[Decoration]] for instructions on placing items on the lot).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Double-click on the Dungeon Basement entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu. If you have not placed a Foyer yet, the menu will show &amp;quot;No Dungeon&amp;quot; and the text of the &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot; button will be grey (i.e. the button is deactivated because there is no dungeon yet).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4:  Click &amp;quot;Change Dungeon&amp;quot;, then use the left &amp;amp; right arrows to scroll though the foyer options. Select the foyer that is in your inventory, and then click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the dungeon, double-click on the Dungeon Basement Entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, then click &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be adding or removing rooms, hallways, and totems to the dungeon, then you will want to put the Dungeon in Design Mode before you enter (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
The Dungeon Mode can only be set prior to entering a dungeon, and cannot be changed when you are in the dungeon. The dungeon will be in whichever mode it was last set to. If you want to change modes, do so before entering the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change Dungeon Mode, click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, and then click the cog symbol on the upper right side of the menu. Then select either &amp;quot;Enable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Disable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; (turning off Adventure mode will place the dungeon in Design Mode). The dungeon will remain in the whichever mode it was last set to (i.e. it does not revert to a default mode when leaving the dungeon or exiting the game).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or remove rooms/hallways&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of spawn rooms&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement within the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Slew - this command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon. You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. For details, see the Slew Section below. &lt;br /&gt;
* Getting Killed - see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adventure Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement and activity within the dungeon (e.g. you can [[Fishing|Fish]] in appropriate areas).&lt;br /&gt;
* Rooms with a totem or with a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] will spawn hostile creatures that can be killed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Getting Killed - see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Your avatar can die in both Adventure mode and Design mode. For example, you will die in either mode if you fall from too high up. The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect in the foyer if there is a pathway to reach it. If you die in a place where there is no resurrection ankh or no pathway to get to an ankh, then you will need to let the resurrection timer run out (in which case you will resurrect at the foyer, and any items that you have equipped with take -5% durability hit). So, you may consider designing your dungeon while equipped with junk gear just in case you fall into a place where there is no accessible ankh. Also, make sure you can access a resurrection device regardless of where you may die in your dungeon. You can add additional [[Resurrection Ankh]]s and [[Resurrection Chaos]] to the dungeon (these can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Note: [[Deco Mode]] is not specific to dungeons, and can be used when you are on a lot, in a house, in a basement, or in a player dungeon. Deco mode allows you to add, remove, or adjust decorations if you have sufficient permissions. In a player dungeon, Deco Mode can be enabled regardless of whether the dungeon is in Design Mode or Adventure Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them==&lt;br /&gt;
A dungeon module is a room, hallway, grotto, cave, or other interor space that can be added to a Player Dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of Dungeon Modules, see &lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Hallways|Dungeon Hallways]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Rooms|Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules can be added to the dungeon after the Dungeon Entrance and Dungeon Foyer have been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, Dungeon modules come in 2 types:&lt;br /&gt;
* Decoration only (these rooms do not have the term &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; in their name) - these modules only allow for decorations to be placed, and cannot spawn encounters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Capable of Spawning Encounters (most of these modules have the term  &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name) - some rooms allow for spawns (and sometimes decoration). Each type of room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]]  will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn [[Troll]]s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon modules can be obtained by the following means:&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased from the [[Crown Shop]] - some dungeon modules are only available in the Crow Shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop as loot - the only known examples of this are the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room]] and the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]], which can drop as loot from some higher level [[Troll]]s, particularly the ones in [[Ruined Keep]] and [[Ravensmoor]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Crafted - the crafted modules all require a recipe and a blueprint. The recipes and blueprints for some modules can be purchased from NPC  [[Bookseller]]s, while others drop as loot (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Recipes and Blueprints that Drop as Loot==&lt;br /&gt;
Note that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;all of the recipes for dungeon modules (including recipes for creating dungeon rooms, converting spawned rooms to decorative rooms, and converting decorative rooms to spawned rooms) are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. So, you can easily learn the recipes from other players or learn them by looking up the ingredients on the wiki and crafting them. This also means that you can easily convert your room between the spawn version and the decoration version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The more crucial item to obtain is the blueprint (because the blueprint can only be obtained from loot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;The blueprints are all rare drops (except for the ones in Compendium of Pain and Suffering where they drop more often)&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dungeon items that must be obtained from loot are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Locations Where You Can Loot Recipes and Blueprints Needed to Craft Certain Dungeon Modules&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Location of Recipes and Blueprints for Module !! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Module Name !!  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Spawn/Totem Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(if allowed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Zone: !! Drop as Loot From:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blackblade Pass]] || [[Satyr]]s,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Hardened Skeleton Mage]]s || [[Cave Stone Room - Lava Grotto (6x7) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Brittany Sewers]] || Chest (in the &amp;quot;Supply Room&amp;quot; POI)* || [[Stone Dungeon Room - Village Lot Cellar (2 floor)(2x2) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;|[[Compendium of Pain and Suffering|Compendium of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Pain and Suffering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | Chests&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 1)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 2)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 3)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 1)]] || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 2)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 3)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Hilt Fortress]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Lich Mage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Deplorable Archmage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Decaying Commander]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (all are in or around the &amp;quot;Crypts of Eternity&amp;quot; POI)*&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda Encounter with Spawns]]  || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room (Deco))]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room Pristine Deco)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room with Spawns)]] || [[Spider]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Owl&#039;s Head Sewers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Razox Dread]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Owl&#039;s Head Sewer)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Owl&#039;s Head Sewer, Spawned]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ruins of Ravensmoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ras&#039;al&#039;horag, Undead Lord]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Undead Ravensmoor)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[The Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ebon Cultist Marksman]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist High Wizard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist Champion]]||[[Stone Dungeon Small Temple (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Throne Hall (The Fall)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Elrin Nayer]] (boss lich in highest Lich Room)||[[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;8&amp;quot; | [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Elrin Nayer]] (boss lich in &amp;quot;Hall of the Lich&amp;quot; POI)*,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]] (boss elf at entrance to&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss) w/ Spawns]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Obsidian [[Troll]]||[[The Rise Shaft]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Shaft with Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Obsidian Elf Sharpshooter]] (in the &amp;quot;Hallway of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[The Rise Dog Room]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Dog Room w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]] (in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room - The Rise Library]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Library w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; POI = Point of Interest, which shows up on the compass. More details about how to find the POI are often provided on the wiki page for the zone where the POI is located.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: the creatures shown above have all been confirmed to have dropped the blueprints and recipes. However, there may be other creatures that drop the blueprints and recipes (especially creatures in or near the rooms described above).  They may also drop from the same creatures when they inhabit other zones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Blue Hammer/Mallet Icon at Connection Point (in Design Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Icon.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Editor Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Menu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Your dungeon must be in Design Mode in order to add dungeon modules.&lt;br /&gt;
The modules that you want to add must be in your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the connection point where you want to add a module and double-click on the blue Hammer/Mallet icon to open the Dungeon Editor Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the arrows to select the module that you want to attach. If applicable, click on the arrows to select which connection you want (some rooms have multiple connection points, and if this is the case, then a connection selector will appear on the Dungeon Editor Menu). Then, click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; is the number of points it will &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot; to place the currently selected module. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; shows the number of points you have used, followed by the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate.&lt;br /&gt;
For details, see the &amp;quot;Dungeon Points&amp;quot; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you are unable to add a room/hallway, there are 2 possible reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do not have enough dungeon points - if you do not have enough points to add a room and if you want to increase the allowable size of your dungeon, click &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot; on the Dungeon Editor Menu to add more points.&lt;br /&gt;
* You have a collision issue with another module - the module that you are trying to place is colliding into a previously placed module. If the module you are trying to place has another connection point, you can try to chose another connection to see if that  resolves the collision issue. Otherwise, you may need to find another place to put the module Note: collision between modules can still occur when the game allows you to place the module.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Points==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon points are a numerical representation of the size of dungeon and its components. In general, an 8 x 8 area represents one dungeon point.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Value&#039;&#039;&#039; - Each Dungeon Module has a &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; that depends on its size (a larger module has a larger Dungeon Point Value). This value is the cost (in points) of placing the module in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Limit&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate. The Dungeon Point Limit controls how many modules your dungeon can contain and controls the decoration limits. You are given a base Dungeon Point Limit depending on the size of the lot on which you placed the Dungeon Entrance (but you can increase this limit, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;Margin-left: auto; Margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Lot Size&lt;br /&gt;
! Base Dungeon Points&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Row&lt;br /&gt;
|50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Village&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Town&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|City&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Castle&lt;br /&gt;
|300&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time you add a hallway or room to the dungeon, its Dungeon Point Value is added to the number of dungeon points that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
You can keep adding rooms/hallways until you exceed the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot;.  If you wish to add more rooms/hallways, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decoration limits of a dungeon are dependent on the dungeon point limit (see [[Decoration#Player_Dungeons| Decoration Limit for Player Dungeons]]).  So if you want higher decoration limits, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slew Command: Getting A &amp;quot;Bird&#039;s Eye&amp;quot; View of Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
The Slew command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon (in other words, it allows you to have free control of the &amp;quot;camera&amp;quot; so that you can view the dungeon from any position and from any angle, regardless of whether the view is from inside or outside the dungeon walls). It is often beneficial to have [[Night Vision]] active when in Slew mode because it helps you see more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. When slew is on, you can move your viewpoint using the following controls:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: Auto; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Control of Movement in Slew Mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Desired Movement of Position or View Angle !! Keyboard or Mouse Control&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Up|| E key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Down || Q key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward || W Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Backward || S Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Left || A Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Right || D Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| View angle|| click &amp;amp; hold right mouse button, then move mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Movement speed|| mouse wheel up or down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms usually have &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with spawn&amp;quot; in their name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into Design Mode and place a [[Dungeon Totem]] on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures. For details on where to obtain essences, crafting the totems, and the different types of totems, see [[Dungeon Totem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; Give Loot or XP==&lt;br /&gt;
You can place a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] in decoratable Player Dungeon modules, and it will cause a &amp;quot;Lich Mimic&amp;quot; (with 3,641 health) to spawn in adventure mode (The lich is hostile and will attack; however, it will not give any loot nor any experience points when killed). You can place the statue as deco when the dungeon is in either Design Mode or Adventure Mode (as long as [[Deco Mode]] is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
You can place multiple statues in a module, and each statue will spawn a lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resurrection Locations in a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
All Dungeon Foyers have [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
However, depending on the design of your dungeon, it may not be possible to return to the Foyer if you die in certain areas. &lt;br /&gt;
You can add additional resurrection locations by placing [[Resurrection Ankh]]s or [[Resurrection Chaos]] in your dungeon (these items can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Decorating a Dungeon and Decoration Limits==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Decoration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setting Permissions for A Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
For setting permissions for your dungeon (including banning a player), see [[Lot#Setting_Permissions_on_A_Lot| Setting Permissions on A Lot]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving a Decorated Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Property Manager]] window to store a fully-decorated lot, basement, and dungeon, and then unpack it to either that same lot or another empty lot of the same size that you have claimed in any scene.  Dungeon points are based on the lot size that the dungeon is started on. Using the Property Manager to move a player dungeon to a larger lot will not recalculate the dungeon&#039;s point base.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Property Manager window from the Stained Glass menu icon, the Lot Deeds options menu, or from any lot sign in any scene. The left side of the window shows your available slots and their current storage status. Each player is given 5 storage slots. You may purchase additional storage slots with Crowns of the Obsidians. The right side of the Property Manager window shows all of your claimed lots. Each lot includes the name of the deed used to claim the lot, the location of the lot, and the size of the lot. Each lot also has two slots: one for the primary contents of your lot (including the house), and one for the basement and its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Housing]][[Category:Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Blueprint:_Dungeon_Encounter_Room_Large_Lich_(The_Fall)&amp;diff=146493</id>
		<title>Blueprint: Dungeon Encounter Room Large Lich (The Fall)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Blueprint:_Dungeon_Encounter_Room_Large_Lich_(The_Fall)&amp;diff=146493"/>
		<updated>2025-11-10T04:33:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox Item&lt;br /&gt;
|icon=Letter_icon.png&lt;br /&gt;
|weight=0.1&lt;br /&gt;
|value=30&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Is used in the recipe to craft a [[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]]. This blueprint can be found in the [[The Fall]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{query recipe}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Blueprints]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=146492</id>
		<title>Player Dungeon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=146492"/>
		<updated>2025-11-10T03:01:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: /* Recipes and Blueprints that Drop as Loot */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|image=SS DungeonBasement F.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&#039;&#039;Green Marble Dungeon Room&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; {{PAGENAME}} &#039;&#039;&#039; are player made custom dungeons you can create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Lot owners can attach their own player dungeon to their lot. A dungeon is different from a basement, but does share some similarities. For instance, it’s like a basement in the sense that a dungeon is an expansion to a lot that exists independently of any house on that lot; you may place a dungeon entrance on your lot even if that lot doesn’t have a house on it, and vice-versa.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You’ll need two things in order to place a dungeon on your lot: a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]]. You can buy recipes to craft them for gold from [[bookseller]] merchants (located in some large NPC towns, such as Aerie, Ardoris, Brittany Estates, and Kingsport).  You can also buy foyers from the in-game [[Crown Shop]].  You can reshape your crafted entrance with patterns available from the in-game Crown Store or as loot in game.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Entrances are placeable decorations that can be deployed on the ground anywhere there is room on your lot. This includes inside or outside your house, including the upper floors. Dungeon Entrances will not function without a Dungeon Foyer Deed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Foyer Deeds function much like basement deeds. To connect your dungeon entrance to a dungeon foyer, you must have the deed to that foyer in your possession. To enter a player dungeon, double-click the dungeon entrance object and click the “Enter Dungeon” or “Enter Sample Dungeon” button. If a dungeon is available, you’ll be sent to that scene.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In addition to being an entry point for your dungeon, your dungeon entrance is also a tool that allows you to change the associated dungeon foyer and adjust the permissions for those who can enter your dungeon, much like the sign outside of a housing lot.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The Lot owner can expand the dungeon beyond the foyer by adding additional hallways and rooms. They can also place decorations and add encounter rooms with dangerous enemies!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Player dungeons, like basements, can be set to allow for open-PvP. Be cautious when entering a player dungeon!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Every dungeon foyer contains a Resurrection Ankh near the entrance.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/playerinstructions Player Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Helpful Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you’re an owner or steward, enter the “/slew” command into your chat window to enter “free camera” mode and fly around your dungeon. Change your speed with your mouse wheel. Turn off this mode by entering “/slew” in the chat window again or pressing ESC twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Basement Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Basement Entrance Menu.png&lt;br /&gt;
|caption= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
To start building a dungeon on your lot, you will need a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] (after these 2 items are placed, then you can enter the dungeon and place additional rooms and hallways).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; is a decoration item that is placed on a player&#039;s lot, and it serves as the entry point of the player dungeon. After you place the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; on your lot, you can double-click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Foyer&amp;quot; is the starting room of the dungeon. When you enter the dungeon, you will be placed in the Foyer. To exit the dungeon, you must return to the foyer and click on the ladder (or you can teleport out using a [[Teleport Scroll]]). Also, there is a resurrection ankh in the Dungeon foyer, so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of Dungeon Basement Entrances and Foyers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Craftable Entrance &amp;amp; Foyer - The [[Tomb Dungeon Entrance]] and the [[Single Connection Stone Dungeon Foyer]] are craftable (the recipes can be purchased from NPC [[Bookseller]]s). You can apply a [[Pattern]] to the Tomb Dungeon Entrance to give it a different appearance (these patterns can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers - For the Dungeon Entrances, you can purchase a pattern from the [[Crown Shop]] and apply it to the crafted entrance. For foyers, you can purchase the Foyer from the [[Crown Shop]] (a pattern is not needed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on the various Entrances and Foyers, see&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Foyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Initial Steps in Creating a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: Obtain a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] and make sure they are in your inventory (these items can be crafted or purchased in the Crown Shop).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: Place the Dungeon Basement Entrance on your lot (see [[Decoration]] for instructions on placing items on the lot).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Double-click on the Dungeon Basement entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu. If you have not placed a Foyer yet, the menu will show &amp;quot;No Dungeon&amp;quot; and the text of the &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot; button will be grey (i.e. the button is deactivated because there is no dungeon yet).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4:  Click &amp;quot;Change Dungeon&amp;quot;, then use the left &amp;amp; right arrows to scroll though the foyer options. Select the foyer that is in your inventory, and then click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the dungeon, double-click on the Dungeon Basement Entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, then click &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be adding or removing rooms, hallways, and totems to the dungeon, then you will want to put the Dungeon in Design Mode before you enter (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
The Dungeon Mode can only be set prior to entering a dungeon, and cannot be changed when you are in the dungeon. The dungeon will be in whichever mode it was last set to. If you want to change modes, do so before entering the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change Dungeon Mode, click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, and then click the cog symbol on the upper right side of the menu. Then select either &amp;quot;Enable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Disable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; (turning off Adventure mode will place the dungeon in Design Mode). The dungeon will remain in the whichever mode it was last set to (i.e. it does not revert to a default mode when leaving the dungeon or exiting the game).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or remove rooms/hallways&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of spawn rooms&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement within the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Slew - this command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon. You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. For details, see the Slew Section below. &lt;br /&gt;
* Getting Killed - see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adventure Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement and activity within the dungeon (e.g. you can [[Fishing|Fish]] in appropriate areas).&lt;br /&gt;
* Rooms with a totem or with a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] will spawn hostile creatures that can be killed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Getting Killed - see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Your avatar can die in both Adventure mode and Design mode. For example, you will die in either mode if you fall from too high up. The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect in the foyer if there is a pathway to reach it. If you die in a place where there is no resurrection ankh or no pathway to get to an ankh, then you will need to let the resurrection timer run out (in which case you will resurrect at the foyer, and any items that you have equipped with take -5% durability hit). So, you may consider designing your dungeon while equipped with junk gear just in case you fall into a place where there is no accessible ankh. Also, make sure you can access a resurrection device regardless of where you may die in your dungeon. You can add additional [[Resurrection Ankh]]s and [[Resurrection Chaos]] to the dungeon (these can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Note: [[Deco Mode]] is not specific to dungeons, and can be used when you are on a lot, in a house, in a basement, or in a player dungeon. Deco mode allows you to add, remove, or adjust decorations if you have sufficient permissions. In a player dungeon, Deco Mode can be enabled regardless of whether the dungeon is in Design Mode or Adventure Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them==&lt;br /&gt;
A dungeon module is a room, hallway, grotto, cave, or other interor space that can be added to a Player Dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of Dungeon Modules, see &lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Hallways|Dungeon Hallways]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Rooms|Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules can be added to the dungeon after the Dungeon Entrance and Dungeon Foyer have been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, Dungeon modules come in 2 types:&lt;br /&gt;
* Decoration only (these rooms do not have the term &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; in their name) - these modules only allow for decorations to be placed, and cannot spawn encounters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Capable of Spawning Encounters (most of these modules have the term  &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name) - some rooms allow for spawns (and sometimes decoration). Each type of room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]]  will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn [[Troll]]s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon modules can be obtained by the following means:&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased from the [[Crown Shop]] - some dungeon modules are only available in the Crow Shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop as loot - the only known examples of this are the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room]] and the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]], which can drop as loot from some higher level [[Troll]]s, particularly the ones in [[Ruined Keep]] and [[Ravensmoor]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Crafted - the crafted modules all require a recipe and a blueprint. The recipes and blueprints for some modules can be purchased from NPC  [[Bookseller]]s, while others drop as loot (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Recipes and Blueprints that Drop as Loot==&lt;br /&gt;
Note that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;all of the recipes for dungeon modules (including recipes for creating dungeon rooms, converting spawned rooms to decorative rooms, and converting decorative rooms to spawned rooms) are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. So, you can easily learn the recipes from other players or learn them by looking up the ingredients on the wiki and crafting them. This also means that you can easily convert your room between the spawn version and the decoration version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The more crucial item to obtain is the blueprint (because the blueprint can only be obtained from loot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;The blueprints are all rare drops (except for the ones in Compendium of Pain and Suffering where they drop more often)&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dungeon items that must be obtained from loot are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Locations Where You Can Loot Recipes and Blueprints Needed to Craft Certain Dungeon Modules&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Location of Recipes and Blueprints for Module !! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Module Name !!  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Spawn/Totem Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(if allowed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Zone: !! Drop as Loot From:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blackblade Pass]] || [[Satyr]]s,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Hardened Skeleton Mage]]s || [[Cave Stone Room - Lava Grotto (6x7) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Brittany Sewers]] || Chest (in the &amp;quot;Supply Room&amp;quot; POI)* || [[Stone Dungeon Room - Village Lot Cellar (2 floor)(2x2) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;|[[Compendium of Pain and Suffering|Compendium of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Pain and Suffering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | Chests&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 1)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 2)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 3)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 1)]] || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 2)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 3)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Hilt Fortress]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Lich Mage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Deplorable Archmage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Decaying Commander]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (all are in or around the &amp;quot;Crypts of Eternity&amp;quot; POI)*&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda Encounter with Spawns]]  || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room (Deco))]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room Pristine Deco)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room with Spawns)]] || [[Spider]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Owl&#039;s Head Sewers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Razox Dread]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Owl&#039;s Head Sewer)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Owl&#039;s Head Sewer, Spawned]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ruins of Ravensmoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ras&#039;al&#039;horag, Undead Lord]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Undead Ravensmoor)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[The Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ebon Cultist Marksman]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist High Wizard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist Champion]]||[[Stone Dungeon Small Temple (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Throne Hall (The Fall)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Elrin Nayer]]||[[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;8&amp;quot; | [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Elrin Nayer]] (boss lich in &amp;quot;Hall of the Lich&amp;quot; POI)*,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]] (boss elf at entrance to&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss) w/ Spawns]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Obsidian [[Troll]]||[[The Rise Shaft]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Shaft with Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Obsidian Elf Sharpshooter]] (in the &amp;quot;Hallway of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[The Rise Dog Room]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Dog Room w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]] (in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room - The Rise Library]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Library w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; POI = Point of Interest, which shows up on the compass. More details about how to find the POI are often provided on the wiki page for the zone where the POI is located.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: the creatures shown above have all been confirmed to have dropped the blueprints and recipes. However, there may be other creatures that drop the blueprints and recipes (especially creatures in or near the rooms described above).  They may also drop from the same creatures when they inhabit other zones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Blue Hammer/Mallet Icon at Connection Point (in Design Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Icon.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Editor Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Menu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Your dungeon must be in Design Mode in order to add dungeon modules.&lt;br /&gt;
The modules that you want to add must be in your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the connection point where you want to add a module and double-click on the blue Hammer/Mallet icon to open the Dungeon Editor Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the arrows to select the module that you want to attach. If applicable, click on the arrows to select which connection you want (some rooms have multiple connection points, and if this is the case, then a connection selector will appear on the Dungeon Editor Menu). Then, click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; is the number of points it will &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot; to place the currently selected module. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; shows the number of points you have used, followed by the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate.&lt;br /&gt;
For details, see the &amp;quot;Dungeon Points&amp;quot; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you are unable to add a room/hallway, there are 2 possible reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do not have enough dungeon points - if you do not have enough points to add a room and if you want to increase the allowable size of your dungeon, click &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot; on the Dungeon Editor Menu to add more points.&lt;br /&gt;
* You have a collision issue with another module - the module that you are trying to place is colliding into a previously placed module. If the module you are trying to place has another connection point, you can try to chose another connection to see if that  resolves the collision issue. Otherwise, you may need to find another place to put the module Note: collision between modules can still occur when the game allows you to place the module.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Points==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon points are a numerical representation of the size of dungeon and its components. In general, an 8 x 8 area represents one dungeon point.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Value&#039;&#039;&#039; - Each Dungeon Module has a &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; that depends on its size (a larger module has a larger Dungeon Point Value). This value is the cost (in points) of placing the module in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Limit&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate. The Dungeon Point Limit controls how many modules your dungeon can contain and controls the decoration limits. You are given a base Dungeon Point Limit depending on the size of the lot on which you placed the Dungeon Entrance (but you can increase this limit, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;Margin-left: auto; Margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Lot Size&lt;br /&gt;
! Base Dungeon Points&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Row&lt;br /&gt;
|50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Village&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Town&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|City&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Castle&lt;br /&gt;
|300&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time you add a hallway or room to the dungeon, its Dungeon Point Value is added to the number of dungeon points that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
You can keep adding rooms/hallways until you exceed the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot;.  If you wish to add more rooms/hallways, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decoration limits of a dungeon are dependent on the dungeon point limit (see [[Decoration#Player_Dungeons| Decoration Limit for Player Dungeons]]).  So if you want higher decoration limits, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slew Command: Getting A &amp;quot;Bird&#039;s Eye&amp;quot; View of Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
The Slew command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon (in other words, it allows you to have free control of the &amp;quot;camera&amp;quot; so that you can view the dungeon from any position and from any angle, regardless of whether the view is from inside or outside the dungeon walls). It is often beneficial to have [[Night Vision]] active when in Slew mode because it helps you see more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. When slew is on, you can move your viewpoint using the following controls:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: Auto; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Control of Movement in Slew Mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Desired Movement of Position or View Angle !! Keyboard or Mouse Control&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Up|| E key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Down || Q key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward || W Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Backward || S Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Left || A Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Right || D Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| View angle|| click &amp;amp; hold right mouse button, then move mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Movement speed|| mouse wheel up or down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms usually have &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with spawn&amp;quot; in their name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into Design Mode and place a [[Dungeon Totem]] on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures. For details on where to obtain essences, crafting the totems, and the different types of totems, see [[Dungeon Totem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; Give Loot or XP==&lt;br /&gt;
You can place a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] in decoratable Player Dungeon modules, and it will cause a &amp;quot;Lich Mimic&amp;quot; (with 3,641 health) to spawn in adventure mode (The lich is hostile and will attack; however, it will not give any loot nor any experience points when killed). You can place the statue as deco when the dungeon is in either Design Mode or Adventure Mode (as long as [[Deco Mode]] is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
You can place multiple statues in a module, and each statue will spawn a lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resurrection Locations in a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
All Dungeon Foyers have [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
However, depending on the design of your dungeon, it may not be possible to return to the Foyer if you die in certain areas. &lt;br /&gt;
You can add additional resurrection locations by placing [[Resurrection Ankh]]s or [[Resurrection Chaos]] in your dungeon (these items can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Decorating a Dungeon and Decoration Limits==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Decoration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setting Permissions for A Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
For setting permissions for your dungeon (including banning a player), see [[Lot#Setting_Permissions_on_A_Lot| Setting Permissions on A Lot]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving a Decorated Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Property Manager]] window to store a fully-decorated lot, basement, and dungeon, and then unpack it to either that same lot or another empty lot of the same size that you have claimed in any scene.  Dungeon points are based on the lot size that the dungeon is started on. Using the Property Manager to move a player dungeon to a larger lot will not recalculate the dungeon&#039;s point base.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Property Manager window from the Stained Glass menu icon, the Lot Deeds options menu, or from any lot sign in any scene. The left side of the window shows your available slots and their current storage status. Each player is given 5 storage slots. You may purchase additional storage slots with Crowns of the Obsidians. The right side of the Property Manager window shows all of your claimed lots. Each lot includes the name of the deed used to claim the lot, the location of the lot, and the size of the lot. Each lot also has two slots: one for the primary contents of your lot (including the house), and one for the basement and its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Housing]][[Category:Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Pax_Ring,_Common&amp;diff=146414</id>
		<title>Pax Ring, Common</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Pax_Ring,_Common&amp;diff=146414"/>
		<updated>2025-11-09T17:59:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox_Item&lt;br /&gt;
|icon=Pax_Ring_icon.png&lt;br /&gt;
|itemtype=Ring&lt;br /&gt;
|artifact=1&lt;br /&gt;
|name={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|description={{Artifact Common Description}}&lt;br /&gt;
|bonus1=Water Fishing Bait Recovery Chance&lt;br /&gt;
|bdesc1=+2&lt;br /&gt;
|btype1=%&lt;br /&gt;
|bonus2=Saltwater Fishing Level&lt;br /&gt;
|bdesc2=+1&lt;br /&gt;
|durability=130&lt;br /&gt;
|weight=0&lt;br /&gt;
|value=125&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{PAGENAME}} is an [[Artifact]] [[Ring]] [[Equipment]] item.&lt;br /&gt;
*Item stats for this item updated as of Release 116.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Where Found==&lt;br /&gt;
Pax Ring, Common can be found as loot from&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/?p=130308 Release 88 Instructions]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Pirate]]s at [[Penmawr Island]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Collect Toenail Quests - you are awarded a [[Pax Ring, Common]] for completing the [[Daily Quest]]s that are given by [[Tarian]] in [[Tenebris Harbor]] (the quests are called [[Collect Right Toenail]] and [[Collect Left Toenail]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Storehouse Containers]] - by complete the [[Daily Quest]] of giving items to the storehouse containers, you may get rewarded with a Pax Ring at the storehouse containers managed by [[Jingim|Jingim in Ardoris]], [[Oliver|Over in Castle Atos]], [[Shelba|Shelba in Mud]], [[Magnatrude Graff|Magnatrude Graff in Port Graff]], and [[Agueda| Agueda in Storms Reach]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{query loot}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Query recipe}}&lt;br /&gt;
== See Also ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Pax Ring]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Pax Ring, Common]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Pax Ring, Uncommon]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Pax Ring, Rare]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Pax Ring, Legendary]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Pax Ring, Epic]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Navbox Common Artifacts}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Trivia==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Release 88]] added various common artifacts from various sources:&lt;br /&gt;
**Added Common Pax Ring as a reward for the Tenebris Harbor Troll Toenail daily quest.&lt;br /&gt;
*The older description on this item was: Etched in this ring are the words &amp;quot;Many men go fishing all their lives without knowing that it is not fish they are after.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Artifacts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Rings]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Pax_Ring&amp;diff=146413</id>
		<title>Pax Ring</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Pax_Ring&amp;diff=146413"/>
		<updated>2025-11-09T17:54:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: /* Crafting */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox Item&lt;br /&gt;
|artifact=1&lt;br /&gt;
|description=&lt;br /&gt;
|itemtype=Ring&lt;br /&gt;
|durability=130&lt;br /&gt;
|weight=&lt;br /&gt;
|value=&lt;br /&gt;
|bonus1=Water Fishing Bait Recovery Chance&lt;br /&gt;
|bdesc1=Increases&lt;br /&gt;
|btype1=&lt;br /&gt;
|bonus2=Saltwater Fishing Level&lt;br /&gt;
|bdesc2=Increases&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{PAGENAME}} is a series of [[Artifact]] ring that has five tier types:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Common]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Uncommon]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Rare]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Legendary]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Epic]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Found=&lt;br /&gt;
Pax Rings can be found as loot from:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Pirate]]s at [[Penmawr Island]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Collect Toenail Quests - you are awarded a [[Pax Ring, Common]] for completing the [[Daily Quest]]s that are given by [[Tarian]] in [[Tenebris Harbor]] (the quests are called [[Collect Right Toenail]] and [[Collect Left Toenail]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Storehouse Containers]] - by complete the [[Daily Quest]] of giving items to the storehouse containers, you may get rewarded with a Pax Ring at the storehouse containers managed by [[Jingim|Jingim in Ardoris]], [[Oliver|Over in Castle Atos]], [[Shelba|Shelba in Mud]], [[Magnatrude Graff|Magnatrude Graff in Port Graff]], and [[Agueda| Agueda in Storms Reach]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Crafting=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Salvage&lt;br /&gt;
|skill=Blacksmithing&lt;br /&gt;
|item1=Imbued Jewel of the Saltwater Angler&lt;br /&gt;
|item1min=0&lt;br /&gt;
|item1max=3&lt;br /&gt;
|item2=&lt;br /&gt;
|item2min=&lt;br /&gt;
|item2max=&lt;br /&gt;
|item3=&lt;br /&gt;
|item3min=&lt;br /&gt;
|item3max=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Query item variation name|*Imbued Jewel of the Saltwater Angler|Items}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:lime&amp;quot;&amp;gt;An imbued Imbued Jewel of the Saltwater Angler provides the same bonus as a [[Pax Ring, Epic]]. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This [[Imbued Jewel]] item can be socketed only into non-artifact crafted Ring and Necklace items, with the recipe [[Recipe: Imbued Jewel Socketed Ring or Amulet]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The chance for this item to be yielded from salvaging, depends on the tier type of the item salvaged.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Artifact Salvaging Chance to yield an Imbued Gem or Jewel:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Tier&lt;br /&gt;
!Chance&lt;br /&gt;
!# Gems/Jewels&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Common]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 10%&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Uncommon]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 50%&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Rare]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 100%&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Legendary]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 100%&lt;br /&gt;
| 2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Epic]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 100%&lt;br /&gt;
| 3&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=See Also=&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Imbued Gem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Imbued Jewel]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Navbox Common Artifacts}}&lt;br /&gt;
=Trivia=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Added various common artifacts from various sources:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Added Common Pax Ring as a reward for the Tenebris Harbor Troll Toenail daily quest.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[[Release 88]]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Artifacts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Fishing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Pax_Ring&amp;diff=146412</id>
		<title>Pax Ring</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Pax_Ring&amp;diff=146412"/>
		<updated>2025-11-09T17:54:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: /* Crafting */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox Item&lt;br /&gt;
|artifact=1&lt;br /&gt;
|description=&lt;br /&gt;
|itemtype=Ring&lt;br /&gt;
|durability=130&lt;br /&gt;
|weight=&lt;br /&gt;
|value=&lt;br /&gt;
|bonus1=Water Fishing Bait Recovery Chance&lt;br /&gt;
|bdesc1=Increases&lt;br /&gt;
|btype1=&lt;br /&gt;
|bonus2=Saltwater Fishing Level&lt;br /&gt;
|bdesc2=Increases&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{PAGENAME}} is a series of [[Artifact]] ring that has five tier types:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Common]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Uncommon]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Rare]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Legendary]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Epic]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Found=&lt;br /&gt;
Pax Rings can be found as loot from:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Pirate]]s at [[Penmawr Island]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Collect Toenail Quests - you are awarded a [[Pax Ring, Common]] for completing the [[Daily Quest]]s that are given by [[Tarian]] in [[Tenebris Harbor]] (the quests are called [[Collect Right Toenail]] and [[Collect Left Toenail]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Storehouse Containers]] - by complete the [[Daily Quest]] of giving items to the storehouse containers, you may get rewarded with a Pax Ring at the storehouse containers managed by [[Jingim|Jingim in Ardoris]], [[Oliver|Over in Castle Atos]], [[Shelba|Shelba in Mud]], [[Magnatrude Graff|Magnatrude Graff in Port Graff]], and [[Agueda| Agueda in Storms Reach]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Crafting=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Salvage&lt;br /&gt;
|skill=Blacksmithing&lt;br /&gt;
|item1=Imbued Jewel of the Saltwater Angler&lt;br /&gt;
|item1min=0&lt;br /&gt;
|item1max=3&lt;br /&gt;
|item2=&lt;br /&gt;
|item2min=&lt;br /&gt;
|item2max=&lt;br /&gt;
|item3=&lt;br /&gt;
|item3min=&lt;br /&gt;
|item3max=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Query item variation name|*Imbued Jewel of the Saltwater Angler|Items}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:lime&amp;quot;&amp;gt;An imbued Imbued Jewel of the Saltwater Angler provides the same bonus as a [[Pax Ring, Epic]]. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This [[Imbued Jewel]] item can be socketed only into non-artifact crafted Ring and Necklace items, with the recipe [[Recipe: Imbued Jewel Socketed Ring or Amulet]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The chance for this item to be yielded from salvaging, depends on the tier type of the item salvaged.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Artifact Salvaging Chance to yield an Imbued Gem or Jewel:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Tier&lt;br /&gt;
!Chance&lt;br /&gt;
!# Gems/Jewels&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Common]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 10%&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Uncommon]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 50%&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Rare]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 100%&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Legendary]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 100%&lt;br /&gt;
| 2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Epic]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 100%&lt;br /&gt;
| 3&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=See Also=&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Imbued Gem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Imbued Jewel]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Navbox Common Artifacts}}&lt;br /&gt;
=Trivia=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Added various common artifacts from various sources:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Added Common Pax Ring as a reward for the Tenebris Harbor Troll Toenail daily quest.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[[Release 88]]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Artifacts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Fishing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Pax_Ring&amp;diff=146411</id>
		<title>Pax Ring</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Pax_Ring&amp;diff=146411"/>
		<updated>2025-11-09T17:52:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox Item&lt;br /&gt;
|artifact=1&lt;br /&gt;
|description=&lt;br /&gt;
|itemtype=Ring&lt;br /&gt;
|durability=130&lt;br /&gt;
|weight=&lt;br /&gt;
|value=&lt;br /&gt;
|bonus1=Water Fishing Bait Recovery Chance&lt;br /&gt;
|bdesc1=Increases&lt;br /&gt;
|btype1=&lt;br /&gt;
|bonus2=Saltwater Fishing Level&lt;br /&gt;
|bdesc2=Increases&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{PAGENAME}} is a series of [[Artifact]] ring that has five tier types:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Common]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Uncommon]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Rare]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Legendary]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Epic]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Found=&lt;br /&gt;
Pax Rings can be found as loot from:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Pirate]]s at [[Penmawr Island]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Collect Toenail Quests - you are awarded a [[Pax Ring, Common]] for completing the [[Daily Quest]]s that are given by [[Tarian]] in [[Tenebris Harbor]] (the quests are called [[Collect Right Toenail]] and [[Collect Left Toenail]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Storehouse Containers]] - by complete the [[Daily Quest]] of giving items to the storehouse containers, you may get rewarded with a Pax Ring at the storehouse containers managed by [[Jingim|Jingim in Ardoris]], [[Oliver|Over in Castle Atos]], [[Shelba|Shelba in Mud]], [[Magnatrude Graff|Magnatrude Graff in Port Graff]], and [[Agueda| Agueda in Storms Reach]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Crafting=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Salvage&lt;br /&gt;
|skill=Blacksmithing&lt;br /&gt;
|item1=Imbued Jewel of the Saltwater Angler&lt;br /&gt;
|item1min=0&lt;br /&gt;
|item1max=3&lt;br /&gt;
|item2=&lt;br /&gt;
|item2min=&lt;br /&gt;
|item2max=&lt;br /&gt;
|item3=&lt;br /&gt;
|item3min=&lt;br /&gt;
|item3max=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Query item variation name|*Imbued Jewel of the Saltwater Angler|Items}}&lt;br /&gt;
This [[Imbued Jewel]] item can be socketed only into non-artifact crafted Ring and Necklace items, with the recipe [[Recipe: Imbued Jewel Socketed Ring or Amulet]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:lime&amp;quot;&amp;gt;An imbued Imbued Jewel of the Saltwater Angler provides the same bonus as a [[Pax Ring, Epic]]. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The chance for this item to be yielded from salvaging, depends on the tier type of the item salvaged.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Artifact Salvaging Chance to yield an Imbued Gem or Jewel:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Tier&lt;br /&gt;
!Chance&lt;br /&gt;
!# Gems/Jewels&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Common]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 10%&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Uncommon]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 50%&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Rare]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 100%&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Legendary]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 100%&lt;br /&gt;
| 2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Epic]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 100%&lt;br /&gt;
| 3&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=See Also=&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Imbued Gem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Imbued Jewel]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Navbox Common Artifacts}}&lt;br /&gt;
=Trivia=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Added various common artifacts from various sources:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Added Common Pax Ring as a reward for the Tenebris Harbor Troll Toenail daily quest.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[[Release 88]]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Artifacts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Fishing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Pax_Ring&amp;diff=146410</id>
		<title>Pax Ring</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Pax_Ring&amp;diff=146410"/>
		<updated>2025-11-09T17:51:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox Item&lt;br /&gt;
|artifact=1&lt;br /&gt;
|description=&lt;br /&gt;
|itemtype=Ring&lt;br /&gt;
|durability=130&lt;br /&gt;
|weight=&lt;br /&gt;
|value=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{PAGENAME}} is a series of [[Artifact]] ring that has five tier types:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Common]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Uncommon]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Rare]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Legendary]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Epic]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Found=&lt;br /&gt;
Pax Rings can be found as loot from:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Pirate]]s at [[Penmawr Island]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Collect Toenail Quests - you are awarded a [[Pax Ring, Common]] for completing the [[Daily Quest]]s that are given by [[Tarian]] in [[Tenebris Harbor]] (the quests are called [[Collect Right Toenail]] and [[Collect Left Toenail]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Storehouse Containers]] - by complete the [[Daily Quest]] of giving items to the storehouse containers, you may get rewarded with a Pax Ring at the storehouse containers managed by [[Jingim|Jingim in Ardoris]], [[Oliver|Over in Castle Atos]], [[Shelba|Shelba in Mud]], [[Magnatrude Graff|Magnatrude Graff in Port Graff]], and [[Agueda| Agueda in Storms Reach]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Crafting=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Salvage&lt;br /&gt;
|skill=Blacksmithing&lt;br /&gt;
|item1=Imbued Jewel of the Saltwater Angler&lt;br /&gt;
|item1min=0&lt;br /&gt;
|item1max=3&lt;br /&gt;
|item2=&lt;br /&gt;
|item2min=&lt;br /&gt;
|item2max=&lt;br /&gt;
|item3=&lt;br /&gt;
|item3min=&lt;br /&gt;
|item3max=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Query item variation name|*Imbued Jewel of the Saltwater Angler|Items}}&lt;br /&gt;
This [[Imbued Jewel]] item can be socketed only into non-artifact crafted Ring and Necklace items, with the recipe [[Recipe: Imbued Jewel Socketed Ring or Amulet]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:lime&amp;quot;&amp;gt;An imbued Imbued Jewel of the Saltwater Angler provides the same bonus as a [[Pax Ring, Epic]]. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The chance for this item to be yielded from salvaging, depends on the tier type of the item salvaged.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Artifact Salvaging Chance to yield an Imbued Gem or Jewel:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Tier&lt;br /&gt;
!Chance&lt;br /&gt;
!# Gems/Jewels&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Common]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 10%&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Uncommon]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 50%&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Rare]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 100%&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Legendary]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 100%&lt;br /&gt;
| 2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Epic]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 100%&lt;br /&gt;
| 3&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=See Also=&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Imbued Gem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Imbued Jewel]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Navbox Common Artifacts}}&lt;br /&gt;
=Trivia=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Added various common artifacts from various sources:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Added Common Pax Ring as a reward for the Tenebris Harbor Troll Toenail daily quest.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[[Release 88]]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Artifacts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Fishing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Pax_Ring&amp;diff=146408</id>
		<title>Pax Ring</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Pax_Ring&amp;diff=146408"/>
		<updated>2025-11-09T17:49:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox Item&lt;br /&gt;
|artifact=1&lt;br /&gt;
|description=&lt;br /&gt;
|itemtype=Ring&lt;br /&gt;
|durability=130&lt;br /&gt;
|weight=&lt;br /&gt;
|value=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{PAGENAME}} is a series of [[Artifact]] ring that has five tier types:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Common]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Uncommon]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Rare]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Legendary]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Epic]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Found=&lt;br /&gt;
Pax Rings can be found as loot from:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Pirate]]s at [[Penmawr Island]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Collect Toenail Quests - you are awarded a [[Pax Ring, Common]] for completing the [[Daily Quest]]s that are given by [[Tarian]] in [[Tenebris Harbor]] (the quests are called [[Collect Right Toenail]] and [[Collect Left Toenail]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Storehouse Containers]] - by complete the [[Daily Quest]] of giving items to the storehouse containers, you may get rewarded with a Pax Ring at the storehouse containers managed by [[Jingim|Jingim in Ardoris]], [[Oliver|Over in Castle Atos]], [[Shelba|Shelba in Mud]], [[Magnatrude Graff|Magnatrude Graff in Port Graff]], and [[Agueda| Agueda in Storms Reach]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Crafting=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Salvage&lt;br /&gt;
|skill=Blacksmithing&lt;br /&gt;
|item1=Imbued Jewel of the Saltwater Angler&lt;br /&gt;
|item1min=0&lt;br /&gt;
|item1max=3&lt;br /&gt;
|item2=&lt;br /&gt;
|item2min=&lt;br /&gt;
|item2max=&lt;br /&gt;
|item3=&lt;br /&gt;
|item3min=&lt;br /&gt;
|item3max=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Query item variation name|*Imbued Jewel of the Saltwater Angler|Items}}&lt;br /&gt;
This [[Imbued Jewel]] item can be socketed only into non-artifact crafted Ring and Necklace items, with the recipe [[Recipe: Imbued Jewel Socketed Ring or Amulet]].&lt;br /&gt;
The chance for this item to be yielded from salvaging, depends on the tier type of the item salvaged.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Artifact Salvaging Chance to yield an Imbued Gem or Jewel:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Tier&lt;br /&gt;
!Chance&lt;br /&gt;
!# Gems/Jewels&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Common]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 10%&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Uncommon]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 50%&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Rare]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 100%&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Legendary]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 100%&lt;br /&gt;
| 2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Epic]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 100%&lt;br /&gt;
| 3&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=See Also=&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Imbued Gem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Imbued Jewel]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Navbox Common Artifacts}}&lt;br /&gt;
=Trivia=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Added various common artifacts from various sources:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Added Common Pax Ring as a reward for the Tenebris Harbor Troll Toenail daily quest.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[[Release 88]]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Artifacts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Fishing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Pax_Ring&amp;diff=146407</id>
		<title>Pax Ring</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Pax_Ring&amp;diff=146407"/>
		<updated>2025-11-09T17:49:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox Item&lt;br /&gt;
|artifact=1&lt;br /&gt;
|description=&lt;br /&gt;
|itemtype=Ring&lt;br /&gt;
|durability=130&lt;br /&gt;
|weight=&lt;br /&gt;
|value=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{PAGENAME}} is a series of [[Artifact]] ring that has five tier types:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Common]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Uncommon]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Rare]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Legendary]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Epic]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Found=&lt;br /&gt;
Pax Rings can be found as loot from:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Pirate]]s at [[Penmawr Island]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Collect Toenail Quests - you are awarded a [[Pax Ring, Common]] for completing a [[Daily Quests]] that is given by [[Tarian]] in [[Tenebris Harbor]] (the quests are called [[Collect Right Toenail]] and [[Collect Left Toenail]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Storehouse Containers]] - by complete the [[Daily Quest]] of giving items to the storehouse containers, you may get rewarded with a Pax Ring at the storehouse containers managed by [[Jingim|Jingim in Ardoris]], [[Oliver|Over in Castle Atos]], [[Shelba|Shelba in Mud]], [[Magnatrude Graff|Magnatrude Graff in Port Graff]], and [[Agueda| Agueda in Storms Reach]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Crafting=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Salvage&lt;br /&gt;
|skill=Blacksmithing&lt;br /&gt;
|item1=Imbued Jewel of the Saltwater Angler&lt;br /&gt;
|item1min=0&lt;br /&gt;
|item1max=3&lt;br /&gt;
|item2=&lt;br /&gt;
|item2min=&lt;br /&gt;
|item2max=&lt;br /&gt;
|item3=&lt;br /&gt;
|item3min=&lt;br /&gt;
|item3max=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Query item variation name|*Imbued Jewel of the Saltwater Angler|Items}}&lt;br /&gt;
This [[Imbued Jewel]] item can be socketed only into non-artifact crafted Ring and Necklace items, with the recipe [[Recipe: Imbued Jewel Socketed Ring or Amulet]].&lt;br /&gt;
The chance for this item to be yielded from salvaging, depends on the tier type of the item salvaged.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Artifact Salvaging Chance to yield an Imbued Gem or Jewel:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Tier&lt;br /&gt;
!Chance&lt;br /&gt;
!# Gems/Jewels&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Common]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 10%&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Uncommon]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 50%&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Rare]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 100%&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Legendary]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 100%&lt;br /&gt;
| 2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Epic]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 100%&lt;br /&gt;
| 3&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=See Also=&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Imbued Gem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Imbued Jewel]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Navbox Common Artifacts}}&lt;br /&gt;
=Trivia=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Added various common artifacts from various sources:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Added Common Pax Ring as a reward for the Tenebris Harbor Troll Toenail daily quest.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[[Release 88]]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Artifacts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Fishing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Pax_Ring&amp;diff=146406</id>
		<title>Pax Ring</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Pax_Ring&amp;diff=146406"/>
		<updated>2025-11-09T17:48:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox Item&lt;br /&gt;
|artifact=1&lt;br /&gt;
|description=&lt;br /&gt;
|itemtype=Ring&lt;br /&gt;
|durability=130&lt;br /&gt;
|weight=&lt;br /&gt;
|value=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{PAGENAME}} is a series of [[Artifact]] ring that has five tier types:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Common]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Uncommon]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Rare]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Legendary]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Epic]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Found=&lt;br /&gt;
Pax Rings can be found as loot from:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Pirate]]s at [[Penmawr Island]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Collect Toenail Quests - you are awarded a [[Pax Ring, Common]] for completing a [[Daily Quests]] that is given by [[Tarian]] in [[Tenebris Harbor]] (the quests are called [[Collect Right Toenail]] and [[Collect Left Toenail]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Storehouse Containers]] - by complete the [[Daily Quest]] of giving items to the storehouse containers, you may get rewarded with a Pax Ring, particularly at the storehouse containers managed by [[Jingim|Jingim in Ardoris]], [[Oliver|Over in Castle Atos]], [[Shelba|Shelba in Mud]], [[Magnatrude Graff|Magnatrude Graff in Port Graff]], and [[Agueda| Agueda in Storms Reach]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Crafting=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Salvage&lt;br /&gt;
|skill=Blacksmithing&lt;br /&gt;
|item1=Imbued Jewel of the Saltwater Angler&lt;br /&gt;
|item1min=0&lt;br /&gt;
|item1max=3&lt;br /&gt;
|item2=&lt;br /&gt;
|item2min=&lt;br /&gt;
|item2max=&lt;br /&gt;
|item3=&lt;br /&gt;
|item3min=&lt;br /&gt;
|item3max=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Query item variation name|*Imbued Jewel of the Saltwater Angler|Items}}&lt;br /&gt;
This [[Imbued Jewel]] item can be socketed only into non-artifact crafted Ring and Necklace items, with the recipe [[Recipe: Imbued Jewel Socketed Ring or Amulet]].&lt;br /&gt;
The chance for this item to be yielded from salvaging, depends on the tier type of the item salvaged.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Artifact Salvaging Chance to yield an Imbued Gem or Jewel:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Tier&lt;br /&gt;
!Chance&lt;br /&gt;
!# Gems/Jewels&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Common]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 10%&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Uncommon]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 50%&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Rare]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 100%&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Legendary]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 100%&lt;br /&gt;
| 2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Epic]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 100%&lt;br /&gt;
| 3&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=See Also=&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Imbued Gem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Imbued Jewel]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Navbox Common Artifacts}}&lt;br /&gt;
=Trivia=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Added various common artifacts from various sources:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Added Common Pax Ring as a reward for the Tenebris Harbor Troll Toenail daily quest.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[[Release 88]]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Artifacts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Fishing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Pax_Ring&amp;diff=146405</id>
		<title>Pax Ring</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Pax_Ring&amp;diff=146405"/>
		<updated>2025-11-09T17:48:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox Item&lt;br /&gt;
|artifact=1&lt;br /&gt;
|description=&lt;br /&gt;
|itemtype=Ring&lt;br /&gt;
|durability=130&lt;br /&gt;
|weight=&lt;br /&gt;
|value=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{PAGENAME}} is a series of [[Artifact]] ring that has five tier types:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Common]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Uncommon]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Rare]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Legendary]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Epic]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Found=&lt;br /&gt;
Pax Rings can be found as loot from:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Pirate]]s at [[Penmawr Island]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Collect Toenail Quests - you are awarded a [[Pax Ring, Common]] for completing a [[Daily Quests]] that is given by [[Tarian]] in [[Tenebris Harbor]] (the quests are called [[Collect Right Toenail]] and [[Collect Left Toenail]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Storehouse Containers]] - by complete the [[Daily Quest]] of giving items to the storehouse containers, you may get rewarded with a Pax Ring, particularly at the storehouse containers managed by [[Jinghim|Jinghim in Ardoris]], [[Oliver|Over in Castle Atos]], [[Shelba|Shelba in Mud]], [[Magnatrude Graff|Magnatrude Graff in Port Graff]], and [[Agueda| Agueda in Storms Reach]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Crafting=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Salvage&lt;br /&gt;
|skill=Blacksmithing&lt;br /&gt;
|item1=Imbued Jewel of the Saltwater Angler&lt;br /&gt;
|item1min=0&lt;br /&gt;
|item1max=3&lt;br /&gt;
|item2=&lt;br /&gt;
|item2min=&lt;br /&gt;
|item2max=&lt;br /&gt;
|item3=&lt;br /&gt;
|item3min=&lt;br /&gt;
|item3max=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Query item variation name|*Imbued Jewel of the Saltwater Angler|Items}}&lt;br /&gt;
This [[Imbued Jewel]] item can be socketed only into non-artifact crafted Ring and Necklace items, with the recipe [[Recipe: Imbued Jewel Socketed Ring or Amulet]].&lt;br /&gt;
The chance for this item to be yielded from salvaging, depends on the tier type of the item salvaged.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Artifact Salvaging Chance to yield an Imbued Gem or Jewel:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Tier&lt;br /&gt;
!Chance&lt;br /&gt;
!# Gems/Jewels&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Common]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 10%&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Uncommon]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 50%&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Rare]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 100%&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Legendary]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 100%&lt;br /&gt;
| 2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Epic]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 100%&lt;br /&gt;
| 3&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=See Also=&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Imbued Gem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Imbued Jewel]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Navbox Common Artifacts}}&lt;br /&gt;
=Trivia=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Added various common artifacts from various sources:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Added Common Pax Ring as a reward for the Tenebris Harbor Troll Toenail daily quest.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[[Release 88]]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Artifacts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Fishing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Pax_Ring&amp;diff=146404</id>
		<title>Pax Ring</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Pax_Ring&amp;diff=146404"/>
		<updated>2025-11-09T17:47:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox Item&lt;br /&gt;
|artifact=1&lt;br /&gt;
|description=&lt;br /&gt;
|itemtype=Ring&lt;br /&gt;
|durability=130&lt;br /&gt;
|weight=&lt;br /&gt;
|value=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{PAGENAME}} is a series of [[Artifact]] ring that has five tier types:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Common]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Uncommon]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Rare]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Legendary]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Epic]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Found=&lt;br /&gt;
Pax Rings can be found as loot from:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Pirate]]s at [[Penmawr Island]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Collect Toenail Quests - you are awarded a [[Pax Ring, Common]] for completing a [[Daily Quests]] that is given by [[Tarian]] in [[Tenebris Harbor]] (the quests are called [[Collect Right Toenail]] and [[Collect Left Toenail]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Storehouse Containers]] - by complete the [[Daily Quest]] of giving items to the storehouse containers, you may get rewarded with a Pax Ring, particularly at the storehouse containers managed by [[Jinghim|Jinghim in Ardoris]], [[Oliver|Over in Castle Atos]], [[Shelba|Shelba in Mud]], [[Magnatrude Graff|Magnatrude Graff in Por Graff]], [[and Agueda| Agueda in Sotrms Reach]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Crafting=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Salvage&lt;br /&gt;
|skill=Blacksmithing&lt;br /&gt;
|item1=Imbued Jewel of the Saltwater Angler&lt;br /&gt;
|item1min=0&lt;br /&gt;
|item1max=3&lt;br /&gt;
|item2=&lt;br /&gt;
|item2min=&lt;br /&gt;
|item2max=&lt;br /&gt;
|item3=&lt;br /&gt;
|item3min=&lt;br /&gt;
|item3max=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Query item variation name|*Imbued Jewel of the Saltwater Angler|Items}}&lt;br /&gt;
This [[Imbued Jewel]] item can be socketed only into non-artifact crafted Ring and Necklace items, with the recipe [[Recipe: Imbued Jewel Socketed Ring or Amulet]].&lt;br /&gt;
The chance for this item to be yielded from salvaging, depends on the tier type of the item salvaged.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Artifact Salvaging Chance to yield an Imbued Gem or Jewel:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Tier&lt;br /&gt;
!Chance&lt;br /&gt;
!# Gems/Jewels&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Common]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 10%&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Uncommon]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 50%&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Rare]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 100%&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Legendary]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 100%&lt;br /&gt;
| 2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Epic]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 100%&lt;br /&gt;
| 3&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=See Also=&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Imbued Gem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Imbued Jewel]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Navbox Common Artifacts}}&lt;br /&gt;
=Trivia=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Added various common artifacts from various sources:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Added Common Pax Ring as a reward for the Tenebris Harbor Troll Toenail daily quest.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[[Release 88]]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Artifacts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Fishing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Pax_Ring&amp;diff=146403</id>
		<title>Pax Ring</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Pax_Ring&amp;diff=146403"/>
		<updated>2025-11-09T17:47:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox Item&lt;br /&gt;
|artifact=1&lt;br /&gt;
|description=&lt;br /&gt;
|itemtype=Ring&lt;br /&gt;
|durability=130&lt;br /&gt;
|weight=&lt;br /&gt;
|value=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{PAGENAME}} is a series of [[Artifact]] ring that has five tier types:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Common]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Uncommon]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Rare]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Legendary]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Epic]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Found=&lt;br /&gt;
Pax Rings can be found as loot from:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Pirate]]s at [[Penmawr Island]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Collect Toenail Quests - you are awarded a [[Pax RIn, Common]] for completing a [[Daily Quests]] that is given by [[Tarian]] in [[Tenebris Harbor]] (the quests are called [[Collect Right Toenail]] and [[Collect Left Toenail]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Storehouse Containers]] - by complete the [[Daily Quest]] of giving items to the storehouse containers, you may get rewarded with a Pax Ring, particularly at the storehouse containers managed by [[Jinghim|Jinghim in Ardoris]], [[Oliver|Over in Castle Atos]], [[Shelba|Shelba in Mud]], [[Magnatrude Graff|Magnatrude Graff in Por Graff]], [[and Agueda| Agueda in Sotrms Reach]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Crafting=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Salvage&lt;br /&gt;
|skill=Blacksmithing&lt;br /&gt;
|item1=Imbued Jewel of the Saltwater Angler&lt;br /&gt;
|item1min=0&lt;br /&gt;
|item1max=3&lt;br /&gt;
|item2=&lt;br /&gt;
|item2min=&lt;br /&gt;
|item2max=&lt;br /&gt;
|item3=&lt;br /&gt;
|item3min=&lt;br /&gt;
|item3max=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Query item variation name|*Imbued Jewel of the Saltwater Angler|Items}}&lt;br /&gt;
This [[Imbued Jewel]] item can be socketed only into non-artifact crafted Ring and Necklace items, with the recipe [[Recipe: Imbued Jewel Socketed Ring or Amulet]].&lt;br /&gt;
The chance for this item to be yielded from salvaging, depends on the tier type of the item salvaged.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Artifact Salvaging Chance to yield an Imbued Gem or Jewel:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Tier&lt;br /&gt;
!Chance&lt;br /&gt;
!# Gems/Jewels&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Common]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 10%&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Uncommon]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 50%&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Rare]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 100%&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Legendary]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 100%&lt;br /&gt;
| 2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Epic]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 100%&lt;br /&gt;
| 3&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=See Also=&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Imbued Gem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Imbued Jewel]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Navbox Common Artifacts}}&lt;br /&gt;
=Trivia=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Added various common artifacts from various sources:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Added Common Pax Ring as a reward for the Tenebris Harbor Troll Toenail daily quest.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[[Release 88]]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Artifacts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Fishing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Pax_Ring&amp;diff=146402</id>
		<title>Pax Ring</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Pax_Ring&amp;diff=146402"/>
		<updated>2025-11-09T17:47:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox Item&lt;br /&gt;
|artifact=1&lt;br /&gt;
|description=&lt;br /&gt;
|itemtype=Ring&lt;br /&gt;
|durability=130&lt;br /&gt;
|weight=&lt;br /&gt;
|value=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{PAGENAME}} is a series of [[Artifact]] ring that has five tier types:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Common]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Uncommon]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Rare]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Legendary]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Epic]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Found=&lt;br /&gt;
Pax Rings can be found as loot from:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Pirate]]s at [[Penmawr Island]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Collect Toenail Quests - you are awarded a [[Pax RIn, Common]] for completing a [[Daily Quests]] that is given by [[Tarian]] in [[Tenebris Harbor]] (the quests are called [[Collect Right Toenail]] and [[Collect Left Toenail]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Storehouse Container]]s - by complete the [[Daily Quest]] of giving items to the storehouse containers, you may get rewarded with a Pax Ring, particularly at the storehouse containers managed by [[Jinghim|Jinghim in Ardoris]], [[Oliver|Over in Castle Atos]], [[Shelba|Shelba in Mud]], [[Magnatrude Graff|Magnatrude Graff in Por Graff]], [[and Agueda| Agueda in Sotrms Reach]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Crafting=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Salvage&lt;br /&gt;
|skill=Blacksmithing&lt;br /&gt;
|item1=Imbued Jewel of the Saltwater Angler&lt;br /&gt;
|item1min=0&lt;br /&gt;
|item1max=3&lt;br /&gt;
|item2=&lt;br /&gt;
|item2min=&lt;br /&gt;
|item2max=&lt;br /&gt;
|item3=&lt;br /&gt;
|item3min=&lt;br /&gt;
|item3max=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Query item variation name|*Imbued Jewel of the Saltwater Angler|Items}}&lt;br /&gt;
This [[Imbued Jewel]] item can be socketed only into non-artifact crafted Ring and Necklace items, with the recipe [[Recipe: Imbued Jewel Socketed Ring or Amulet]].&lt;br /&gt;
The chance for this item to be yielded from salvaging, depends on the tier type of the item salvaged.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Artifact Salvaging Chance to yield an Imbued Gem or Jewel:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Tier&lt;br /&gt;
!Chance&lt;br /&gt;
!# Gems/Jewels&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Common]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 10%&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Uncommon]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 50%&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Rare]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 100%&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Legendary]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 100%&lt;br /&gt;
| 2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Epic]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 100%&lt;br /&gt;
| 3&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=See Also=&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Imbued Gem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Imbued Jewel]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Navbox Common Artifacts}}&lt;br /&gt;
=Trivia=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Added various common artifacts from various sources:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Added Common Pax Ring as a reward for the Tenebris Harbor Troll Toenail daily quest.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[[Release 88]]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Artifacts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Fishing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Storehouse_Manager&amp;diff=146401</id>
		<title>Storehouse Manager</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Storehouse_Manager&amp;diff=146401"/>
		<updated>2025-11-09T17:39:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Storehouse managers&#039;&#039;&#039; oversee the storehouse containers where players can turn in items for daily rewards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on locations, turn-in and rewards see [[Storehouse Containers]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The storehouse managers are located in:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable &lt;br /&gt;
|+ Storehouse managers&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Location !! Manager&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Ardoris]] || [[Jingim]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Brittany Wharfs]]||  [[Larkin]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Broochash]] || [[Brandan]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Castle Atos]] ||  [[Oliver]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Grusk]] || [[Racgax]] &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Harvest]] ||   [[Audor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Kingsport]] ||  [[Orla]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Mud]] ||  [[Shelba]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Port Graff]] ||  [[Magnatrude Graff]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Storms Reach]] ||   [[Agueda]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Westend]] ||   [[Elit]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Xenos]] ||  [[Amalia]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Storehouse Containers]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Daily Tasks]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Storehouse managers| ]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Pax_Ring&amp;diff=146400</id>
		<title>Pax Ring</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Pax_Ring&amp;diff=146400"/>
		<updated>2025-11-09T17:38:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox Item&lt;br /&gt;
|artifact=1&lt;br /&gt;
|description=&lt;br /&gt;
|itemtype=Ring&lt;br /&gt;
|durability=130&lt;br /&gt;
|weight=&lt;br /&gt;
|value=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{PAGENAME}} is a series of [[Artifact]] ring that has five tier types:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Common]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Uncommon]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Rare]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Legendary]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Epic]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Found=&lt;br /&gt;
Pax Rings can be found as loot from:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Pirate]]s at [[Penmawr Island]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Collect Toenail Quests - you are awarded a [[Pax RIn, Common]] for completing a [[Daily Quests]] that is given by [[Tarian]] in [[Tenebris Harbor]] (the quests are called [[Collect Right Toenail]] and [[Collect Left Toenail]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Storehouse Container]]s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Crafting=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Salvage&lt;br /&gt;
|skill=Blacksmithing&lt;br /&gt;
|item1=Imbued Jewel of the Saltwater Angler&lt;br /&gt;
|item1min=0&lt;br /&gt;
|item1max=3&lt;br /&gt;
|item2=&lt;br /&gt;
|item2min=&lt;br /&gt;
|item2max=&lt;br /&gt;
|item3=&lt;br /&gt;
|item3min=&lt;br /&gt;
|item3max=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Query item variation name|*Imbued Jewel of the Saltwater Angler|Items}}&lt;br /&gt;
This [[Imbued Jewel]] item can be socketed only into non-artifact crafted Ring and Necklace items, with the recipe [[Recipe: Imbued Jewel Socketed Ring or Amulet]].&lt;br /&gt;
The chance for this item to be yielded from salvaging, depends on the tier type of the item salvaged.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Artifact Salvaging Chance to yield an Imbued Gem or Jewel:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Tier&lt;br /&gt;
!Chance&lt;br /&gt;
!# Gems/Jewels&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Common]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 10%&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Uncommon]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 50%&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Rare]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 100%&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Legendary]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 100%&lt;br /&gt;
| 2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Epic]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 100%&lt;br /&gt;
| 3&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=See Also=&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Imbued Gem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Imbued Jewel]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Navbox Common Artifacts}}&lt;br /&gt;
=Trivia=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Added various common artifacts from various sources:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Added Common Pax Ring as a reward for the Tenebris Harbor Troll Toenail daily quest.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[[Release 88]]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Artifacts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Fishing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Pax_Ring&amp;diff=146399</id>
		<title>Pax Ring</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Pax_Ring&amp;diff=146399"/>
		<updated>2025-11-09T17:38:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox Item&lt;br /&gt;
|artifact=1&lt;br /&gt;
|description=&lt;br /&gt;
|itemtype=Ring&lt;br /&gt;
|durability=130&lt;br /&gt;
|weight=&lt;br /&gt;
|value=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{PAGENAME}} is a series of [[Artifact]] ring that has five tier types:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Common]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Uncommon]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Rare]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Legendary]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Epic]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Found=&lt;br /&gt;
Pax Rings can be found as loot from:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Piirate]]s at [[Penmawr Island]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Collect Toenail Quests - you are awarded a [[Pax RIn, Common]] for completing a [[Daily Quests]] that is given by [[Tarian]] in [[Tenebris Harbor]] (the quests are called [[Collect Right Toenail]] and [[Collect Left Toenail]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Storehouse Container]]s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Crafting=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Salvage&lt;br /&gt;
|skill=Blacksmithing&lt;br /&gt;
|item1=Imbued Jewel of the Saltwater Angler&lt;br /&gt;
|item1min=0&lt;br /&gt;
|item1max=3&lt;br /&gt;
|item2=&lt;br /&gt;
|item2min=&lt;br /&gt;
|item2max=&lt;br /&gt;
|item3=&lt;br /&gt;
|item3min=&lt;br /&gt;
|item3max=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Query item variation name|*Imbued Jewel of the Saltwater Angler|Items}}&lt;br /&gt;
This [[Imbued Jewel]] item can be socketed only into non-artifact crafted Ring and Necklace items, with the recipe [[Recipe: Imbued Jewel Socketed Ring or Amulet]].&lt;br /&gt;
The chance for this item to be yielded from salvaging, depends on the tier type of the item salvaged.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Artifact Salvaging Chance to yield an Imbued Gem or Jewel:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Tier&lt;br /&gt;
!Chance&lt;br /&gt;
!# Gems/Jewels&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Common]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 10%&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Uncommon]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 50%&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Rare]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 100%&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Legendary]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 100%&lt;br /&gt;
| 2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Epic]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 100%&lt;br /&gt;
| 3&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=See Also=&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Imbued Gem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Imbued Jewel]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Navbox Common Artifacts}}&lt;br /&gt;
=Trivia=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Added various common artifacts from various sources:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Added Common Pax Ring as a reward for the Tenebris Harbor Troll Toenail daily quest.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[[Release 88]]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Artifacts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Fishing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Pax_Ring&amp;diff=146398</id>
		<title>Pax Ring</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Pax_Ring&amp;diff=146398"/>
		<updated>2025-11-09T17:38:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox Item&lt;br /&gt;
|artifact=1&lt;br /&gt;
|description=&lt;br /&gt;
|itemtype=Ring&lt;br /&gt;
|durability=130&lt;br /&gt;
|weight=&lt;br /&gt;
|value=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{PAGENAME}} is a series of [[Artifact]] ring that has five tier types:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Common]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Uncommon]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Rare]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Legendary]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[{{PAGENAME}}, Epic]]&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Found=&lt;br /&gt;
Pax Rings can be found as loot from:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Piirate]]s at [[Penmawr Island]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Collect Toenail Quests - you are awarded a [[Pax RIn, Common]] for completing a [[Daily Quests]] that is given by [[Tarian]] in [[Tenebris Harbor]] (the quests are called [[Collect Right Toenail]] and [[Collect Left Toenail]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Storehouse Container]]s&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Crafting=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Salvage&lt;br /&gt;
|skill=Blacksmithing&lt;br /&gt;
|item1=Imbued Jewel of the Saltwater Angler&lt;br /&gt;
|item1min=0&lt;br /&gt;
|item1max=3&lt;br /&gt;
|item2=&lt;br /&gt;
|item2min=&lt;br /&gt;
|item2max=&lt;br /&gt;
|item3=&lt;br /&gt;
|item3min=&lt;br /&gt;
|item3max=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Query item variation name|*Imbued Jewel of the Saltwater Angler|Items}}&lt;br /&gt;
This [[Imbued Jewel]] item can be socketed only into non-artifact crafted Ring and Necklace items, with the recipe [[Recipe: Imbued Jewel Socketed Ring or Amulet]].&lt;br /&gt;
The chance for this item to be yielded from salvaging, depends on the tier type of the item salvaged.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Artifact Salvaging Chance to yield an Imbued Gem or Jewel:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Tier&lt;br /&gt;
!Chance&lt;br /&gt;
!# Gems/Jewels&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Common]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 10%&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Uncommon]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 50%&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Rare]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 100%&lt;br /&gt;
| 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Legendary]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 100%&lt;br /&gt;
| 2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[{{PAGENAME}}, Epic]]&lt;br /&gt;
| 100%&lt;br /&gt;
| 3&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=See Also=&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Imbued Gem]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Imbued Jewel]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Navbox Common Artifacts}}&lt;br /&gt;
=Trivia=&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Added various common artifacts from various sources:&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Added Common Pax Ring as a reward for the Tenebris Harbor Troll Toenail daily quest.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[[Release 88]]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Artifacts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Fishing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Odd_Container_(Flotsam)&amp;diff=146186</id>
		<title>Odd Container (Flotsam)</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Odd_Container_(Flotsam)&amp;diff=146186"/>
		<updated>2025-11-09T04:52:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox Item&lt;br /&gt;
|description=This odd container was fished out of the water by a dedicated angler. What could be inside?&lt;br /&gt;
|icon=&lt;br /&gt;
|weight=&lt;br /&gt;
|value=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Odd Container (Flotsam) is an item that is a rare catch from [[Fishing]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This container can be placed as a decoration, but it also can be opened like a supply bundle. The Odd Container has a chance to drop the following items:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Less common drops from the Odd Container:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cloak of the Master Angler]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Ring of the Fetid Water Angler]] &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Ring of the Freshwater Angler]]  &lt;br /&gt;
* [[Ring of the Lava Angler]]&lt;br /&gt;
Common drops from the Odd Container:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Bait]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Gold]]&lt;br /&gt;
* and possibly other items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Floating Barrel (Flotsam)]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Fishing]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Castle Atos]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Decorations]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Fishing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145998</id>
		<title>Player Dungeon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145998"/>
		<updated>2025-11-07T20:06:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: /* Recipes and Blueprints that Drop as Loot */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|image=SS DungeonBasement F.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&#039;&#039;Green Marble Dungeon Room&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; {{PAGENAME}} &#039;&#039;&#039; are player made custom dungeons you can create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Lot owners can attach their own player dungeon to their lot. A dungeon is different from a basement, but does share some similarities. For instance, it’s like a basement in the sense that a dungeon is an expansion to a lot that exists independently of any house on that lot; you may place a dungeon entrance on your lot even if that lot doesn’t have a house on it, and vice-versa.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You’ll need two things in order to place a dungeon on your lot: a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]]. You can buy recipes to craft them for gold from [[bookseller]] merchants (located in some large NPC towns, such as Aerie, Ardoris, Brittany Estates, and Kingsport).  You can also buy foyers from the in-game [[Crown Shop]].  You can reshape your crafted entrance with patterns available from the in-game Crown Store or as loot in game.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Entrances are placeable decorations that can be deployed on the ground anywhere there is room on your lot. This includes inside or outside your house, including the upper floors. Dungeon Entrances will not function without a Dungeon Foyer Deed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Foyer Deeds function much like basement deeds. To connect your dungeon entrance to a dungeon foyer, you must have the deed to that foyer in your possession. To enter a player dungeon, double-click the dungeon entrance object and click the “Enter Dungeon” or “Enter Sample Dungeon” button. If a dungeon is available, you’ll be sent to that scene.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In addition to being an entry point for your dungeon, your dungeon entrance is also a tool that allows you to change the associated dungeon foyer and adjust the permissions for those who can enter your dungeon, much like the sign outside of a housing lot.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The Lot owner can expand the dungeon beyond the foyer by adding additional hallways and rooms. They can also place decorations and add encounter rooms with dangerous enemies!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Player dungeons, like basements, can be set to allow for open-PvP. Be cautious when entering a player dungeon!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Every dungeon foyer contains a Resurrection Ankh near the entrance.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/playerinstructions Player Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Helpful Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you’re an owner or steward, enter the “/slew” command into your chat window to enter “free camera” mode and fly around your dungeon. Change your speed with your mouse wheel. Turn off this mode by entering “/slew” in the chat window again or pressing ESC twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Basement Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Basement Entrance Menu.png&lt;br /&gt;
|caption= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
To start building a dungeon on your lot, you will need a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] (after these 2 items are placed, then you can enter the dungeon and place additional rooms and hallways).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; is a decoration item that is placed on a player&#039;s lot, and it serves as the entry point of the player dungeon. After you place the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; on your lot, you can double-click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Foyer&amp;quot; is the starting room of the dungeon. When you enter the dungeon, you will be placed in the Foyer. To exit the dungeon, you must return to the foyer and click on the ladder (or you can teleport out using a [[Teleport Scroll]]). Also, there is a resurrection ankh in the Dungeon foyer, so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of Dungeon Basement Entrances and Foyers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Craftable Entrance &amp;amp; Foyer - The [[Tomb Dungeon Entrance]] and the [[Single Connection Stone Dungeon Foyer]] are craftable (the recipes can be purchased from NPC [[Bookseller]]s). You can apply a [[Pattern]] to the Tomb Dungeon Entrance to give it a different appearance (these patterns can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers - For the Dungeon Entrances, you can purchase a pattern from the [[Crown Shop]] and apply it to the crafted entrance. For foyers, you can purchase the Foyer from the [[Crown Shop]] (a pattern is not needed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on the various Entrances and Foyers, see&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Foyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Initial Steps in Creating a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: Obtain a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] and make sure they are in your inventory (these items can be crafted or purchased in the Crown Shop).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: Place the Dungeon Basement Entrance on your lot (see [[Decoration]] for instructions on placing items on the lot).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Double-click on the Dungeon Basement entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu. If you have not placed a Foyer yet, the menu will show &amp;quot;No Dungeon&amp;quot; and the text of the &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot; button will be grey (i.e. the button is deactivated because there is no dungeon yet).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4:  Click &amp;quot;Change Dungeon&amp;quot;, then use the left &amp;amp; right arrows to scroll though the foyer options. Select the foyer that is in your inventory, and then click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the dungeon, double-click on the Dungeon Basement Entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, then click &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be adding or removing rooms, hallways, and totems to the dungeon, then you will want to put the Dungeon in Design Mode before you enter (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
The Dungeon Mode can only be set prior to entering a dungeon, and cannot be changed when you are in the dungeon. The dungeon will be in whichever mode it was last set to. If you want to change modes, do so before entering the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change Dungeon Mode, click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, and then click the cog symbol on the upper right side of the menu. Then select either &amp;quot;Enable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Disable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; (turning off Adventure mode will place the dungeon in Design Mode). The dungeon will remain in the whichever mode it was last set to (i.e. it does not revert to a default mode when leaving the dungeon or exiting the game).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or remove rooms/hallways&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of spawn rooms&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement within the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Slew - this command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon. You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. For details, see the Slew Section below. &lt;br /&gt;
* Getting Killed - see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adventure Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement and activity within the dungeon (e.g. you can [[Fishing|Fish]] in appropriate areas).&lt;br /&gt;
* Rooms with a totem or with a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] will spawn hostile creatures that can be killed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Getting Killed - see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Your avatar can die in both Adventure mode and Design mode. For example, you will die in either mode if you fall from too high up. The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect in the foyer if there is a pathway to reach it. If you die in a place where there is no resurrection ankh or no pathway to get to an ankh, then you will need to let the resurrection timer run out (in which case you will resurrect at the foyer, and any items that you have equipped with take -5% durability hit). So, you may consider designing your dungeon while equipped with junk gear just in case you fall into a place where there is no accessible ankh. Also, make sure you can access a resurrection device regardless of where you may die in your dungeon. You can add additional [[Resurrection Ankh]]s and [[Resurrection Chaos]] to the dungeon (these can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Note: [[Deco Mode]] is not specific to dungeons, and can be used when you are on a lot, in a house, in a basement, or in a player dungeon. Deco mode allows you to add, remove, or adjust decorations if you have sufficient permissions. In a player dungeon, Deco Mode can be enabled regardless of whether the dungeon is in Design Mode or Adventure Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them==&lt;br /&gt;
A dungeon module is a room, hallway, grotto, cave, or other interor space that can be added to a Player Dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of Dungeon Modules, see &lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Hallways|Dungeon Hallways]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Rooms|Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules can be added to the dungeon after the Dungeon Entrance and Dungeon Foyer have been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, Dungeon modules come in 2 types:&lt;br /&gt;
* Decoration only (these rooms do not have the term &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; in their name) - these modules only allow for decorations to be placed, and cannot spawn encounters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Capable of Spawning Encounters (most of these modules have the term  &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name) - some rooms allow for spawns (and sometimes decoration). Each type of room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]]  will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn [[Troll]]s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon modules can be obtained by the following means:&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased from the [[Crown Shop]] - some dungeon modules are only available in the Crow Shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop as loot - the only known examples of this are the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room]] and the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]], which can drop as loot from some higher level [[Troll]]s, particularly the ones in [[Ruined Keep]] and [[Ravensmoor]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Crafted - the crafted modules all require a recipe and a blueprint. The recipes and blueprints for some modules can be purchased from NPC  [[Bookseller]]s, while others drop as loot (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Recipes and Blueprints that Drop as Loot==&lt;br /&gt;
Note that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;all of the recipes for dungeon modules (including recipes for creating dungeon rooms, converting spawned rooms to decorative rooms, and converting decorative rooms to spawned rooms) are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. So, you can easily learn the recipes from other players or learn them by looking up the ingredients on the wiki and crafting them. This also means that you can easily convert your room between the spawn version and the decoration version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The more crucial item to obtain is the blueprint (because they can only be obtained from loot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;The blueprints are all rare drops (except for the ones in Compendium of Pain and Suffering where they drop more often)&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dungeon items that must be obtained from loot are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Locations Where You Can Loot Recipes and Blueprints Needed to Craft Certain Dungeon Modules&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Location of Recipes and Blueprints for Module !! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Module Name !!  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Spawn/Totem Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(if allowed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Zone: !! Drop as Loot From:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blackblade Pass]] || [[Satyr]]s,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Hardened Skeleton Mage]]s || [[Cave Stone Room - Lava Grotto (6x7) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Brittany Sewers]] || Chest in the Blessing room || [[Stone Dungeon Room - Village Lot Cellar (2 floor)(2x2) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;|[[Compendium of Pain and Suffering|Compendium of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Pain and Suffering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | Chests&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 1)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 2)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 3)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 1)]] || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 2)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 3)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Hilt Fortress]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Lich Mage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Deplorable Archmage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Decaying Commander]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (all are in or around the &amp;quot;Crypts of Eternity&amp;quot; POI)*&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda Encounter with Spawns]]  || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room (Deco))]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room Pristine Deco)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room with Spawns)]] || [[Spider]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Owl&#039;s Head Sewers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Razox Dread]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Owl&#039;s Head Sewer)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Owl&#039;s Head Sewer, Spawned]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ruins of Ravensmoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ras&#039;al&#039;horag, Undead Lord]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Undead Ravensmoor)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[The Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ebon Cultist Marksman]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist High Wizard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist Champion]]||[[Stone Dungeon Small Temple (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Throne Hall (The Fall)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;8&amp;quot; | [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Elrin Nayer]] (boss lich in &amp;quot;Hall of the Lich&amp;quot; POI)*,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]] (boss elf at entrance to&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss) w/ Spawns]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Obsidian [[Troll]]||[[The Rise Shaft]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Shaft with Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Obsidian Elf Sharpshooter]] (in the &amp;quot;Hallway of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[The Rise Dog Room]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Dog Room w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]] (in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room - The Rise Library]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Library w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; POI = Point of Interest, which shows up on the compass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: the creatures shown above have all been confirmed to have dropped the blueprints and recipes. However, there may be other creatures that drop the blueprints and recipes (especially creatures in or near the rooms described above).  They may also drop from the same creatures when they inhabit other zones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Blue Hammer/Mallet Icon at Connection Point (in Design Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Icon.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Editor Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Menu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Your dungeon must be in Design Mode in order to add dungeon modules.&lt;br /&gt;
The modules that you want to add must be in your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the connection point where you want to add a module and double-click on the blue Hammer/Mallet icon to open the Dungeon Editor Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the arrows to select the module that you want to attach. If applicable, click on the arrows to select which connection you want (some rooms have multiple connection points, and if this is the case, then a connection selector will appear on the Dungeon Editor Menu). Then, click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; is the number of points it will &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot; to place the currently selected module. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; shows the number of points you have used, followed by the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate.&lt;br /&gt;
For details, see the &amp;quot;Dungeon Points&amp;quot; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you are unable to add a room/hallway, there are 2 possible reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do not have enough dungeon points - if you do not have enough points to add a room and if you want to increase the allowable size of your dungeon, click &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot; on the Dungeon Editor Menu to add more points.&lt;br /&gt;
* You have a collision issue with another module - the module that you are trying to place is colliding into a previously placed module. If the module you are trying to place has another connection point, you can try to chose another connection to see if that  resolves the collision issue. Otherwise, you may need to find another place to put the module Note: collision between modules can still occur when the game allows you to place the module.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Points==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon points are a numerical representation of the size of dungeon and its components. In general, an 8 x 8 area represents one dungeon point.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Value&#039;&#039;&#039; - Each Dungeon Module has a &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; that depends on its size (a larger module has a larger Dungeon Point Value). This value is the cost (in points) of placing the module in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Limit&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate. The Dungeon Point Limit controls how many modules your dungeon can contain and controls the decoration limits. You are given a base Dungeon Point Limit depending on the size of the lot on which you placed the Dungeon Entrance (but you can increase this limit, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;Margin-left: auto; Margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Lot Size&lt;br /&gt;
! Base Dungeon Points&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Row&lt;br /&gt;
|50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Village&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Town&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|City&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Castle&lt;br /&gt;
|300&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time you add a hallway or room to the dungeon, its Dungeon Point Value is added to the number of dungeon points that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
You can keep adding rooms/hallways until you exceed the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot;.  If you wish to add more rooms/hallways, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decoration limits of a dungeon are dependent on the dungeon point limit (see [[Decoration#Player_Dungeons| Decoration Limit for Player Dungeons]]).  So if you want higher decoration limits, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slew Command: Getting A &amp;quot;Bird&#039;s Eye&amp;quot; View of Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
The Slew command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon (in other words, it allows you to have free control of the &amp;quot;camera&amp;quot; so that you can view the dungeon from any position and from any angle, regardless of whether the view is from inside or outside the dungeon walls). It is often beneficial to have [[Night Vision]] active when in Slew mode because it helps you see more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. When slew is on, you can move your viewpoint using the following controls:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: Auto; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Control of Movement in Slew Mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Desired Movement of Position or View Angle !! Keyboard or Mouse Control&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Up|| E key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Down || Q key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward || W Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Backward || S Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Left || A Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Right || D Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| View angle|| click &amp;amp; hold right mouse button, then move mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Movement speed|| mouse wheel up or down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms usually have &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with spawn&amp;quot; in their name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into Design Mode and place a [[Dungeon Totem]] on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures. For details on where to obtain essences, crafting the totems, and the different types of totems, see [[Dungeon Totem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; Give Loot or XP==&lt;br /&gt;
You can place a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] in decoratable Player Dungeon modules, and it will cause a &amp;quot;Lich Mimic&amp;quot; (with 3,641 health) to spawn in adventure mode (The lich is hostile and will attack; however, it will not give any loot nor any experience points when killed). You can place the statue as deco when the dungeon is in either Design Mode or Adventure Mode (as long as [[Deco Mode]] is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
You can place multiple statues in a module, and each statue will spawn a lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resurrection Locations in a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
All Dungeon Foyers have [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
However, depending on the design of your dungeon, it may not be possible to return to the Foyer if you die in certain areas. &lt;br /&gt;
You can add additional resurrection locations by placing [[Resurrection Ankh]]s or [[Resurrection Chaos]] in your dungeon (these items can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Decorating a Dungeon and Decoration Limits==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Decoration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setting Permissions for A Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
For setting permissions for your dungeon (including banning a player), see [[Lot#Setting_Permissions_on_A_Lot| Setting Permissions on A Lot]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving a Decorated Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Property Manager]] window to store a fully-decorated lot, basement, and dungeon, and then unpack it to either that same lot or another empty lot of the same size that you have claimed in any scene.  Dungeon points are based on the lot size that the dungeon is started on. Using the Property Manager to move a player dungeon to a larger lot will not recalculate the dungeon&#039;s point base.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Property Manager window from the Stained Glass menu icon, the Lot Deeds options menu, or from any lot sign in any scene. The left side of the window shows your available slots and their current storage status. Each player is given 5 storage slots. You may purchase additional storage slots with Crowns of the Obsidians. The right side of the Property Manager window shows all of your claimed lots. Each lot includes the name of the deed used to claim the lot, the location of the lot, and the size of the lot. Each lot also has two slots: one for the primary contents of your lot (including the house), and one for the basement and its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Housing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145997</id>
		<title>Player Dungeon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145997"/>
		<updated>2025-11-07T19:57:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: /* Recipes and Blueprints that Drop as Loot */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|image=SS DungeonBasement F.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&#039;&#039;Green Marble Dungeon Room&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; {{PAGENAME}} &#039;&#039;&#039; are player made custom dungeons you can create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Lot owners can attach their own player dungeon to their lot. A dungeon is different from a basement, but does share some similarities. For instance, it’s like a basement in the sense that a dungeon is an expansion to a lot that exists independently of any house on that lot; you may place a dungeon entrance on your lot even if that lot doesn’t have a house on it, and vice-versa.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You’ll need two things in order to place a dungeon on your lot: a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]]. You can buy recipes to craft them for gold from [[bookseller]] merchants (located in some large NPC towns, such as Aerie, Ardoris, Brittany Estates, and Kingsport).  You can also buy foyers from the in-game [[Crown Shop]].  You can reshape your crafted entrance with patterns available from the in-game Crown Store or as loot in game.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Entrances are placeable decorations that can be deployed on the ground anywhere there is room on your lot. This includes inside or outside your house, including the upper floors. Dungeon Entrances will not function without a Dungeon Foyer Deed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Foyer Deeds function much like basement deeds. To connect your dungeon entrance to a dungeon foyer, you must have the deed to that foyer in your possession. To enter a player dungeon, double-click the dungeon entrance object and click the “Enter Dungeon” or “Enter Sample Dungeon” button. If a dungeon is available, you’ll be sent to that scene.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In addition to being an entry point for your dungeon, your dungeon entrance is also a tool that allows you to change the associated dungeon foyer and adjust the permissions for those who can enter your dungeon, much like the sign outside of a housing lot.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The Lot owner can expand the dungeon beyond the foyer by adding additional hallways and rooms. They can also place decorations and add encounter rooms with dangerous enemies!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Player dungeons, like basements, can be set to allow for open-PvP. Be cautious when entering a player dungeon!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Every dungeon foyer contains a Resurrection Ankh near the entrance.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/playerinstructions Player Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Helpful Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you’re an owner or steward, enter the “/slew” command into your chat window to enter “free camera” mode and fly around your dungeon. Change your speed with your mouse wheel. Turn off this mode by entering “/slew” in the chat window again or pressing ESC twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Basement Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Basement Entrance Menu.png&lt;br /&gt;
|caption= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
To start building a dungeon on your lot, you will need a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] (after these 2 items are placed, then you can enter the dungeon and place additional rooms and hallways).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; is a decoration item that is placed on a player&#039;s lot, and it serves as the entry point of the player dungeon. After you place the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; on your lot, you can double-click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Foyer&amp;quot; is the starting room of the dungeon. When you enter the dungeon, you will be placed in the Foyer. To exit the dungeon, you must return to the foyer and click on the ladder (or you can teleport out using a [[Teleport Scroll]]). Also, there is a resurrection ankh in the Dungeon foyer, so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of Dungeon Basement Entrances and Foyers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Craftable Entrance &amp;amp; Foyer - The [[Tomb Dungeon Entrance]] and the [[Single Connection Stone Dungeon Foyer]] are craftable (the recipes can be purchased from NPC [[Bookseller]]s). You can apply a [[Pattern]] to the Tomb Dungeon Entrance to give it a different appearance (these patterns can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers - For the Dungeon Entrances, you can purchase a pattern from the [[Crown Shop]] and apply it to the crafted entrance. For foyers, you can purchase the Foyer from the [[Crown Shop]] (a pattern is not needed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on the various Entrances and Foyers, see&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Foyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Initial Steps in Creating a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: Obtain a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] and make sure they are in your inventory (these items can be crafted or purchased in the Crown Shop).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: Place the Dungeon Basement Entrance on your lot (see [[Decoration]] for instructions on placing items on the lot).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Double-click on the Dungeon Basement entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu. If you have not placed a Foyer yet, the menu will show &amp;quot;No Dungeon&amp;quot; and the text of the &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot; button will be grey (i.e. the button is deactivated because there is no dungeon yet).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4:  Click &amp;quot;Change Dungeon&amp;quot;, then use the left &amp;amp; right arrows to scroll though the foyer options. Select the foyer that is in your inventory, and then click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the dungeon, double-click on the Dungeon Basement Entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, then click &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be adding or removing rooms, hallways, and totems to the dungeon, then you will want to put the Dungeon in Design Mode before you enter (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
The Dungeon Mode can only be set prior to entering a dungeon, and cannot be changed when you are in the dungeon. The dungeon will be in whichever mode it was last set to. If you want to change modes, do so before entering the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change Dungeon Mode, click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, and then click the cog symbol on the upper right side of the menu. Then select either &amp;quot;Enable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Disable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; (turning off Adventure mode will place the dungeon in Design Mode). The dungeon will remain in the whichever mode it was last set to (i.e. it does not revert to a default mode when leaving the dungeon or exiting the game).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or remove rooms/hallways&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of spawn rooms&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement within the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Slew - this command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon. You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. For details, see the Slew Section below. &lt;br /&gt;
* Getting Killed - see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adventure Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement and activity within the dungeon (e.g. you can [[Fishing|Fish]] in appropriate areas).&lt;br /&gt;
* Rooms with a totem or with a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] will spawn hostile creatures that can be killed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Getting Killed - see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Your avatar can die in both Adventure mode and Design mode. For example, you will die in either mode if you fall from too high up. The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect in the foyer if there is a pathway to reach it. If you die in a place where there is no resurrection ankh or no pathway to get to an ankh, then you will need to let the resurrection timer run out (in which case you will resurrect at the foyer, and any items that you have equipped with take -5% durability hit). So, you may consider designing your dungeon while equipped with junk gear just in case you fall into a place where there is no accessible ankh. Also, make sure you can access a resurrection device regardless of where you may die in your dungeon. You can add additional [[Resurrection Ankh]]s and [[Resurrection Chaos]] to the dungeon (these can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Note: [[Deco Mode]] is not specific to dungeons, and can be used when you are on a lot, in a house, in a basement, or in a player dungeon. Deco mode allows you to add, remove, or adjust decorations if you have sufficient permissions. In a player dungeon, Deco Mode can be enabled regardless of whether the dungeon is in Design Mode or Adventure Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them==&lt;br /&gt;
A dungeon module is a room, hallway, grotto, cave, or other interor space that can be added to a Player Dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of Dungeon Modules, see &lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Hallways|Dungeon Hallways]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Rooms|Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules can be added to the dungeon after the Dungeon Entrance and Dungeon Foyer have been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, Dungeon modules come in 2 types:&lt;br /&gt;
* Decoration only (these rooms do not have the term &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; in their name) - these modules only allow for decorations to be placed, and cannot spawn encounters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Capable of Spawning Encounters (most of these modules have the term  &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name) - some rooms allow for spawns (and sometimes decoration). Each type of room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]]  will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn [[Troll]]s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon modules can be obtained by the following means:&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased from the [[Crown Shop]] - some dungeon modules are only available in the Crow Shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop as loot - the only known examples of this are the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room]] and the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]], which can drop as loot from some higher level [[Troll]]s, particularly the ones in [[Ruined Keep]] and [[Ravensmoor]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Crafted - the crafted modules all require a recipe and a blueprint. The recipes and blueprints for some modules can be purchased from NPC  [[Bookseller]]s, while others drop as loot (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Recipes and Blueprints that Drop as Loot==&lt;br /&gt;
Note that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;all of the recipes for dungeon modules (including recipes for creating dungeon rooms, converting spawned rooms to decorative rooms, and converting decorative rooms to spawned rooms) are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. So, you can easily learn the recipes from other players or learn them by looking up the ingredients on the wiki and crafting them. This also means that you can easily convert your room between the spawn version and the decoration version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The more crucial item to obtain is the blueprint (because they can only be obtained from loot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;The blueprints are all rare drops (except for the ones in Compendium of Pain and Suffering where they drop more often)&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dungeon items that must be obtained from loot are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Locations Where You Can Loot Recipes and Blueprints Needed to Craft Certain Dungeon Modules&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Location of Recipes and Blueprints for Module !! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Module Name !!  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Spawn/Totem Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(if allowed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Zone: !! Drop as Loot From:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blackblade Pass]] || [[Satyr]]s,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Hardened Skeleton Mage]]s || [[Cave Stone Room - Lava Grotto (6x7) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Brittany Sewers]] || ? || [[Stone Dungeon Room - Village Lot Cellar (2 floor)(2x2) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;|[[Compendium of Pain and Suffering|Compendium of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Pain and Suffering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | Chests&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 1)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 2)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 3)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 1)]] || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 2)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 3)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Hilt Fortress]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Lich Mage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Deplorable Archmage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Decaying Commander]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (all are in or around the &amp;quot;Crypts of Eternity&amp;quot; POI)*&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda Encounter with Spawns]]  || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room (Deco))]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room Pristine Deco)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room with Spawns)]] || [[Spider]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Owl&#039;s Head Sewers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Razox Dread]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Owl&#039;s Head Sewer)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Owl&#039;s Head Sewer, Spawned]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ruins of Ravensmoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ras&#039;al&#039;horag, Undead Lord]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Undead Ravensmoor)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[The Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ebon Cultist Marksman]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist High Wizard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist Champion]]||[[Stone Dungeon Small Temple (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Throne Hall (The Fall)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;8&amp;quot; | [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Elrin Nayer]] (boss lich in &amp;quot;Hall of the Lich&amp;quot; POI)*,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]] (boss elf at entrance to&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss) w/ Spawns]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Obsidian [[Troll]]||[[The Rise Shaft]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Shaft with Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Obsidian Elf Sharpshooter]] (in the &amp;quot;Hallway of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[The Rise Dog Room]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Dog Room w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]] (in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room - The Rise Library]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Library w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; POI = Point of Interest, which shows up on the compass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: the creatures shown above have all been confirmed to have dropped the blueprints and recipes. However, there may be other creatures that drop the blueprints and recipes (especially creatures in or near the rooms described above).  They may also drop from the same creatures when they inhabit other zones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Blue Hammer/Mallet Icon at Connection Point (in Design Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Icon.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Editor Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Menu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Your dungeon must be in Design Mode in order to add dungeon modules.&lt;br /&gt;
The modules that you want to add must be in your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the connection point where you want to add a module and double-click on the blue Hammer/Mallet icon to open the Dungeon Editor Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the arrows to select the module that you want to attach. If applicable, click on the arrows to select which connection you want (some rooms have multiple connection points, and if this is the case, then a connection selector will appear on the Dungeon Editor Menu). Then, click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; is the number of points it will &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot; to place the currently selected module. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; shows the number of points you have used, followed by the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate.&lt;br /&gt;
For details, see the &amp;quot;Dungeon Points&amp;quot; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you are unable to add a room/hallway, there are 2 possible reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do not have enough dungeon points - if you do not have enough points to add a room and if you want to increase the allowable size of your dungeon, click &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot; on the Dungeon Editor Menu to add more points.&lt;br /&gt;
* You have a collision issue with another module - the module that you are trying to place is colliding into a previously placed module. If the module you are trying to place has another connection point, you can try to chose another connection to see if that  resolves the collision issue. Otherwise, you may need to find another place to put the module Note: collision between modules can still occur when the game allows you to place the module.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Points==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon points are a numerical representation of the size of dungeon and its components. In general, an 8 x 8 area represents one dungeon point.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Value&#039;&#039;&#039; - Each Dungeon Module has a &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; that depends on its size (a larger module has a larger Dungeon Point Value). This value is the cost (in points) of placing the module in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Limit&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate. The Dungeon Point Limit controls how many modules your dungeon can contain and controls the decoration limits. You are given a base Dungeon Point Limit depending on the size of the lot on which you placed the Dungeon Entrance (but you can increase this limit, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;Margin-left: auto; Margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Lot Size&lt;br /&gt;
! Base Dungeon Points&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Row&lt;br /&gt;
|50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Village&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Town&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|City&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Castle&lt;br /&gt;
|300&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time you add a hallway or room to the dungeon, its Dungeon Point Value is added to the number of dungeon points that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
You can keep adding rooms/hallways until you exceed the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot;.  If you wish to add more rooms/hallways, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decoration limits of a dungeon are dependent on the dungeon point limit (see [[Decoration#Player_Dungeons| Decoration Limit for Player Dungeons]]).  So if you want higher decoration limits, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slew Command: Getting A &amp;quot;Bird&#039;s Eye&amp;quot; View of Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
The Slew command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon (in other words, it allows you to have free control of the &amp;quot;camera&amp;quot; so that you can view the dungeon from any position and from any angle, regardless of whether the view is from inside or outside the dungeon walls). It is often beneficial to have [[Night Vision]] active when in Slew mode because it helps you see more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. When slew is on, you can move your viewpoint using the following controls:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: Auto; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Control of Movement in Slew Mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Desired Movement of Position or View Angle !! Keyboard or Mouse Control&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Up|| E key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Down || Q key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward || W Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Backward || S Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Left || A Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Right || D Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| View angle|| click &amp;amp; hold right mouse button, then move mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Movement speed|| mouse wheel up or down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms usually have &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with spawn&amp;quot; in their name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into Design Mode and place a [[Dungeon Totem]] on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures. For details on where to obtain essences, crafting the totems, and the different types of totems, see [[Dungeon Totem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; Give Loot or XP==&lt;br /&gt;
You can place a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] in decoratable Player Dungeon modules, and it will cause a &amp;quot;Lich Mimic&amp;quot; (with 3,641 health) to spawn in adventure mode (The lich is hostile and will attack; however, it will not give any loot nor any experience points when killed). You can place the statue as deco when the dungeon is in either Design Mode or Adventure Mode (as long as [[Deco Mode]] is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
You can place multiple statues in a module, and each statue will spawn a lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resurrection Locations in a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
All Dungeon Foyers have [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
However, depending on the design of your dungeon, it may not be possible to return to the Foyer if you die in certain areas. &lt;br /&gt;
You can add additional resurrection locations by placing [[Resurrection Ankh]]s or [[Resurrection Chaos]] in your dungeon (these items can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Decorating a Dungeon and Decoration Limits==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Decoration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setting Permissions for A Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
For setting permissions for your dungeon (including banning a player), see [[Lot#Setting_Permissions_on_A_Lot| Setting Permissions on A Lot]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving a Decorated Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Property Manager]] window to store a fully-decorated lot, basement, and dungeon, and then unpack it to either that same lot or another empty lot of the same size that you have claimed in any scene.  Dungeon points are based on the lot size that the dungeon is started on. Using the Property Manager to move a player dungeon to a larger lot will not recalculate the dungeon&#039;s point base.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Property Manager window from the Stained Glass menu icon, the Lot Deeds options menu, or from any lot sign in any scene. The left side of the window shows your available slots and their current storage status. Each player is given 5 storage slots. You may purchase additional storage slots with Crowns of the Obsidians. The right side of the Property Manager window shows all of your claimed lots. Each lot includes the name of the deed used to claim the lot, the location of the lot, and the size of the lot. Each lot also has two slots: one for the primary contents of your lot (including the house), and one for the basement and its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Housing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145996</id>
		<title>Player Dungeon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145996"/>
		<updated>2025-11-07T19:52:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: /* Recipes and Blueprints that Drop as Loot */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|image=SS DungeonBasement F.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&#039;&#039;Green Marble Dungeon Room&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; {{PAGENAME}} &#039;&#039;&#039; are player made custom dungeons you can create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Lot owners can attach their own player dungeon to their lot. A dungeon is different from a basement, but does share some similarities. For instance, it’s like a basement in the sense that a dungeon is an expansion to a lot that exists independently of any house on that lot; you may place a dungeon entrance on your lot even if that lot doesn’t have a house on it, and vice-versa.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You’ll need two things in order to place a dungeon on your lot: a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]]. You can buy recipes to craft them for gold from [[bookseller]] merchants (located in some large NPC towns, such as Aerie, Ardoris, Brittany Estates, and Kingsport).  You can also buy foyers from the in-game [[Crown Shop]].  You can reshape your crafted entrance with patterns available from the in-game Crown Store or as loot in game.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Entrances are placeable decorations that can be deployed on the ground anywhere there is room on your lot. This includes inside or outside your house, including the upper floors. Dungeon Entrances will not function without a Dungeon Foyer Deed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Foyer Deeds function much like basement deeds. To connect your dungeon entrance to a dungeon foyer, you must have the deed to that foyer in your possession. To enter a player dungeon, double-click the dungeon entrance object and click the “Enter Dungeon” or “Enter Sample Dungeon” button. If a dungeon is available, you’ll be sent to that scene.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In addition to being an entry point for your dungeon, your dungeon entrance is also a tool that allows you to change the associated dungeon foyer and adjust the permissions for those who can enter your dungeon, much like the sign outside of a housing lot.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The Lot owner can expand the dungeon beyond the foyer by adding additional hallways and rooms. They can also place decorations and add encounter rooms with dangerous enemies!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Player dungeons, like basements, can be set to allow for open-PvP. Be cautious when entering a player dungeon!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Every dungeon foyer contains a Resurrection Ankh near the entrance.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/playerinstructions Player Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Helpful Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you’re an owner or steward, enter the “/slew” command into your chat window to enter “free camera” mode and fly around your dungeon. Change your speed with your mouse wheel. Turn off this mode by entering “/slew” in the chat window again or pressing ESC twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Basement Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Basement Entrance Menu.png&lt;br /&gt;
|caption= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
To start building a dungeon on your lot, you will need a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] (after these 2 items are placed, then you can enter the dungeon and place additional rooms and hallways).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; is a decoration item that is placed on a player&#039;s lot, and it serves as the entry point of the player dungeon. After you place the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; on your lot, you can double-click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Foyer&amp;quot; is the starting room of the dungeon. When you enter the dungeon, you will be placed in the Foyer. To exit the dungeon, you must return to the foyer and click on the ladder (or you can teleport out using a [[Teleport Scroll]]). Also, there is a resurrection ankh in the Dungeon foyer, so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of Dungeon Basement Entrances and Foyers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Craftable Entrance &amp;amp; Foyer - The [[Tomb Dungeon Entrance]] and the [[Single Connection Stone Dungeon Foyer]] are craftable (the recipes can be purchased from NPC [[Bookseller]]s). You can apply a [[Pattern]] to the Tomb Dungeon Entrance to give it a different appearance (these patterns can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers - For the Dungeon Entrances, you can purchase a pattern from the [[Crown Shop]] and apply it to the crafted entrance. For foyers, you can purchase the Foyer from the [[Crown Shop]] (a pattern is not needed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on the various Entrances and Foyers, see&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Foyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Initial Steps in Creating a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: Obtain a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] and make sure they are in your inventory (these items can be crafted or purchased in the Crown Shop).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: Place the Dungeon Basement Entrance on your lot (see [[Decoration]] for instructions on placing items on the lot).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Double-click on the Dungeon Basement entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu. If you have not placed a Foyer yet, the menu will show &amp;quot;No Dungeon&amp;quot; and the text of the &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot; button will be grey (i.e. the button is deactivated because there is no dungeon yet).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4:  Click &amp;quot;Change Dungeon&amp;quot;, then use the left &amp;amp; right arrows to scroll though the foyer options. Select the foyer that is in your inventory, and then click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the dungeon, double-click on the Dungeon Basement Entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, then click &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be adding or removing rooms, hallways, and totems to the dungeon, then you will want to put the Dungeon in Design Mode before you enter (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
The Dungeon Mode can only be set prior to entering a dungeon, and cannot be changed when you are in the dungeon. The dungeon will be in whichever mode it was last set to. If you want to change modes, do so before entering the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change Dungeon Mode, click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, and then click the cog symbol on the upper right side of the menu. Then select either &amp;quot;Enable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Disable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; (turning off Adventure mode will place the dungeon in Design Mode). The dungeon will remain in the whichever mode it was last set to (i.e. it does not revert to a default mode when leaving the dungeon or exiting the game).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or remove rooms/hallways&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of spawn rooms&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement within the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Slew - this command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon. You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. For details, see the Slew Section below. &lt;br /&gt;
* Getting Killed - see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adventure Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement and activity within the dungeon (e.g. you can [[Fishing|Fish]] in appropriate areas).&lt;br /&gt;
* Rooms with a totem or with a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] will spawn hostile creatures that can be killed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Getting Killed - see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Your avatar can die in both Adventure mode and Design mode. For example, you will die in either mode if you fall from too high up. The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect in the foyer if there is a pathway to reach it. If you die in a place where there is no resurrection ankh or no pathway to get to an ankh, then you will need to let the resurrection timer run out (in which case you will resurrect at the foyer, and any items that you have equipped with take -5% durability hit). So, you may consider designing your dungeon while equipped with junk gear just in case you fall into a place where there is no accessible ankh. Also, make sure you can access a resurrection device regardless of where you may die in your dungeon. You can add additional [[Resurrection Ankh]]s and [[Resurrection Chaos]] to the dungeon (these can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Note: [[Deco Mode]] is not specific to dungeons, and can be used when you are on a lot, in a house, in a basement, or in a player dungeon. Deco mode allows you to add, remove, or adjust decorations if you have sufficient permissions. In a player dungeon, Deco Mode can be enabled regardless of whether the dungeon is in Design Mode or Adventure Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them==&lt;br /&gt;
A dungeon module is a room, hallway, grotto, cave, or other interor space that can be added to a Player Dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of Dungeon Modules, see &lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Hallways|Dungeon Hallways]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Rooms|Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules can be added to the dungeon after the Dungeon Entrance and Dungeon Foyer have been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, Dungeon modules come in 2 types:&lt;br /&gt;
* Decoration only (these rooms do not have the term &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; in their name) - these modules only allow for decorations to be placed, and cannot spawn encounters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Capable of Spawning Encounters (most of these modules have the term  &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name) - some rooms allow for spawns (and sometimes decoration). Each type of room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]]  will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn [[Troll]]s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon modules can be obtained by the following means:&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased from the [[Crown Shop]] - some dungeon modules are only available in the Crow Shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop as loot - the only known examples of this are the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room]] and the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]], which can drop as loot from some higher level [[Troll]]s, particularly the ones in [[Ruined Keep]] and [[Ravensmoor]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Crafted - the crafted modules all require a recipe and a blueprint. The recipes and blueprints for some modules can be purchased from NPC  [[Bookseller]]s, while others drop as loot (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Recipes and Blueprints that Drop as Loot==&lt;br /&gt;
Note that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;all of the recipes for dungeon modules (including recipes for creating dungeon rooms, converting spawned rooms to decorative rooms, and converting decorative rooms to spawned rooms) are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. So, you can easily learn the recipes from other players or learn them by looking up the ingredients on the wiki and crafting them. This also means that you can easily convert your room between the spawn version and the decoration version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The more crucial item to obtain is the blueprint (because they can only be obtained from loot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;The blueprints are all rare drops (except for the ones in Compendium of Pain and Suffering where they drop more often)&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dungeon items that must be obtained from loot are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Locations Where You Can Loot Recipes and Blueprints Needed to Craft Certain Dungeon Modules&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Location of Recipes and Blueprints for Module !! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Module Name !!  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Spawn/Totem Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(if allowed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Zone: !! Drop as Loot From:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blackblade Pass]] || [[Satyr]]s, [[Hardened Skeleton Mage]]s || [[Cave Stone Room - Lava Grotto (6x7) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Brittany Sewers]] || ? || [[Stone Dungeon Room - Village Lot Cellar (2 floor)(2x2) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;|[[Compendium of Pain and Suffering|Compendium of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Pain and Suffering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | Chests&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 1)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 2)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 3)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 1)]] || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 2)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 3)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Hilt Fortress]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Lich Mage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Deplorable Archmage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Decaying Commander]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (all are in or around the &amp;quot;Crypts of Eternity&amp;quot; POI)*&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda Encounter with Spawns]]  || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room (Deco))]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room Pristine Deco)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room with Spawns)]] || [[Spider]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Owl&#039;s Head Sewers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Razox Dread]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Owl&#039;s Head Sewer)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Owl&#039;s Head Sewer, Spawned]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ruins of Ravensmoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ras&#039;al&#039;horag, Undead Lord]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Undead Ravensmoor)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[The Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ebon Cultist Marksman]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist High Wizard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist Champion]]||[[Stone Dungeon Small Temple (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Throne Hall (The Fall)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;8&amp;quot; | [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Elrin Nayer]] (boss lich in &amp;quot;Hall of the Lich&amp;quot; POI)*,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]] (boss elf at entrance to&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss) w/ Spawns]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Obsidian [[Troll]]||[[The Rise Shaft]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Shaft with Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Obsidian Elf Sharpshooter]] (in the &amp;quot;Hallway of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[The Rise Dog Room]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Dog Room w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]] (in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room - The Rise Library]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Library w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; POI = Point of Interest, which shows up on the compass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: the creatures shown above have all been confirmed to have dropped the blueprints and recipes. However, there may be other creatures that drop the blueprints and recipes (especially creatures in or near the rooms described above).  They may also drop from the same creatures when they inhabit other zones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Blue Hammer/Mallet Icon at Connection Point (in Design Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Icon.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Editor Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Menu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Your dungeon must be in Design Mode in order to add dungeon modules.&lt;br /&gt;
The modules that you want to add must be in your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the connection point where you want to add a module and double-click on the blue Hammer/Mallet icon to open the Dungeon Editor Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the arrows to select the module that you want to attach. If applicable, click on the arrows to select which connection you want (some rooms have multiple connection points, and if this is the case, then a connection selector will appear on the Dungeon Editor Menu). Then, click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; is the number of points it will &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot; to place the currently selected module. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; shows the number of points you have used, followed by the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate.&lt;br /&gt;
For details, see the &amp;quot;Dungeon Points&amp;quot; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you are unable to add a room/hallway, there are 2 possible reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do not have enough dungeon points - if you do not have enough points to add a room and if you want to increase the allowable size of your dungeon, click &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot; on the Dungeon Editor Menu to add more points.&lt;br /&gt;
* You have a collision issue with another module - the module that you are trying to place is colliding into a previously placed module. If the module you are trying to place has another connection point, you can try to chose another connection to see if that  resolves the collision issue. Otherwise, you may need to find another place to put the module Note: collision between modules can still occur when the game allows you to place the module.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Points==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon points are a numerical representation of the size of dungeon and its components. In general, an 8 x 8 area represents one dungeon point.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Value&#039;&#039;&#039; - Each Dungeon Module has a &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; that depends on its size (a larger module has a larger Dungeon Point Value). This value is the cost (in points) of placing the module in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Limit&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate. The Dungeon Point Limit controls how many modules your dungeon can contain and controls the decoration limits. You are given a base Dungeon Point Limit depending on the size of the lot on which you placed the Dungeon Entrance (but you can increase this limit, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;Margin-left: auto; Margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Lot Size&lt;br /&gt;
! Base Dungeon Points&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Row&lt;br /&gt;
|50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Village&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Town&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|City&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Castle&lt;br /&gt;
|300&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time you add a hallway or room to the dungeon, its Dungeon Point Value is added to the number of dungeon points that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
You can keep adding rooms/hallways until you exceed the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot;.  If you wish to add more rooms/hallways, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decoration limits of a dungeon are dependent on the dungeon point limit (see [[Decoration#Player_Dungeons| Decoration Limit for Player Dungeons]]).  So if you want higher decoration limits, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slew Command: Getting A &amp;quot;Bird&#039;s Eye&amp;quot; View of Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
The Slew command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon (in other words, it allows you to have free control of the &amp;quot;camera&amp;quot; so that you can view the dungeon from any position and from any angle, regardless of whether the view is from inside or outside the dungeon walls). It is often beneficial to have [[Night Vision]] active when in Slew mode because it helps you see more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. When slew is on, you can move your viewpoint using the following controls:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: Auto; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Control of Movement in Slew Mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Desired Movement of Position or View Angle !! Keyboard or Mouse Control&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Up|| E key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Down || Q key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward || W Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Backward || S Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Left || A Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Right || D Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| View angle|| click &amp;amp; hold right mouse button, then move mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Movement speed|| mouse wheel up or down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms usually have &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with spawn&amp;quot; in their name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into Design Mode and place a [[Dungeon Totem]] on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures. For details on where to obtain essences, crafting the totems, and the different types of totems, see [[Dungeon Totem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; Give Loot or XP==&lt;br /&gt;
You can place a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] in decoratable Player Dungeon modules, and it will cause a &amp;quot;Lich Mimic&amp;quot; (with 3,641 health) to spawn in adventure mode (The lich is hostile and will attack; however, it will not give any loot nor any experience points when killed). You can place the statue as deco when the dungeon is in either Design Mode or Adventure Mode (as long as [[Deco Mode]] is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
You can place multiple statues in a module, and each statue will spawn a lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resurrection Locations in a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
All Dungeon Foyers have [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
However, depending on the design of your dungeon, it may not be possible to return to the Foyer if you die in certain areas. &lt;br /&gt;
You can add additional resurrection locations by placing [[Resurrection Ankh]]s or [[Resurrection Chaos]] in your dungeon (these items can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Decorating a Dungeon and Decoration Limits==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Decoration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setting Permissions for A Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
For setting permissions for your dungeon (including banning a player), see [[Lot#Setting_Permissions_on_A_Lot| Setting Permissions on A Lot]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving a Decorated Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Property Manager]] window to store a fully-decorated lot, basement, and dungeon, and then unpack it to either that same lot or another empty lot of the same size that you have claimed in any scene.  Dungeon points are based on the lot size that the dungeon is started on. Using the Property Manager to move a player dungeon to a larger lot will not recalculate the dungeon&#039;s point base.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Property Manager window from the Stained Glass menu icon, the Lot Deeds options menu, or from any lot sign in any scene. The left side of the window shows your available slots and their current storage status. Each player is given 5 storage slots. You may purchase additional storage slots with Crowns of the Obsidians. The right side of the Property Manager window shows all of your claimed lots. Each lot includes the name of the deed used to claim the lot, the location of the lot, and the size of the lot. Each lot also has two slots: one for the primary contents of your lot (including the house), and one for the basement and its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Housing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145995</id>
		<title>Player Dungeon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145995"/>
		<updated>2025-11-07T19:22:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: /* Recipes and Blueprints that Drop as Loot */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|image=SS DungeonBasement F.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&#039;&#039;Green Marble Dungeon Room&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; {{PAGENAME}} &#039;&#039;&#039; are player made custom dungeons you can create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Lot owners can attach their own player dungeon to their lot. A dungeon is different from a basement, but does share some similarities. For instance, it’s like a basement in the sense that a dungeon is an expansion to a lot that exists independently of any house on that lot; you may place a dungeon entrance on your lot even if that lot doesn’t have a house on it, and vice-versa.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You’ll need two things in order to place a dungeon on your lot: a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]]. You can buy recipes to craft them for gold from [[bookseller]] merchants (located in some large NPC towns, such as Aerie, Ardoris, Brittany Estates, and Kingsport).  You can also buy foyers from the in-game [[Crown Shop]].  You can reshape your crafted entrance with patterns available from the in-game Crown Store or as loot in game.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Entrances are placeable decorations that can be deployed on the ground anywhere there is room on your lot. This includes inside or outside your house, including the upper floors. Dungeon Entrances will not function without a Dungeon Foyer Deed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Foyer Deeds function much like basement deeds. To connect your dungeon entrance to a dungeon foyer, you must have the deed to that foyer in your possession. To enter a player dungeon, double-click the dungeon entrance object and click the “Enter Dungeon” or “Enter Sample Dungeon” button. If a dungeon is available, you’ll be sent to that scene.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In addition to being an entry point for your dungeon, your dungeon entrance is also a tool that allows you to change the associated dungeon foyer and adjust the permissions for those who can enter your dungeon, much like the sign outside of a housing lot.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The Lot owner can expand the dungeon beyond the foyer by adding additional hallways and rooms. They can also place decorations and add encounter rooms with dangerous enemies!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Player dungeons, like basements, can be set to allow for open-PvP. Be cautious when entering a player dungeon!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Every dungeon foyer contains a Resurrection Ankh near the entrance.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/playerinstructions Player Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Helpful Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you’re an owner or steward, enter the “/slew” command into your chat window to enter “free camera” mode and fly around your dungeon. Change your speed with your mouse wheel. Turn off this mode by entering “/slew” in the chat window again or pressing ESC twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Basement Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Basement Entrance Menu.png&lt;br /&gt;
|caption= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
To start building a dungeon on your lot, you will need a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] (after these 2 items are placed, then you can enter the dungeon and place additional rooms and hallways).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; is a decoration item that is placed on a player&#039;s lot, and it serves as the entry point of the player dungeon. After you place the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; on your lot, you can double-click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Foyer&amp;quot; is the starting room of the dungeon. When you enter the dungeon, you will be placed in the Foyer. To exit the dungeon, you must return to the foyer and click on the ladder (or you can teleport out using a [[Teleport Scroll]]). Also, there is a resurrection ankh in the Dungeon foyer, so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of Dungeon Basement Entrances and Foyers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Craftable Entrance &amp;amp; Foyer - The [[Tomb Dungeon Entrance]] and the [[Single Connection Stone Dungeon Foyer]] are craftable (the recipes can be purchased from NPC [[Bookseller]]s). You can apply a [[Pattern]] to the Tomb Dungeon Entrance to give it a different appearance (these patterns can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers - For the Dungeon Entrances, you can purchase a pattern from the [[Crown Shop]] and apply it to the crafted entrance. For foyers, you can purchase the Foyer from the [[Crown Shop]] (a pattern is not needed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on the various Entrances and Foyers, see&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Foyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Initial Steps in Creating a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: Obtain a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] and make sure they are in your inventory (these items can be crafted or purchased in the Crown Shop).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: Place the Dungeon Basement Entrance on your lot (see [[Decoration]] for instructions on placing items on the lot).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Double-click on the Dungeon Basement entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu. If you have not placed a Foyer yet, the menu will show &amp;quot;No Dungeon&amp;quot; and the text of the &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot; button will be grey (i.e. the button is deactivated because there is no dungeon yet).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4:  Click &amp;quot;Change Dungeon&amp;quot;, then use the left &amp;amp; right arrows to scroll though the foyer options. Select the foyer that is in your inventory, and then click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the dungeon, double-click on the Dungeon Basement Entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, then click &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be adding or removing rooms, hallways, and totems to the dungeon, then you will want to put the Dungeon in Design Mode before you enter (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
The Dungeon Mode can only be set prior to entering a dungeon, and cannot be changed when you are in the dungeon. The dungeon will be in whichever mode it was last set to. If you want to change modes, do so before entering the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change Dungeon Mode, click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, and then click the cog symbol on the upper right side of the menu. Then select either &amp;quot;Enable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Disable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; (turning off Adventure mode will place the dungeon in Design Mode). The dungeon will remain in the whichever mode it was last set to (i.e. it does not revert to a default mode when leaving the dungeon or exiting the game).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or remove rooms/hallways&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of spawn rooms&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement within the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Slew - this command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon. You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. For details, see the Slew Section below. &lt;br /&gt;
* Getting Killed - see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adventure Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement and activity within the dungeon (e.g. you can [[Fishing|Fish]] in appropriate areas).&lt;br /&gt;
* Rooms with a totem or with a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] will spawn hostile creatures that can be killed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Getting Killed - see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Your avatar can die in both Adventure mode and Design mode. For example, you will die in either mode if you fall from too high up. The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect in the foyer if there is a pathway to reach it. If you die in a place where there is no resurrection ankh or no pathway to get to an ankh, then you will need to let the resurrection timer run out (in which case you will resurrect at the foyer, and any items that you have equipped with take -5% durability hit). So, you may consider designing your dungeon while equipped with junk gear just in case you fall into a place where there is no accessible ankh. Also, make sure you can access a resurrection device regardless of where you may die in your dungeon. You can add additional [[Resurrection Ankh]]s and [[Resurrection Chaos]] to the dungeon (these can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Note: [[Deco Mode]] is not specific to dungeons, and can be used when you are on a lot, in a house, in a basement, or in a player dungeon. Deco mode allows you to add, remove, or adjust decorations if you have sufficient permissions. In a player dungeon, Deco Mode can be enabled regardless of whether the dungeon is in Design Mode or Adventure Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them==&lt;br /&gt;
A dungeon module is a room, hallway, grotto, cave, or other interor space that can be added to a Player Dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of Dungeon Modules, see &lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Hallways|Dungeon Hallways]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Rooms|Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules can be added to the dungeon after the Dungeon Entrance and Dungeon Foyer have been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, Dungeon modules come in 2 types:&lt;br /&gt;
* Decoration only (these rooms do not have the term &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; in their name) - these modules only allow for decorations to be placed, and cannot spawn encounters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Capable of Spawning Encounters (most of these modules have the term  &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name) - some rooms allow for spawns (and sometimes decoration). Each type of room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]]  will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn [[Troll]]s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon modules can be obtained by the following means:&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased from the [[Crown Shop]] - some dungeon modules are only available in the Crow Shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop as loot - the only known examples of this are the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room]] and the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]], which can drop as loot from some higher level [[Troll]]s, particularly the ones in [[Ruined Keep]] and [[Ravensmoor]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Crafted - the crafted modules all require a recipe and a blueprint. The recipes and blueprints for some modules can be purchased from NPC  [[Bookseller]]s, while others drop as loot (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Recipes and Blueprints that Drop as Loot==&lt;br /&gt;
Note that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;all of the recipes for dungeon modules (including recipes for creating dungeon rooms, converting spawned rooms to decorative rooms, and converting decorative rooms to spawned rooms) are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. So, you can easily learn the recipes from other players or learn them by looking up the ingredients on the wiki and crafting them. This also means that you can easily convert your room between the spawn version and the decoration version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The more crucial item to obtain is the blueprint (because they can only be obtained from loot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;The blueprints are all rare drops (except for the ones in Compendium of Pain and Suffering where they drop more often)&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dungeon items that must be obtained from loot are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Locations Where You Can Loot Recipes and Blueprints Needed to Craft Certain Dungeon Modules&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Location of Recipes and Blueprints for Module !! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Module Name !!  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Spawn/Totem Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(if allowed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Zone: !! Drop as Loot From:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blackblade Pass]] || [[Satyr]]s, [[Burned Skeleton]]s || [[Cave Stone Room - Lava Grotto (6x7) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Brittany Sewers]] || ? || [[Stone Dungeon Room - Village Lot Cellar (2 floor)(2x2) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;|[[Compendium of Pain and Suffering|Compendium of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Pain and Suffering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | Chests&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 1)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 2)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 3)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 1)]] || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 2)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 3)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Hilt Fortress]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Lich Mage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Deplorable Archmage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Decaying Commander]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (all are in or around the &amp;quot;Crypts of Eternity&amp;quot; POI)*&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda Encounter with Spawns]]  || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room (Deco))]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room Pristine Deco)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room with Spawns)]] || [[Spider]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Owl&#039;s Head Sewers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Razox Dread]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Owl&#039;s Head Sewer)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Owl&#039;s Head Sewer, Spawned]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ruins of Ravensmoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ras&#039;al&#039;horag, Undead Lord]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Undead Ravensmoor)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[The Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ebon Cultist Marksman]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist High Wizard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist Champion]]||[[Stone Dungeon Small Temple (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Throne Hall (The Fall)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;8&amp;quot; | [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Elrin Nayer]] (boss lich in &amp;quot;Hall of the Lich&amp;quot; POI)*,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]] (boss elf at entrance to&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss) w/ Spawns]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Obsidian [[Troll]]||[[The Rise Shaft]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Shaft with Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Obsidian Elf Sharpshooter]] (in the &amp;quot;Hallway of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[The Rise Dog Room]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Dog Room w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]] (in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room - The Rise Library]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Library w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; POI = Point of Interest, which shows up on the compass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: the creatures shown above have all been confirmed to have dropped the blueprints and recipes. However, there may be other creatures that drop the blueprints and recipes (especially creatures in or near the rooms described above).  They may also drop from the same creatures when they inhabit other zones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Blue Hammer/Mallet Icon at Connection Point (in Design Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Icon.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Editor Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Menu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Your dungeon must be in Design Mode in order to add dungeon modules.&lt;br /&gt;
The modules that you want to add must be in your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the connection point where you want to add a module and double-click on the blue Hammer/Mallet icon to open the Dungeon Editor Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the arrows to select the module that you want to attach. If applicable, click on the arrows to select which connection you want (some rooms have multiple connection points, and if this is the case, then a connection selector will appear on the Dungeon Editor Menu). Then, click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; is the number of points it will &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot; to place the currently selected module. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; shows the number of points you have used, followed by the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate.&lt;br /&gt;
For details, see the &amp;quot;Dungeon Points&amp;quot; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you are unable to add a room/hallway, there are 2 possible reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do not have enough dungeon points - if you do not have enough points to add a room and if you want to increase the allowable size of your dungeon, click &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot; on the Dungeon Editor Menu to add more points.&lt;br /&gt;
* You have a collision issue with another module - the module that you are trying to place is colliding into a previously placed module. If the module you are trying to place has another connection point, you can try to chose another connection to see if that  resolves the collision issue. Otherwise, you may need to find another place to put the module Note: collision between modules can still occur when the game allows you to place the module.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Points==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon points are a numerical representation of the size of dungeon and its components. In general, an 8 x 8 area represents one dungeon point.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Value&#039;&#039;&#039; - Each Dungeon Module has a &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; that depends on its size (a larger module has a larger Dungeon Point Value). This value is the cost (in points) of placing the module in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Limit&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate. The Dungeon Point Limit controls how many modules your dungeon can contain and controls the decoration limits. You are given a base Dungeon Point Limit depending on the size of the lot on which you placed the Dungeon Entrance (but you can increase this limit, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;Margin-left: auto; Margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Lot Size&lt;br /&gt;
! Base Dungeon Points&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Row&lt;br /&gt;
|50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Village&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Town&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|City&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Castle&lt;br /&gt;
|300&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time you add a hallway or room to the dungeon, its Dungeon Point Value is added to the number of dungeon points that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
You can keep adding rooms/hallways until you exceed the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot;.  If you wish to add more rooms/hallways, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decoration limits of a dungeon are dependent on the dungeon point limit (see [[Decoration#Player_Dungeons| Decoration Limit for Player Dungeons]]).  So if you want higher decoration limits, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slew Command: Getting A &amp;quot;Bird&#039;s Eye&amp;quot; View of Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
The Slew command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon (in other words, it allows you to have free control of the &amp;quot;camera&amp;quot; so that you can view the dungeon from any position and from any angle, regardless of whether the view is from inside or outside the dungeon walls). It is often beneficial to have [[Night Vision]] active when in Slew mode because it helps you see more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. When slew is on, you can move your viewpoint using the following controls:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: Auto; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Control of Movement in Slew Mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Desired Movement of Position or View Angle !! Keyboard or Mouse Control&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Up|| E key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Down || Q key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward || W Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Backward || S Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Left || A Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Right || D Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| View angle|| click &amp;amp; hold right mouse button, then move mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Movement speed|| mouse wheel up or down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms usually have &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with spawn&amp;quot; in their name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into Design Mode and place a [[Dungeon Totem]] on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures. For details on where to obtain essences, crafting the totems, and the different types of totems, see [[Dungeon Totem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; Give Loot or XP==&lt;br /&gt;
You can place a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] in decoratable Player Dungeon modules, and it will cause a &amp;quot;Lich Mimic&amp;quot; (with 3,641 health) to spawn in adventure mode (The lich is hostile and will attack; however, it will not give any loot nor any experience points when killed). You can place the statue as deco when the dungeon is in either Design Mode or Adventure Mode (as long as [[Deco Mode]] is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
You can place multiple statues in a module, and each statue will spawn a lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resurrection Locations in a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
All Dungeon Foyers have [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
However, depending on the design of your dungeon, it may not be possible to return to the Foyer if you die in certain areas. &lt;br /&gt;
You can add additional resurrection locations by placing [[Resurrection Ankh]]s or [[Resurrection Chaos]] in your dungeon (these items can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Decorating a Dungeon and Decoration Limits==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Decoration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setting Permissions for A Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
For setting permissions for your dungeon (including banning a player), see [[Lot#Setting_Permissions_on_A_Lot| Setting Permissions on A Lot]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving a Decorated Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Property Manager]] window to store a fully-decorated lot, basement, and dungeon, and then unpack it to either that same lot or another empty lot of the same size that you have claimed in any scene.  Dungeon points are based on the lot size that the dungeon is started on. Using the Property Manager to move a player dungeon to a larger lot will not recalculate the dungeon&#039;s point base.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Property Manager window from the Stained Glass menu icon, the Lot Deeds options menu, or from any lot sign in any scene. The left side of the window shows your available slots and their current storage status. Each player is given 5 storage slots. You may purchase additional storage slots with Crowns of the Obsidians. The right side of the Property Manager window shows all of your claimed lots. Each lot includes the name of the deed used to claim the lot, the location of the lot, and the size of the lot. Each lot also has two slots: one for the primary contents of your lot (including the house), and one for the basement and its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Housing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145912</id>
		<title>Player Dungeon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145912"/>
		<updated>2025-11-07T04:11:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: /* Recipes and Blueprints that Drop as Loot */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|image=SS DungeonBasement F.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&#039;&#039;Green Marble Dungeon Room&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; {{PAGENAME}} &#039;&#039;&#039; are player made custom dungeons you can create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Lot owners can attach their own player dungeon to their lot. A dungeon is different from a basement, but does share some similarities. For instance, it’s like a basement in the sense that a dungeon is an expansion to a lot that exists independently of any house on that lot; you may place a dungeon entrance on your lot even if that lot doesn’t have a house on it, and vice-versa.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You’ll need two things in order to place a dungeon on your lot: a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]]. You can buy recipes to craft them for gold from [[bookseller]] merchants (located in some large NPC towns, such as Aerie, Ardoris, Brittany Estates, and Kingsport).  You can also buy foyers from the in-game [[Crown Shop]].  You can reshape your crafted entrance with patterns available from the in-game Crown Store or as loot in game.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Entrances are placeable decorations that can be deployed on the ground anywhere there is room on your lot. This includes inside or outside your house, including the upper floors. Dungeon Entrances will not function without a Dungeon Foyer Deed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Foyer Deeds function much like basement deeds. To connect your dungeon entrance to a dungeon foyer, you must have the deed to that foyer in your possession. To enter a player dungeon, double-click the dungeon entrance object and click the “Enter Dungeon” or “Enter Sample Dungeon” button. If a dungeon is available, you’ll be sent to that scene.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In addition to being an entry point for your dungeon, your dungeon entrance is also a tool that allows you to change the associated dungeon foyer and adjust the permissions for those who can enter your dungeon, much like the sign outside of a housing lot.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The Lot owner can expand the dungeon beyond the foyer by adding additional hallways and rooms. They can also place decorations and add encounter rooms with dangerous enemies!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Player dungeons, like basements, can be set to allow for open-PvP. Be cautious when entering a player dungeon!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Every dungeon foyer contains a Resurrection Ankh near the entrance.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/playerinstructions Player Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Helpful Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you’re an owner or steward, enter the “/slew” command into your chat window to enter “free camera” mode and fly around your dungeon. Change your speed with your mouse wheel. Turn off this mode by entering “/slew” in the chat window again or pressing ESC twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Basement Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Basement Entrance Menu.png&lt;br /&gt;
|caption= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
To start building a dungeon on your lot, you will need a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] (after these 2 items are placed, then you can enter the dungeon and place additional rooms and hallways).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; is a decoration item that is placed on a player&#039;s lot, and it serves as the entry point of the player dungeon. After you place the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; on your lot, you can double-click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Foyer&amp;quot; is the starting room of the dungeon. When you enter the dungeon, you will be placed in the Foyer. To exit the dungeon, you must return to the foyer and click on the ladder (or you can teleport out using a [[Teleport Scroll]]). Also, there is a resurrection ankh in the Dungeon foyer, so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of Dungeon Basement Entrances and Foyers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Craftable Entrance &amp;amp; Foyer - The [[Tomb Dungeon Entrance]] and the [[Single Connection Stone Dungeon Foyer]] are craftable (the recipes can be purchased from NPC [[Bookseller]]s). You can apply a [[Pattern]] to the Tomb Dungeon Entrance to give it a different appearance (these patterns can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers - For the Dungeon Entrances, you can purchase a pattern from the [[Crown Shop]] and apply it to the crafted entrance. For foyers, you can purchase the Foyer from the [[Crown Shop]] (a pattern is not needed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on the various Entrances and Foyers, see&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Foyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Initial Steps in Creating a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: Obtain a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] and make sure they are in your inventory (these items can be crafted or purchased in the Crown Shop).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: Place the Dungeon Basement Entrance on your lot (see [[Decoration]] for instructions on placing items on the lot).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Double-click on the Dungeon Basement entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu. If you have not placed a Foyer yet, the menu will show &amp;quot;No Dungeon&amp;quot; and the text of the &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot; button will be grey (i.e. the button is deactivated because there is no dungeon yet).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4:  Click &amp;quot;Change Dungeon&amp;quot;, then use the left &amp;amp; right arrows to scroll though the foyer options. Select the foyer that is in your inventory, and then click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the dungeon, double-click on the Dungeon Basement Entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, then click &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be adding or removing rooms, hallways, and totems to the dungeon, then you will want to put the Dungeon in Design Mode before you enter (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
The Dungeon Mode can only be set prior to entering a dungeon, and cannot be changed when you are in the dungeon. The dungeon will be in whichever mode it was last set to. If you want to change modes, do so before entering the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change Dungeon Mode, click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, and then click the cog symbol on the upper right side of the menu. Then select either &amp;quot;Enable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Disable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; (turning off Adventure mode will place the dungeon in Design Mode). The dungeon will remain in the whichever mode it was last set to (i.e. it does not revert to a default mode when leaving the dungeon or exiting the game).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or remove rooms/hallways&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of spawn rooms&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement within the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Slew - this command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon. You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. For details, see the Slew Section below. &lt;br /&gt;
* Getting Killed - see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adventure Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement and activity within the dungeon (e.g. you can [[Fishing|Fish]] in appropriate areas).&lt;br /&gt;
* Rooms with a totem or with a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] will spawn hostile creatures that can be killed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Getting Killed - see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Your avatar can die in both Adventure mode and Design mode. For example, you will die in either mode if you fall from too high up. The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect in the foyer if there is a pathway to reach it. If you die in a place where there is no resurrection ankh or no pathway to get to an ankh, then you will need to let the resurrection timer run out (in which case you will resurrect at the foyer, and any items that you have equipped with take -5% durability hit). So, you may consider designing your dungeon while equipped with junk gear just in case you fall into a place where there is no accessible ankh. Also, make sure you can access a resurrection device regardless of where you may die in your dungeon. You can add additional [[Resurrection Ankh]]s and [[Resurrection Chaos]] to the dungeon (these can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Note: [[Deco Mode]] is not specific to dungeons, and can be used when you are on a lot, in a house, in a basement, or in a player dungeon. Deco mode allows you to add, remove, or adjust decorations if you have sufficient permissions. In a player dungeon, Deco Mode can be enabled regardless of whether the dungeon is in Design Mode or Adventure Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them==&lt;br /&gt;
A dungeon module is a room, hallway, grotto, cave, or other interor space that can be added to a Player Dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of Dungeon Modules, see &lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Hallways|Dungeon Hallways]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Rooms|Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules can be added to the dungeon after the Dungeon Entrance and Dungeon Foyer have been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, Dungeon modules come in 2 types:&lt;br /&gt;
* Decoration only (these rooms do not have the term &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; in their name) - these modules only allow for decorations to be placed, and cannot spawn encounters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Capable of Spawning Encounters (most of these modules have the term  &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name) - some rooms allow for spawns (and sometimes decoration). Each type of room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]]  will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn [[Troll]]s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon modules can be obtained by the following means:&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased from the [[Crown Shop]] - some dungeon modules are only available in the Crow Shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop as loot - the only known examples of this are the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room]] and the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]], which can drop as loot from some higher level [[Troll]]s, particularly the ones in [[Ruined Keep]] and [[Ravensmoor]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Crafted - the crafted modules all require a recipe and a blueprint. The recipes and blueprints for some modules can be purchased from NPC  [[Bookseller]]s, while others drop as loot (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Recipes and Blueprints that Drop as Loot==&lt;br /&gt;
Note that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;all of the recipes for dungeon modules (including recipes for creating dungeon rooms, converting spawned rooms to decorative rooms, and converting decorative rooms to spawned rooms) are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. So, you can easily learn the recipes from other players or learn them by looking up the ingredients on the wiki and crafting them. This also means that you can easily convert your room between the spawn version and the decoration version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The more crucial item to obtain is the blueprint (because the recipe can be obtained from sources other than loot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;The blueprints are all rare drops (except for the ones in Compendium of Pain and Suffering where they drop more often)&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dungeon items that must be obtained from loot are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Locations Where You Can Loot Recipes and Blueprints Needed to Craft Certain Dungeon Modules&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Location of Recipes and Blueprints for Module !! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Module Name !!  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Spawn/Totem Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(if allowed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Zone: !! Drop as Loot From:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blackblade Pass]] || [[Satyr]]s || [[Cave Stone Room - Lava Grotto (6x7) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Brittany Sewers]] || ? || [[Stone Dungeon Room - Village Lot Cellar (2 floor)(2x2) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;|[[Compendium of Pain and Suffering|Compendium of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Pain and Suffering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | Chests&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 1)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 2)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 3)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 1)]] || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 2)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 3)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Hilt Fortress]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Lich Mage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Deplorable Archmage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Decaying Commander]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (all are in or around the &amp;quot;Crypts of Eternity&amp;quot; POI)*&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda Encounter with Spawns]]  || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room (Deco))]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room Pristine Deco)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room with Spawns)]] || [[Spider]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Owl&#039;s Head Sewers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Razox Dread]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Owl&#039;s Head Sewer)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Owl&#039;s Head Sewer, Spawned]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ruins of Ravensmoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ras&#039;al&#039;horag, Undead Lord]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Undead Ravensmoor)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[The Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ebon Cultist Marksman]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist High Wizard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist Champion]]||[[Stone Dungeon Small Temple (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Throne Hall (The Fall)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot; | [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Elrin Nayer]] (boss lich in &amp;quot;Hall of the Lich POI)*,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]] (boss elf at entrance to&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss) w/ Spawns]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Obsidian [[Troll]]||[[The Rise Shaft]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Shaft with Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Sharpshooter]] (in the &amp;quot;Hallway of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[The Rise Dog Room]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]] (in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room - The Rise Library]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Library w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; POI = Point of Interest, which shows up on the compass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: the creatures shown above have all been confirmed to have dropped the blueprints and recipes. However, there may be other creatures that drop the blueprints and recipes (including ones in other zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Blue Hammer/Mallet Icon at Connection Point (in Design Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Icon.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Editor Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Menu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Your dungeon must be in Design Mode in order to add dungeon modules.&lt;br /&gt;
The modules that you want to add must be in your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the connection point where you want to add a module and double-click on the blue Hammer/Mallet icon to open the Dungeon Editor Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the arrows to select the module that you want to attach. If applicable, click on the arrows to select which connection you want (some rooms have multiple connection points, and if this is the case, then a connection selector will appear on the Dungeon Editor Menu). Then, click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; is the number of points it will &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot; to place the currently selected module. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; shows the number of points you have used, followed by the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate.&lt;br /&gt;
For details, see the &amp;quot;Dungeon Points&amp;quot; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you are unable to add a room/hallway, there are 2 possible reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do not have enough dungeon points - if you do not have enough points to add a room and if you want to increase the allowable size of your dungeon, click &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot; on the Dungeon Editor Menu to add more points.&lt;br /&gt;
* You have a collision issue with another module - the module that you are trying to place is colliding into a previously placed module. If the module you are trying to place has another connection point, you can try to chose another connection to see if that  resolves the collision issue. Otherwise, you may need to find another place to put the module Note: collision between modules can still occur when the game allows you to place the module.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Points==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon points are a numerical representation of the size of dungeon and its components. In general, an 8 x 8 area represents one dungeon point.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Value&#039;&#039;&#039; - Each Dungeon Module has a &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; that depends on its size (a larger module has a larger Dungeon Point Value). This value is the cost (in points) of placing the module in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Limit&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate. The Dungeon Point Limit controls how many modules your dungeon can contain and controls the decoration limits. You are given a base Dungeon Point Limit depending on the size of the lot on which you placed the Dungeon Entrance (but you can increase this limit, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;Margin-left: auto; Margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Lot Size&lt;br /&gt;
! Base Dungeon Points&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Row&lt;br /&gt;
|50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Village&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Town&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|City&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Castle&lt;br /&gt;
|300&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time you add a hallway or room to the dungeon, its Dungeon Point Value is added to the number of dungeon points that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
You can keep adding rooms/hallways until you exceed the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot;.  If you wish to add more rooms/hallways, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decoration limits of a dungeon are dependent on the dungeon point limit (see [[Decoration#Player_Dungeons| Decoration Limit for Player Dungeons]]).  So if you want higher decoration limits, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slew Command: Getting A &amp;quot;Bird&#039;s Eye&amp;quot; View of Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
The Slew command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon (in other words, it allows you to have free control of the &amp;quot;camera&amp;quot; so that you can view the dungeon from any position and from any angle, regardless of whether the view is from inside or outside the dungeon walls). It is often beneficial to have [[Night Vision]] active when in Slew mode because it helps you see more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. When slew is on, you can move your viewpoint using the following controls:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: Auto; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Control of Movement in Slew Mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Desired Movement of Position or View Angle !! Keyboard or Mouse Control&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Up|| E key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Down || Q key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward || W Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Backward || S Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Left || A Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Right || D Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| View angle|| click &amp;amp; hold right mouse button, then move mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Movement speed|| mouse wheel up or down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms usually have &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with spawn&amp;quot; in their name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into Design Mode and place a [[Dungeon Totem]] on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures. For details on where to obtain essences, crafting the totems, and the different types of totems, see [[Dungeon Totem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; Give Loot or XP==&lt;br /&gt;
You can place a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] in decoratable Player Dungeon modules, and it will cause a &amp;quot;Lich Mimic&amp;quot; (with 3,641 health) to spawn in adventure mode (The lich is hostile and will attack; however, it will not give any loot nor any experience points when killed). You can place the statue as deco when the dungeon is in either Design Mode or Adventure Mode (as long as [[Deco Mode]] is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
You can place multiple statues in a module, and each statue will spawn a lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resurrection Locations in a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
All Dungeon Foyers have [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
However, depending on the design of your dungeon, it may not be possible to return to the Foyer if you die in certain areas. &lt;br /&gt;
You can add additional resurrection locations by placing [[Resurrection Ankh]]s or [[Resurrection Chaos]] in your dungeon (these items can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Decorating a Dungeon and Decoration Limits==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Decoration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setting Permissions for A Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
For setting permissions for your dungeon (including banning a player), see [[Lot#Setting_Permissions_on_A_Lot| Setting Permissions on A Lot]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving a Decorated Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Property Manager]] window to store a fully-decorated lot, basement, and dungeon, and then unpack it to either that same lot or another empty lot of the same size that you have claimed in any scene.  Dungeon points are based on the lot size that the dungeon is started on. Using the Property Manager to move a player dungeon to a larger lot will not recalculate the dungeon&#039;s point base.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Property Manager window from the Stained Glass menu icon, the Lot Deeds options menu, or from any lot sign in any scene. The left side of the window shows your available slots and their current storage status. Each player is given 5 storage slots. You may purchase additional storage slots with Crowns of the Obsidians. The right side of the Property Manager window shows all of your claimed lots. Each lot includes the name of the deed used to claim the lot, the location of the lot, and the size of the lot. Each lot also has two slots: one for the primary contents of your lot (including the house), and one for the basement and its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Housing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145911</id>
		<title>Player Dungeon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145911"/>
		<updated>2025-11-07T03:59:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: /* Recipes and Blueprints that Drop as Loot */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|image=SS DungeonBasement F.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&#039;&#039;Green Marble Dungeon Room&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; {{PAGENAME}} &#039;&#039;&#039; are player made custom dungeons you can create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Lot owners can attach their own player dungeon to their lot. A dungeon is different from a basement, but does share some similarities. For instance, it’s like a basement in the sense that a dungeon is an expansion to a lot that exists independently of any house on that lot; you may place a dungeon entrance on your lot even if that lot doesn’t have a house on it, and vice-versa.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You’ll need two things in order to place a dungeon on your lot: a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]]. You can buy recipes to craft them for gold from [[bookseller]] merchants (located in some large NPC towns, such as Aerie, Ardoris, Brittany Estates, and Kingsport).  You can also buy foyers from the in-game [[Crown Shop]].  You can reshape your crafted entrance with patterns available from the in-game Crown Store or as loot in game.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Entrances are placeable decorations that can be deployed on the ground anywhere there is room on your lot. This includes inside or outside your house, including the upper floors. Dungeon Entrances will not function without a Dungeon Foyer Deed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Foyer Deeds function much like basement deeds. To connect your dungeon entrance to a dungeon foyer, you must have the deed to that foyer in your possession. To enter a player dungeon, double-click the dungeon entrance object and click the “Enter Dungeon” or “Enter Sample Dungeon” button. If a dungeon is available, you’ll be sent to that scene.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In addition to being an entry point for your dungeon, your dungeon entrance is also a tool that allows you to change the associated dungeon foyer and adjust the permissions for those who can enter your dungeon, much like the sign outside of a housing lot.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The Lot owner can expand the dungeon beyond the foyer by adding additional hallways and rooms. They can also place decorations and add encounter rooms with dangerous enemies!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Player dungeons, like basements, can be set to allow for open-PvP. Be cautious when entering a player dungeon!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Every dungeon foyer contains a Resurrection Ankh near the entrance.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/playerinstructions Player Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Helpful Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you’re an owner or steward, enter the “/slew” command into your chat window to enter “free camera” mode and fly around your dungeon. Change your speed with your mouse wheel. Turn off this mode by entering “/slew” in the chat window again or pressing ESC twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Basement Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Basement Entrance Menu.png&lt;br /&gt;
|caption= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
To start building a dungeon on your lot, you will need a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] (after these 2 items are placed, then you can enter the dungeon and place additional rooms and hallways).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; is a decoration item that is placed on a player&#039;s lot, and it serves as the entry point of the player dungeon. After you place the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; on your lot, you can double-click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Foyer&amp;quot; is the starting room of the dungeon. When you enter the dungeon, you will be placed in the Foyer. To exit the dungeon, you must return to the foyer and click on the ladder (or you can teleport out using a [[Teleport Scroll]]). Also, there is a resurrection ankh in the Dungeon foyer, so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of Dungeon Basement Entrances and Foyers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Craftable Entrance &amp;amp; Foyer - The [[Tomb Dungeon Entrance]] and the [[Single Connection Stone Dungeon Foyer]] are craftable (the recipes can be purchased from NPC [[Bookseller]]s). You can apply a [[Pattern]] to the Tomb Dungeon Entrance to give it a different appearance (these patterns can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers - For the Dungeon Entrances, you can purchase a pattern from the [[Crown Shop]] and apply it to the crafted entrance. For foyers, you can purchase the Foyer from the [[Crown Shop]] (a pattern is not needed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on the various Entrances and Foyers, see&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Foyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Initial Steps in Creating a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: Obtain a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] and make sure they are in your inventory (these items can be crafted or purchased in the Crown Shop).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: Place the Dungeon Basement Entrance on your lot (see [[Decoration]] for instructions on placing items on the lot).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Double-click on the Dungeon Basement entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu. If you have not placed a Foyer yet, the menu will show &amp;quot;No Dungeon&amp;quot; and the text of the &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot; button will be grey (i.e. the button is deactivated because there is no dungeon yet).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4:  Click &amp;quot;Change Dungeon&amp;quot;, then use the left &amp;amp; right arrows to scroll though the foyer options. Select the foyer that is in your inventory, and then click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the dungeon, double-click on the Dungeon Basement Entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, then click &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be adding or removing rooms, hallways, and totems to the dungeon, then you will want to put the Dungeon in Design Mode before you enter (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
The Dungeon Mode can only be set prior to entering a dungeon, and cannot be changed when you are in the dungeon. The dungeon will be in whichever mode it was last set to. If you want to change modes, do so before entering the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change Dungeon Mode, click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, and then click the cog symbol on the upper right side of the menu. Then select either &amp;quot;Enable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Disable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; (turning off Adventure mode will place the dungeon in Design Mode). The dungeon will remain in the whichever mode it was last set to (i.e. it does not revert to a default mode when leaving the dungeon or exiting the game).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or remove rooms/hallways&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of spawn rooms&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement within the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Slew - this command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon. You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. For details, see the Slew Section below. &lt;br /&gt;
* Getting Killed - see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adventure Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement and activity within the dungeon (e.g. you can [[Fishing|Fish]] in appropriate areas).&lt;br /&gt;
* Rooms with a totem or with a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] will spawn hostile creatures that can be killed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Getting Killed - see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Your avatar can die in both Adventure mode and Design mode. For example, you will die in either mode if you fall from too high up. The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect in the foyer if there is a pathway to reach it. If you die in a place where there is no resurrection ankh or no pathway to get to an ankh, then you will need to let the resurrection timer run out (in which case you will resurrect at the foyer, and any items that you have equipped with take -5% durability hit). So, you may consider designing your dungeon while equipped with junk gear just in case you fall into a place where there is no accessible ankh. Also, make sure you can access a resurrection device regardless of where you may die in your dungeon. You can add additional [[Resurrection Ankh]]s and [[Resurrection Chaos]] to the dungeon (these can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Note: [[Deco Mode]] is not specific to dungeons, and can be used when you are on a lot, in a house, in a basement, or in a player dungeon. Deco mode allows you to add, remove, or adjust decorations if you have sufficient permissions. In a player dungeon, Deco Mode can be enabled regardless of whether the dungeon is in Design Mode or Adventure Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them==&lt;br /&gt;
A dungeon module is a room, hallway, grotto, cave, or other interor space that can be added to a Player Dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of Dungeon Modules, see &lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Hallways|Dungeon Hallways]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Rooms|Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules can be added to the dungeon after the Dungeon Entrance and Dungeon Foyer have been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, Dungeon modules come in 2 types:&lt;br /&gt;
* Decoration only (these rooms do not have the term &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; in their name) - these modules only allow for decorations to be placed, and cannot spawn encounters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Capable of Spawning Encounters (most of these modules have the term  &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name) - some rooms allow for spawns (and sometimes decoration). Each type of room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]]  will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn [[Troll]]s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon modules can be obtained by the following means:&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased from the [[Crown Shop]] - some dungeon modules are only available in the Crow Shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop as loot - the only known examples of this are the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room]] and the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]], which can drop as loot from some higher level [[Troll]]s, particularly the ones in [[Ruined Keep]] and [[Ravensmoor]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Crafted - the crafted modules all require a recipe and a blueprint. The recipes and blueprints for some modules can be purchased from NPC  [[Bookseller]]s, while others drop as loot (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Recipes and Blueprints that Drop as Loot==&lt;br /&gt;
Note that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;all of the recipes for dungeon modules (including recipes for creating dungeon rooms, converting spawned rooms to decorative rooms, and converting decorative rooms to spawned rooms) are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. So, you can easily learn the recipes from other players or learn them by looking up the ingredients on the wiki and crafting them. This also means that you can easily convert your room between the spawn version and the decoration version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The more crucial item to obtain is the blueprint (because the recipe can be obtained from sources other than loot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;The blueprints are all rare drops (except for the ones in Compendium of Pain and Suffering where they drop more often)&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dungeon items that must be obtained from loot are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Locations Where You Can Loot Recipes and Blueprints Needed to Craft Certain Dungeon Modules&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Location of Recipes and Blueprints for Module !! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Module Name !!  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Spawn/Totem Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(if allowed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Zone: !! Drop as Loot From:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blackblade Pass]] || [[Satyr]]s || [[Cave Stone Room - Lava Grotto (6x7) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Brittany Sewers]] || ? || [[Stone Dungeon Room - Village Lot Cellar (2 floor)(2x2) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;|[[Compendium of Pain and Suffering|Compendium of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Pain and Suffering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | Chests&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 1)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 2)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 3)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 1)]] || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 2)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 3)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Hilt Fortress]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Lich Mage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Deplorable Archmage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Decaying Commander]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (all are in or around the &amp;quot;Crypts of Eternity&amp;quot; POI)*&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda Encounter with Spawns]]  || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room (Deco))]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room Pristine Deco)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room with Spawns)]] || [[Spider]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Owl&#039;s Head Sewers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Razox Dread]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Owl&#039;s Head Sewer)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Owl&#039;s Head Sewer, Spawned]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ruins of Ravensmoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ras&#039;al&#039;horag, Undead Lord]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Undead Ravensmoor)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[The Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ebon Cultist Marksman]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist High Wizard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist Champion]]||[[Stone Dungeon Small Temple (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Throne Hall (The Fall)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot; | [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Elrin Nayer]] (boss lich in &amp;quot;Hall of the Lich POI)*,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]] (boss elf at entrance to&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss) w/ Spawns]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Obsidian [[Troll]]||[[The Rise Shaft]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Shaft with Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Sharpshooter]] (in the &amp;quot;Hallway of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Statues&amp;quot; POI)*&amp;lt;Br&amp;gt; possibly the [[Obsidian Elf Warrior]]||[[The Rise Dog Room]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]] (in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room - The Rise Library]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Library w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; POI = Point of Interest, which shows up on the compass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: the creatures shown above have all been confirmed to have dropped the blueprints and recipes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Blue Hammer/Mallet Icon at Connection Point (in Design Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Icon.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Editor Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Menu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Your dungeon must be in Design Mode in order to add dungeon modules.&lt;br /&gt;
The modules that you want to add must be in your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the connection point where you want to add a module and double-click on the blue Hammer/Mallet icon to open the Dungeon Editor Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the arrows to select the module that you want to attach. If applicable, click on the arrows to select which connection you want (some rooms have multiple connection points, and if this is the case, then a connection selector will appear on the Dungeon Editor Menu). Then, click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; is the number of points it will &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot; to place the currently selected module. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; shows the number of points you have used, followed by the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate.&lt;br /&gt;
For details, see the &amp;quot;Dungeon Points&amp;quot; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you are unable to add a room/hallway, there are 2 possible reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do not have enough dungeon points - if you do not have enough points to add a room and if you want to increase the allowable size of your dungeon, click &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot; on the Dungeon Editor Menu to add more points.&lt;br /&gt;
* You have a collision issue with another module - the module that you are trying to place is colliding into a previously placed module. If the module you are trying to place has another connection point, you can try to chose another connection to see if that  resolves the collision issue. Otherwise, you may need to find another place to put the module Note: collision between modules can still occur when the game allows you to place the module.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Points==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon points are a numerical representation of the size of dungeon and its components. In general, an 8 x 8 area represents one dungeon point.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Value&#039;&#039;&#039; - Each Dungeon Module has a &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; that depends on its size (a larger module has a larger Dungeon Point Value). This value is the cost (in points) of placing the module in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Limit&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate. The Dungeon Point Limit controls how many modules your dungeon can contain and controls the decoration limits. You are given a base Dungeon Point Limit depending on the size of the lot on which you placed the Dungeon Entrance (but you can increase this limit, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;Margin-left: auto; Margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Lot Size&lt;br /&gt;
! Base Dungeon Points&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Row&lt;br /&gt;
|50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Village&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Town&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|City&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Castle&lt;br /&gt;
|300&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time you add a hallway or room to the dungeon, its Dungeon Point Value is added to the number of dungeon points that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
You can keep adding rooms/hallways until you exceed the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot;.  If you wish to add more rooms/hallways, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decoration limits of a dungeon are dependent on the dungeon point limit (see [[Decoration#Player_Dungeons| Decoration Limit for Player Dungeons]]).  So if you want higher decoration limits, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slew Command: Getting A &amp;quot;Bird&#039;s Eye&amp;quot; View of Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
The Slew command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon (in other words, it allows you to have free control of the &amp;quot;camera&amp;quot; so that you can view the dungeon from any position and from any angle, regardless of whether the view is from inside or outside the dungeon walls). It is often beneficial to have [[Night Vision]] active when in Slew mode because it helps you see more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. When slew is on, you can move your viewpoint using the following controls:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: Auto; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Control of Movement in Slew Mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Desired Movement of Position or View Angle !! Keyboard or Mouse Control&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Up|| E key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Down || Q key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward || W Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Backward || S Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Left || A Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Right || D Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| View angle|| click &amp;amp; hold right mouse button, then move mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Movement speed|| mouse wheel up or down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms usually have &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with spawn&amp;quot; in their name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into Design Mode and place a [[Dungeon Totem]] on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures. For details on where to obtain essences, crafting the totems, and the different types of totems, see [[Dungeon Totem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; Give Loot or XP==&lt;br /&gt;
You can place a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] in decoratable Player Dungeon modules, and it will cause a &amp;quot;Lich Mimic&amp;quot; (with 3,641 health) to spawn in adventure mode (The lich is hostile and will attack; however, it will not give any loot nor any experience points when killed). You can place the statue as deco when the dungeon is in either Design Mode or Adventure Mode (as long as [[Deco Mode]] is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
You can place multiple statues in a module, and each statue will spawn a lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resurrection Locations in a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
All Dungeon Foyers have [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
However, depending on the design of your dungeon, it may not be possible to return to the Foyer if you die in certain areas. &lt;br /&gt;
You can add additional resurrection locations by placing [[Resurrection Ankh]]s or [[Resurrection Chaos]] in your dungeon (these items can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Decorating a Dungeon and Decoration Limits==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Decoration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setting Permissions for A Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
For setting permissions for your dungeon (including banning a player), see [[Lot#Setting_Permissions_on_A_Lot| Setting Permissions on A Lot]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving a Decorated Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Property Manager]] window to store a fully-decorated lot, basement, and dungeon, and then unpack it to either that same lot or another empty lot of the same size that you have claimed in any scene.  Dungeon points are based on the lot size that the dungeon is started on. Using the Property Manager to move a player dungeon to a larger lot will not recalculate the dungeon&#039;s point base.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Property Manager window from the Stained Glass menu icon, the Lot Deeds options menu, or from any lot sign in any scene. The left side of the window shows your available slots and their current storage status. Each player is given 5 storage slots. You may purchase additional storage slots with Crowns of the Obsidians. The right side of the Property Manager window shows all of your claimed lots. Each lot includes the name of the deed used to claim the lot, the location of the lot, and the size of the lot. Each lot also has two slots: one for the primary contents of your lot (including the house), and one for the basement and its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Housing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145910</id>
		<title>Player Dungeon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145910"/>
		<updated>2025-11-07T03:44:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: /* Recipes and Blueprints that Drop as Loot */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|image=SS DungeonBasement F.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&#039;&#039;Green Marble Dungeon Room&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; {{PAGENAME}} &#039;&#039;&#039; are player made custom dungeons you can create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Lot owners can attach their own player dungeon to their lot. A dungeon is different from a basement, but does share some similarities. For instance, it’s like a basement in the sense that a dungeon is an expansion to a lot that exists independently of any house on that lot; you may place a dungeon entrance on your lot even if that lot doesn’t have a house on it, and vice-versa.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You’ll need two things in order to place a dungeon on your lot: a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]]. You can buy recipes to craft them for gold from [[bookseller]] merchants (located in some large NPC towns, such as Aerie, Ardoris, Brittany Estates, and Kingsport).  You can also buy foyers from the in-game [[Crown Shop]].  You can reshape your crafted entrance with patterns available from the in-game Crown Store or as loot in game.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Entrances are placeable decorations that can be deployed on the ground anywhere there is room on your lot. This includes inside or outside your house, including the upper floors. Dungeon Entrances will not function without a Dungeon Foyer Deed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Foyer Deeds function much like basement deeds. To connect your dungeon entrance to a dungeon foyer, you must have the deed to that foyer in your possession. To enter a player dungeon, double-click the dungeon entrance object and click the “Enter Dungeon” or “Enter Sample Dungeon” button. If a dungeon is available, you’ll be sent to that scene.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In addition to being an entry point for your dungeon, your dungeon entrance is also a tool that allows you to change the associated dungeon foyer and adjust the permissions for those who can enter your dungeon, much like the sign outside of a housing lot.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The Lot owner can expand the dungeon beyond the foyer by adding additional hallways and rooms. They can also place decorations and add encounter rooms with dangerous enemies!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Player dungeons, like basements, can be set to allow for open-PvP. Be cautious when entering a player dungeon!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Every dungeon foyer contains a Resurrection Ankh near the entrance.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/playerinstructions Player Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Helpful Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you’re an owner or steward, enter the “/slew” command into your chat window to enter “free camera” mode and fly around your dungeon. Change your speed with your mouse wheel. Turn off this mode by entering “/slew” in the chat window again or pressing ESC twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Basement Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Basement Entrance Menu.png&lt;br /&gt;
|caption= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
To start building a dungeon on your lot, you will need a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] (after these 2 items are placed, then you can enter the dungeon and place additional rooms and hallways).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; is a decoration item that is placed on a player&#039;s lot, and it serves as the entry point of the player dungeon. After you place the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; on your lot, you can double-click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Foyer&amp;quot; is the starting room of the dungeon. When you enter the dungeon, you will be placed in the Foyer. To exit the dungeon, you must return to the foyer and click on the ladder (or you can teleport out using a [[Teleport Scroll]]). Also, there is a resurrection ankh in the Dungeon foyer, so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of Dungeon Basement Entrances and Foyers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Craftable Entrance &amp;amp; Foyer - The [[Tomb Dungeon Entrance]] and the [[Single Connection Stone Dungeon Foyer]] are craftable (the recipes can be purchased from NPC [[Bookseller]]s). You can apply a [[Pattern]] to the Tomb Dungeon Entrance to give it a different appearance (these patterns can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers - For the Dungeon Entrances, you can purchase a pattern from the [[Crown Shop]] and apply it to the crafted entrance. For foyers, you can purchase the Foyer from the [[Crown Shop]] (a pattern is not needed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on the various Entrances and Foyers, see&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Foyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Initial Steps in Creating a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: Obtain a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] and make sure they are in your inventory (these items can be crafted or purchased in the Crown Shop).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: Place the Dungeon Basement Entrance on your lot (see [[Decoration]] for instructions on placing items on the lot).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Double-click on the Dungeon Basement entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu. If you have not placed a Foyer yet, the menu will show &amp;quot;No Dungeon&amp;quot; and the text of the &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot; button will be grey (i.e. the button is deactivated because there is no dungeon yet).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4:  Click &amp;quot;Change Dungeon&amp;quot;, then use the left &amp;amp; right arrows to scroll though the foyer options. Select the foyer that is in your inventory, and then click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the dungeon, double-click on the Dungeon Basement Entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, then click &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be adding or removing rooms, hallways, and totems to the dungeon, then you will want to put the Dungeon in Design Mode before you enter (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
The Dungeon Mode can only be set prior to entering a dungeon, and cannot be changed when you are in the dungeon. The dungeon will be in whichever mode it was last set to. If you want to change modes, do so before entering the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change Dungeon Mode, click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, and then click the cog symbol on the upper right side of the menu. Then select either &amp;quot;Enable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Disable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; (turning off Adventure mode will place the dungeon in Design Mode). The dungeon will remain in the whichever mode it was last set to (i.e. it does not revert to a default mode when leaving the dungeon or exiting the game).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or remove rooms/hallways&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of spawn rooms&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement within the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Slew - this command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon. You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. For details, see the Slew Section below. &lt;br /&gt;
* Getting Killed - see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adventure Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement and activity within the dungeon (e.g. you can [[Fishing|Fish]] in appropriate areas).&lt;br /&gt;
* Rooms with a totem or with a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] will spawn hostile creatures that can be killed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Getting Killed - see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Your avatar can die in both Adventure mode and Design mode. For example, you will die in either mode if you fall from too high up. The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect in the foyer if there is a pathway to reach it. If you die in a place where there is no resurrection ankh or no pathway to get to an ankh, then you will need to let the resurrection timer run out (in which case you will resurrect at the foyer, and any items that you have equipped with take -5% durability hit). So, you may consider designing your dungeon while equipped with junk gear just in case you fall into a place where there is no accessible ankh. Also, make sure you can access a resurrection device regardless of where you may die in your dungeon. You can add additional [[Resurrection Ankh]]s and [[Resurrection Chaos]] to the dungeon (these can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Note: [[Deco Mode]] is not specific to dungeons, and can be used when you are on a lot, in a house, in a basement, or in a player dungeon. Deco mode allows you to add, remove, or adjust decorations if you have sufficient permissions. In a player dungeon, Deco Mode can be enabled regardless of whether the dungeon is in Design Mode or Adventure Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them==&lt;br /&gt;
A dungeon module is a room, hallway, grotto, cave, or other interor space that can be added to a Player Dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of Dungeon Modules, see &lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Hallways|Dungeon Hallways]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Rooms|Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules can be added to the dungeon after the Dungeon Entrance and Dungeon Foyer have been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, Dungeon modules come in 2 types:&lt;br /&gt;
* Decoration only (these rooms do not have the term &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; in their name) - these modules only allow for decorations to be placed, and cannot spawn encounters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Capable of Spawning Encounters (most of these modules have the term  &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name) - some rooms allow for spawns (and sometimes decoration). Each type of room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]]  will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn [[Troll]]s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon modules can be obtained by the following means:&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased from the [[Crown Shop]] - some dungeon modules are only available in the Crow Shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop as loot - the only known examples of this are the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room]] and the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]], which can drop as loot from some higher level [[Troll]]s, particularly the ones in [[Ruined Keep]] and [[Ravensmoor]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Crafted - the crafted modules all require a recipe and a blueprint. The recipes and blueprints for some modules can be purchased from NPC  [[Bookseller]]s, while others drop as loot (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Recipes and Blueprints that Drop as Loot==&lt;br /&gt;
Note that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;all of the recipes for dungeon modules (including recipes for creating dungeon rooms, converting spawned rooms to decorative rooms, and converting decorative rooms to spawned rooms) are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. So, you can easily learn the recipes from other players or learn them by looking up the ingredients on the wiki and crafting them. This also means that you can easily convert your room between the spawn version and the decoration version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The more crucial item to obtain is the blueprint (because the recipe can be obtained from sources other than loot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;The blueprints are all rare drops (except for the ones in Compendium of Pain and Suffering where they drop more often)&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dungeon items that must be obtained from loot are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Locations Where You Can Loot Recipes and Blueprints Needed to Craft Certain Dungeon Modules&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Location of Recipes and Blueprints for Module !! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Module Name !!  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Spawn/Totem Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(if allowed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Zone: !! Drop as Loot From:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blackblade Pass]] || [[Satyr]]s || [[Cave Stone Room - Lava Grotto (6x7) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Brittany Sewers]] || ? || [[Stone Dungeon Room - Village Lot Cellar (2 floor)(2x2) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;|[[Compendium of Pain and Suffering|Compendium of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Pain and Suffering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | Chests&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 1)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 2)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 3)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 1)]] || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 2)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 3)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Hilt Fortress]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Lich Mage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Deplorable Archmage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Decaying Commander]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (all are in or around the &amp;quot;Crypts of Eternity&amp;quot; POI)*&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda Encounter with Spawns]]  || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room (Deco))]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room Pristine Deco)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room with Spawns)]] || [[Spider]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Owl&#039;s Head Sewers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Razox Dread]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Owl&#039;s Head Sewer)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Owl&#039;s Head Sewer, Spawned]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ruins of Ravensmoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ras&#039;al&#039;horag, Undead Lord]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Undead Ravensmoor)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[The Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ebon Cultist Marksman]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist High Wizard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist Champion]]||[[Stone Dungeon Small Temple (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Throne Hall (The Fall)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot; | [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Elrin Nayer]] (boss lich in &amp;quot;Hall of the Lich POI)*,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]] (boss elf at entrance to&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss) w/ Spawns]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Obsidian [[Troll]]||[[The Rise Shaft]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Shaft with Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Sharpshooter]] (in the &amp;quot;Hallway of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[The Rise Dog Room]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]] (in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room - The Rise Library]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Library w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; POI = Point of Interest, which shows up on the compass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Blue Hammer/Mallet Icon at Connection Point (in Design Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Icon.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Editor Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Menu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Your dungeon must be in Design Mode in order to add dungeon modules.&lt;br /&gt;
The modules that you want to add must be in your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the connection point where you want to add a module and double-click on the blue Hammer/Mallet icon to open the Dungeon Editor Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the arrows to select the module that you want to attach. If applicable, click on the arrows to select which connection you want (some rooms have multiple connection points, and if this is the case, then a connection selector will appear on the Dungeon Editor Menu). Then, click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; is the number of points it will &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot; to place the currently selected module. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; shows the number of points you have used, followed by the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate.&lt;br /&gt;
For details, see the &amp;quot;Dungeon Points&amp;quot; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you are unable to add a room/hallway, there are 2 possible reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do not have enough dungeon points - if you do not have enough points to add a room and if you want to increase the allowable size of your dungeon, click &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot; on the Dungeon Editor Menu to add more points.&lt;br /&gt;
* You have a collision issue with another module - the module that you are trying to place is colliding into a previously placed module. If the module you are trying to place has another connection point, you can try to chose another connection to see if that  resolves the collision issue. Otherwise, you may need to find another place to put the module Note: collision between modules can still occur when the game allows you to place the module.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Points==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon points are a numerical representation of the size of dungeon and its components. In general, an 8 x 8 area represents one dungeon point.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Value&#039;&#039;&#039; - Each Dungeon Module has a &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; that depends on its size (a larger module has a larger Dungeon Point Value). This value is the cost (in points) of placing the module in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Limit&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate. The Dungeon Point Limit controls how many modules your dungeon can contain and controls the decoration limits. You are given a base Dungeon Point Limit depending on the size of the lot on which you placed the Dungeon Entrance (but you can increase this limit, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;Margin-left: auto; Margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Lot Size&lt;br /&gt;
! Base Dungeon Points&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Row&lt;br /&gt;
|50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Village&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Town&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|City&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Castle&lt;br /&gt;
|300&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time you add a hallway or room to the dungeon, its Dungeon Point Value is added to the number of dungeon points that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
You can keep adding rooms/hallways until you exceed the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot;.  If you wish to add more rooms/hallways, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decoration limits of a dungeon are dependent on the dungeon point limit (see [[Decoration#Player_Dungeons| Decoration Limit for Player Dungeons]]).  So if you want higher decoration limits, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slew Command: Getting A &amp;quot;Bird&#039;s Eye&amp;quot; View of Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
The Slew command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon (in other words, it allows you to have free control of the &amp;quot;camera&amp;quot; so that you can view the dungeon from any position and from any angle, regardless of whether the view is from inside or outside the dungeon walls). It is often beneficial to have [[Night Vision]] active when in Slew mode because it helps you see more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. When slew is on, you can move your viewpoint using the following controls:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: Auto; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Control of Movement in Slew Mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Desired Movement of Position or View Angle !! Keyboard or Mouse Control&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Up|| E key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Down || Q key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward || W Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Backward || S Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Left || A Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Right || D Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| View angle|| click &amp;amp; hold right mouse button, then move mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Movement speed|| mouse wheel up or down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms usually have &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with spawn&amp;quot; in their name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into Design Mode and place a [[Dungeon Totem]] on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures. For details on where to obtain essences, crafting the totems, and the different types of totems, see [[Dungeon Totem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; Give Loot or XP==&lt;br /&gt;
You can place a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] in decoratable Player Dungeon modules, and it will cause a &amp;quot;Lich Mimic&amp;quot; (with 3,641 health) to spawn in adventure mode (The lich is hostile and will attack; however, it will not give any loot nor any experience points when killed). You can place the statue as deco when the dungeon is in either Design Mode or Adventure Mode (as long as [[Deco Mode]] is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
You can place multiple statues in a module, and each statue will spawn a lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resurrection Locations in a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
All Dungeon Foyers have [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
However, depending on the design of your dungeon, it may not be possible to return to the Foyer if you die in certain areas. &lt;br /&gt;
You can add additional resurrection locations by placing [[Resurrection Ankh]]s or [[Resurrection Chaos]] in your dungeon (these items can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Decorating a Dungeon and Decoration Limits==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Decoration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setting Permissions for A Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
For setting permissions for your dungeon (including banning a player), see [[Lot#Setting_Permissions_on_A_Lot| Setting Permissions on A Lot]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving a Decorated Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Property Manager]] window to store a fully-decorated lot, basement, and dungeon, and then unpack it to either that same lot or another empty lot of the same size that you have claimed in any scene.  Dungeon points are based on the lot size that the dungeon is started on. Using the Property Manager to move a player dungeon to a larger lot will not recalculate the dungeon&#039;s point base.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Property Manager window from the Stained Glass menu icon, the Lot Deeds options menu, or from any lot sign in any scene. The left side of the window shows your available slots and their current storage status. Each player is given 5 storage slots. You may purchase additional storage slots with Crowns of the Obsidians. The right side of the Property Manager window shows all of your claimed lots. Each lot includes the name of the deed used to claim the lot, the location of the lot, and the size of the lot. Each lot also has two slots: one for the primary contents of your lot (including the house), and one for the basement and its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Housing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145909</id>
		<title>Player Dungeon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145909"/>
		<updated>2025-11-07T03:43:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: /* Recipes and Blueprints that Drop as Loot */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|image=SS DungeonBasement F.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&#039;&#039;Green Marble Dungeon Room&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; {{PAGENAME}} &#039;&#039;&#039; are player made custom dungeons you can create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Lot owners can attach their own player dungeon to their lot. A dungeon is different from a basement, but does share some similarities. For instance, it’s like a basement in the sense that a dungeon is an expansion to a lot that exists independently of any house on that lot; you may place a dungeon entrance on your lot even if that lot doesn’t have a house on it, and vice-versa.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You’ll need two things in order to place a dungeon on your lot: a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]]. You can buy recipes to craft them for gold from [[bookseller]] merchants (located in some large NPC towns, such as Aerie, Ardoris, Brittany Estates, and Kingsport).  You can also buy foyers from the in-game [[Crown Shop]].  You can reshape your crafted entrance with patterns available from the in-game Crown Store or as loot in game.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Entrances are placeable decorations that can be deployed on the ground anywhere there is room on your lot. This includes inside or outside your house, including the upper floors. Dungeon Entrances will not function without a Dungeon Foyer Deed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Foyer Deeds function much like basement deeds. To connect your dungeon entrance to a dungeon foyer, you must have the deed to that foyer in your possession. To enter a player dungeon, double-click the dungeon entrance object and click the “Enter Dungeon” or “Enter Sample Dungeon” button. If a dungeon is available, you’ll be sent to that scene.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In addition to being an entry point for your dungeon, your dungeon entrance is also a tool that allows you to change the associated dungeon foyer and adjust the permissions for those who can enter your dungeon, much like the sign outside of a housing lot.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The Lot owner can expand the dungeon beyond the foyer by adding additional hallways and rooms. They can also place decorations and add encounter rooms with dangerous enemies!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Player dungeons, like basements, can be set to allow for open-PvP. Be cautious when entering a player dungeon!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Every dungeon foyer contains a Resurrection Ankh near the entrance.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/playerinstructions Player Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Helpful Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you’re an owner or steward, enter the “/slew” command into your chat window to enter “free camera” mode and fly around your dungeon. Change your speed with your mouse wheel. Turn off this mode by entering “/slew” in the chat window again or pressing ESC twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Basement Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Basement Entrance Menu.png&lt;br /&gt;
|caption= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
To start building a dungeon on your lot, you will need a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] (after these 2 items are placed, then you can enter the dungeon and place additional rooms and hallways).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; is a decoration item that is placed on a player&#039;s lot, and it serves as the entry point of the player dungeon. After you place the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; on your lot, you can double-click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Foyer&amp;quot; is the starting room of the dungeon. When you enter the dungeon, you will be placed in the Foyer. To exit the dungeon, you must return to the foyer and click on the ladder (or you can teleport out using a [[Teleport Scroll]]). Also, there is a resurrection ankh in the Dungeon foyer, so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of Dungeon Basement Entrances and Foyers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Craftable Entrance &amp;amp; Foyer - The [[Tomb Dungeon Entrance]] and the [[Single Connection Stone Dungeon Foyer]] are craftable (the recipes can be purchased from NPC [[Bookseller]]s). You can apply a [[Pattern]] to the Tomb Dungeon Entrance to give it a different appearance (these patterns can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers - For the Dungeon Entrances, you can purchase a pattern from the [[Crown Shop]] and apply it to the crafted entrance. For foyers, you can purchase the Foyer from the [[Crown Shop]] (a pattern is not needed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on the various Entrances and Foyers, see&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Foyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Initial Steps in Creating a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: Obtain a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] and make sure they are in your inventory (these items can be crafted or purchased in the Crown Shop).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: Place the Dungeon Basement Entrance on your lot (see [[Decoration]] for instructions on placing items on the lot).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Double-click on the Dungeon Basement entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu. If you have not placed a Foyer yet, the menu will show &amp;quot;No Dungeon&amp;quot; and the text of the &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot; button will be grey (i.e. the button is deactivated because there is no dungeon yet).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4:  Click &amp;quot;Change Dungeon&amp;quot;, then use the left &amp;amp; right arrows to scroll though the foyer options. Select the foyer that is in your inventory, and then click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the dungeon, double-click on the Dungeon Basement Entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, then click &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be adding or removing rooms, hallways, and totems to the dungeon, then you will want to put the Dungeon in Design Mode before you enter (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
The Dungeon Mode can only be set prior to entering a dungeon, and cannot be changed when you are in the dungeon. The dungeon will be in whichever mode it was last set to. If you want to change modes, do so before entering the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change Dungeon Mode, click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, and then click the cog symbol on the upper right side of the menu. Then select either &amp;quot;Enable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Disable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; (turning off Adventure mode will place the dungeon in Design Mode). The dungeon will remain in the whichever mode it was last set to (i.e. it does not revert to a default mode when leaving the dungeon or exiting the game).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or remove rooms/hallways&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of spawn rooms&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement within the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Slew - this command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon. You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. For details, see the Slew Section below. &lt;br /&gt;
* Getting Killed - see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adventure Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement and activity within the dungeon (e.g. you can [[Fishing|Fish]] in appropriate areas).&lt;br /&gt;
* Rooms with a totem or with a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] will spawn hostile creatures that can be killed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Getting Killed - see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Your avatar can die in both Adventure mode and Design mode. For example, you will die in either mode if you fall from too high up. The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect in the foyer if there is a pathway to reach it. If you die in a place where there is no resurrection ankh or no pathway to get to an ankh, then you will need to let the resurrection timer run out (in which case you will resurrect at the foyer, and any items that you have equipped with take -5% durability hit). So, you may consider designing your dungeon while equipped with junk gear just in case you fall into a place where there is no accessible ankh. Also, make sure you can access a resurrection device regardless of where you may die in your dungeon. You can add additional [[Resurrection Ankh]]s and [[Resurrection Chaos]] to the dungeon (these can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Note: [[Deco Mode]] is not specific to dungeons, and can be used when you are on a lot, in a house, in a basement, or in a player dungeon. Deco mode allows you to add, remove, or adjust decorations if you have sufficient permissions. In a player dungeon, Deco Mode can be enabled regardless of whether the dungeon is in Design Mode or Adventure Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them==&lt;br /&gt;
A dungeon module is a room, hallway, grotto, cave, or other interor space that can be added to a Player Dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of Dungeon Modules, see &lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Hallways|Dungeon Hallways]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Rooms|Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules can be added to the dungeon after the Dungeon Entrance and Dungeon Foyer have been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, Dungeon modules come in 2 types:&lt;br /&gt;
* Decoration only (these rooms do not have the term &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; in their name) - these modules only allow for decorations to be placed, and cannot spawn encounters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Capable of Spawning Encounters (most of these modules have the term  &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name) - some rooms allow for spawns (and sometimes decoration). Each type of room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]]  will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn [[Troll]]s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon modules can be obtained by the following means:&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased from the [[Crown Shop]] - some dungeon modules are only available in the Crow Shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop as loot - the only known examples of this are the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room]] and the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]], which can drop as loot from some higher level [[Troll]]s, particularly the ones in [[Ruined Keep]] and [[Ravensmoor]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Crafted - the crafted modules all require a recipe and a blueprint. The recipes and blueprints for some modules can be purchased from NPC  [[Bookseller]]s, while others drop as loot (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Recipes and Blueprints that Drop as Loot==&lt;br /&gt;
Note that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;all of the recipes for dungeon modules (including recipes for creating dungeon rooms, converting spawned rooms to decorative rooms, and converting decorative rooms to spawned rooms) are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. So, you can easily learn the recipes from other players or learn them by looking up the ingredients on the wiki and crafting them. This also means that you can easily convert your room between the spawn version and the decoration version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The more crucial item to obtain is the blueprint (because the recipe can be obtained from sources other than loot).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;The blueprints are all rare drops (except for the ones in Compendium of Pain and Suffering where they drop more often)&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The dungeon items that must be obtained from loot are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Locations Where You Can Loot Recipes and Blueprints Needed to Craft Certain Dungeon Modules&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Location of Recipes and Blueprints for Module !! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Module Name !!  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Spawn/Totem Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(if allowed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Zone: !! Drop as Loot From:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blackblade Pass]] || [[Satyr]]s || [[Cave Stone Room - Lava Grotto (6x7) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Brittany Sewers]] || ? || [[Stone Dungeon Room - Village Lot Cellar (2 floor)(2x2) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;|[[Compendium of Pain and Suffering|Compendium of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Pain and Suffering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | Chests&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 1)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 2)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 3)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 1)]] || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 2)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 3)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Hilt Fortress]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Lich Mage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Deplorable Archmage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Decaying Commander]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (all are in or around the &amp;quot;Crypts of Eternity&amp;quot; POI)*&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda Encounter with Spawns]]  || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room (Deco))]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room Pristine Deco)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room with Spawns)]] || [[Spider]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Owl&#039;s Head Sewers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Razox Dread]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Owl&#039;s Head Sewer)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Owl&#039;s Head Sewer, Spawned]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ruins of Ravensmoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ras&#039;al&#039;horag, Undead Lord]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Undead Ravensmoor)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[The Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ebon Cultist Marksman]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist High Wizard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist Champion]]||[[Stone Dungeon Small Temple (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Throne Hall (The Fall)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot; | [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Elrin Nayer]] (boss lich in &amp;quot;Hall of the Lich POI)*,&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]] (boss elf at entrance to&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss) w/ Spawns]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Obsidian [[Troll]]||[[The Rise Shaft]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Shaft with Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Sharpshooter]] (in the &amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[The Rise Dog Room]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]] (in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room - The Rise Library]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Library w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; POI = Point of Interest, which shows up on the compass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Blue Hammer/Mallet Icon at Connection Point (in Design Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Icon.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Editor Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Menu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Your dungeon must be in Design Mode in order to add dungeon modules.&lt;br /&gt;
The modules that you want to add must be in your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the connection point where you want to add a module and double-click on the blue Hammer/Mallet icon to open the Dungeon Editor Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the arrows to select the module that you want to attach. If applicable, click on the arrows to select which connection you want (some rooms have multiple connection points, and if this is the case, then a connection selector will appear on the Dungeon Editor Menu). Then, click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; is the number of points it will &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot; to place the currently selected module. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; shows the number of points you have used, followed by the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate.&lt;br /&gt;
For details, see the &amp;quot;Dungeon Points&amp;quot; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you are unable to add a room/hallway, there are 2 possible reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do not have enough dungeon points - if you do not have enough points to add a room and if you want to increase the allowable size of your dungeon, click &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot; on the Dungeon Editor Menu to add more points.&lt;br /&gt;
* You have a collision issue with another module - the module that you are trying to place is colliding into a previously placed module. If the module you are trying to place has another connection point, you can try to chose another connection to see if that  resolves the collision issue. Otherwise, you may need to find another place to put the module Note: collision between modules can still occur when the game allows you to place the module.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Points==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon points are a numerical representation of the size of dungeon and its components. In general, an 8 x 8 area represents one dungeon point.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Value&#039;&#039;&#039; - Each Dungeon Module has a &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; that depends on its size (a larger module has a larger Dungeon Point Value). This value is the cost (in points) of placing the module in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Limit&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate. The Dungeon Point Limit controls how many modules your dungeon can contain and controls the decoration limits. You are given a base Dungeon Point Limit depending on the size of the lot on which you placed the Dungeon Entrance (but you can increase this limit, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;Margin-left: auto; Margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Lot Size&lt;br /&gt;
! Base Dungeon Points&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Row&lt;br /&gt;
|50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Village&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Town&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|City&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Castle&lt;br /&gt;
|300&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time you add a hallway or room to the dungeon, its Dungeon Point Value is added to the number of dungeon points that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
You can keep adding rooms/hallways until you exceed the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot;.  If you wish to add more rooms/hallways, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decoration limits of a dungeon are dependent on the dungeon point limit (see [[Decoration#Player_Dungeons| Decoration Limit for Player Dungeons]]).  So if you want higher decoration limits, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slew Command: Getting A &amp;quot;Bird&#039;s Eye&amp;quot; View of Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
The Slew command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon (in other words, it allows you to have free control of the &amp;quot;camera&amp;quot; so that you can view the dungeon from any position and from any angle, regardless of whether the view is from inside or outside the dungeon walls). It is often beneficial to have [[Night Vision]] active when in Slew mode because it helps you see more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. When slew is on, you can move your viewpoint using the following controls:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: Auto; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Control of Movement in Slew Mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Desired Movement of Position or View Angle !! Keyboard or Mouse Control&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Up|| E key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Down || Q key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward || W Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Backward || S Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Left || A Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Right || D Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| View angle|| click &amp;amp; hold right mouse button, then move mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Movement speed|| mouse wheel up or down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms usually have &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with spawn&amp;quot; in their name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into Design Mode and place a [[Dungeon Totem]] on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures. For details on where to obtain essences, crafting the totems, and the different types of totems, see [[Dungeon Totem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; Give Loot or XP==&lt;br /&gt;
You can place a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] in decoratable Player Dungeon modules, and it will cause a &amp;quot;Lich Mimic&amp;quot; (with 3,641 health) to spawn in adventure mode (The lich is hostile and will attack; however, it will not give any loot nor any experience points when killed). You can place the statue as deco when the dungeon is in either Design Mode or Adventure Mode (as long as [[Deco Mode]] is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
You can place multiple statues in a module, and each statue will spawn a lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resurrection Locations in a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
All Dungeon Foyers have [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
However, depending on the design of your dungeon, it may not be possible to return to the Foyer if you die in certain areas. &lt;br /&gt;
You can add additional resurrection locations by placing [[Resurrection Ankh]]s or [[Resurrection Chaos]] in your dungeon (these items can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Decorating a Dungeon and Decoration Limits==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Decoration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setting Permissions for A Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
For setting permissions for your dungeon (including banning a player), see [[Lot#Setting_Permissions_on_A_Lot| Setting Permissions on A Lot]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving a Decorated Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Property Manager]] window to store a fully-decorated lot, basement, and dungeon, and then unpack it to either that same lot or another empty lot of the same size that you have claimed in any scene.  Dungeon points are based on the lot size that the dungeon is started on. Using the Property Manager to move a player dungeon to a larger lot will not recalculate the dungeon&#039;s point base.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Property Manager window from the Stained Glass menu icon, the Lot Deeds options menu, or from any lot sign in any scene. The left side of the window shows your available slots and their current storage status. Each player is given 5 storage slots. You may purchase additional storage slots with Crowns of the Obsidians. The right side of the Property Manager window shows all of your claimed lots. Each lot includes the name of the deed used to claim the lot, the location of the lot, and the size of the lot. Each lot also has two slots: one for the primary contents of your lot (including the house), and one for the basement and its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Housing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Recall_Scroll&amp;diff=145675</id>
		<title>Recall Scroll</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Recall_Scroll&amp;diff=145675"/>
		<updated>2025-11-06T13:18:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox Item&lt;br /&gt;
|name={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|icon=Recall_Scroll.png&lt;br /&gt;
|itemtype=Consumable - Non Combat&lt;br /&gt;
|weight=0.1&lt;br /&gt;
|value=15&lt;br /&gt;
|craftskill=Alchemy&lt;br /&gt;
|craftrecipe={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|crafttable=Alchemy Station&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;{{PAGENAME}}&#039;&#039;&#039; is a Consumable Non-Combat item that can be crafted with the [[Alchemy]] skill or found as loot (from humanoid creatures or supply bundles).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use a Recall Scroll, 3 criteria must be met:&lt;br /&gt;
* Your avatar cannot be [[Encumbrance|Over-encumbered]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Your avatar cannot be in [[Combat|Combat Stance]] (i.e. you must be in [[Passive Stance]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Your avatar must have already enabled a &amp;quot;Bind&amp;quot; to either a town or a lot.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How to Bind to a location:&lt;br /&gt;
* Bind to a town - speak to the town crier in the town you want to bind to. Say &amp;quot;bind&amp;quot; to the town crier, and then click &amp;quot;Yes, Bind me here&amp;quot;. This will bind you to the location of the town crier. You do not need to own a lot in the town that you bind to.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bind to a [[Lot]] - this can be done only if you have claimed the lot with a [[Lot Deed]]. Double-click on the [[Property Marker]] of the lot you want to bind to. In the window that pops up, click the upper blue cog on the right side of the window, and then select &amp;quot;Bind to lot&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you bind to a location, using a recall scroll will teleport you to that location (and will consume the scroll in the process).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can only bind to a single location, but you can change your bind location at any time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are not bound to a location, then you cannot use a recall scroll (if you try to use it, the scroll will not be consumed and it will have no effect).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Recall scrolls will not work if you are  or if you are in &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Recipe ==&lt;br /&gt;
These recipes can be purchased from on NPC Alchemists &amp;amp; Magic Merchants (see [[Recipe: Recall Scroll]] for exact locations).&lt;br /&gt;
{{Crafting Box&lt;br /&gt;
|name={{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|skill=Alchemy&lt;br /&gt;
|skillrequirement=30&lt;br /&gt;
|tool=1 Mortar and Pestle&lt;br /&gt;
|ingredient=5 Wood Pulp; 10 Nightshade; 10 Black Pearl&lt;br /&gt;
|output=1 {{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|lastseen=51&lt;br /&gt;
|teachable=Teachable&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Crafting Box&lt;br /&gt;
|name={{PAGENAME}} (Batch of 12)&lt;br /&gt;
|skill=Alchemy&lt;br /&gt;
|skillrequirement=40&lt;br /&gt;
|tool=1 Mortar and Pestle&lt;br /&gt;
|ingredient=60 Wood Pulp; 120 Nightshade; 120 Black Pearl&lt;br /&gt;
|output=12 {{PAGENAME}}&lt;br /&gt;
|lastseen=64&lt;br /&gt;
|teachable=Teachable&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See also ==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Lot]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teleport to Zone Scroll]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Teleport to Friend Scroll]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Alchemy]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Scrolls]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Berserker%27s_Stance&amp;diff=145566</id>
		<title>Berserker&#039;s Stance</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Berserker%27s_Stance&amp;diff=145566"/>
		<updated>2025-11-05T04:21:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox Skill&lt;br /&gt;
| skill = Tactics Strategy Glyph&lt;br /&gt;
| type = Active&lt;br /&gt;
| required=40 Reckless Stance&lt;br /&gt;
| desc = &lt;br /&gt;
|trainer=Adventuring Trainer&lt;br /&gt;
|lastseen=109&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Berserker&#039;s Stance generates the following &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:lime&amp;quot;&amp;gt;positive&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; effects:&lt;br /&gt;
* Increases [[Strength]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Increases [[Attack Speed]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Increases [[Move Speed]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Removes one Movement Speed debuff when cast (such as [[Disabling Shot]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* If specialized in Tactics, it also adds a critical hit damage multiplier.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Berserker&#039;s Stance generates the following  &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;negative&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; effects:&lt;br /&gt;
* Reduces [[Damage Resistance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Reduces [[Combat Health Per Second| Combat Health Regeneration]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Reduces [[Combat Focus Per Second| Combat Focus Regeneration]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Increases [[Magic Fizzle Chance]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This skill takes up a speed buff slot. You can have up to 2 speed buffs active at a time. If you already have 2 speed buffs active, Berserker&#039;s Stance will overwrite one of the existing speed buffs (See [[Understanding the Avatar&#039;s Movement Stats]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Effect==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Skill effect list&lt;br /&gt;
|effect1  = Cooldown: 30 seconds&lt;br /&gt;
|effect2  = +20.2 Strength for 2 minutes&lt;br /&gt;
|color2   = &lt;br /&gt;
|effect3  = +10.3% Attack Speed for 2 minutes&lt;br /&gt;
|color3   = &lt;br /&gt;
|effect4  = +0.6 Move Speed for 2 minutes&lt;br /&gt;
|note4    = &lt;br /&gt;
|effect5  = -50 Damage Resistance for for 2 minutes&lt;br /&gt;
|color5   =red&lt;br /&gt;
|effect6  = -3 Combat Health for 2 minutes&lt;br /&gt;
|color6   =red&lt;br /&gt;
|effect7  = -1 Combat Focus Per Second for 2 minutes&lt;br /&gt;
|color7   =red&lt;br /&gt;
|effect8  = +25% Magic Fizzle Chance for 2 minutes&lt;br /&gt;
|color8   =red&lt;br /&gt;
|effect9  = +25% Melee and Ranged Critical Damage for 2 minutes&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;(effects increase with skill level)&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*NOTE: Stances cannot be stacked with each other, only one stance can be active at a time.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Navbox Tactics Strategy}}[[Category:Tactics Skills]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Blessings&amp;diff=145565</id>
		<title>Blessings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Blessings&amp;diff=145565"/>
		<updated>2025-11-05T03:53:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox Item&lt;br /&gt;
|icon=Blessing icon.png&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blessings are temporary buffs (occasionally with an associated debuff) that last hours to days, and are obtained by completing a task. The task can be simple (such as visiting a shrine or devotional) or more complex (such as solving a puzzle).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How Many Blessings Can I Have Active at Once?==&lt;br /&gt;
Each of the blessing types listed below will stack with each other (such that you can have all of these blessing types active at the same time); however, there are restrictions on how many of each blessing type that can be active at the same time. Based on these restrictions, a player can have a up to 9 blessings active at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::: {| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
|+ &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Blessing Type !! Maximum # of Each Blessing Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;That can be Active at the Same Time&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3-Day Adventure Blessing || style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;&amp;quot;| 2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Stack Blessing || style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;&amp;quot;| 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Devotional Blessing || style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;&amp;quot;| 2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Shrine Blessing || style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;&amp;quot;| 2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Castle Atos Blessing || style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;&amp;quot;| 2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==3-Day Adventure Blessings==&lt;br /&gt;
Each of these blessings are obtained in an Adventure Zone and all of the blessing&#039;s effects have a duration of 3 days.&lt;br /&gt;
You can have a maximum of 2 of these active at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
These blessings are typically activated by solving a [[Puzzle]] in the zone, after which a blue swirly aura appears on a rounded platform.&lt;br /&gt;
To obtain the blessing, the avatar must walk into the blue aura.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:::{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Blessing !! Location(s) !! Blessing Effect&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Acquisition&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Lost Vale]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Grusk Factory]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +50% [[Skill Learning Speed]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Agility&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Lamech’s Bazaar]] (Easy -Tier 7),&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Lamech’s Bazaar]] (Normal - Tier 10),&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Norgard Fens]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[South Midmaer Way]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +30 Dexterity&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-10 Strength&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Agility, Greater&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Lamech’s Bazaar]] (Hard - Tier 12)&lt;br /&gt;
| +45 Dexterity&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-10 Strength&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Avoidance&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Lamech’s Bazaar]] (Extreme - Tier 18)&lt;br /&gt;
| +20 Dexterity&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+10 Damage Avoidance&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Elemental Tolerance&lt;br /&gt;
| [[North Shattered Hills]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[The Outlaws&#039; Run]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +20 Air Resistance&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+20 Earth Resistance&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+20 Fire Resistance&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+20 Water Resistance&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-10 Air Attunement&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-10 Earth Attunement&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-10 Fire Attunement&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-10 Water Attunement&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Elusiveness&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Tenebris Harbor]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +20 Dodge&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-20 Damage Avoidance&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Invigoration&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Blood River Forest]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[East Vauban Foothills]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +10% Healing Modifier&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Magic Tolerance&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Brittany Sewers]] (nested in [[Brittany Alleys]] &amp;amp; [[Central Brittany]])&lt;br /&gt;
| +20 Death Resistance&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+20 Life Resistance&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+20 Moon Resistance&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+20 Sun Resistance&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-10 Death Attunement&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-10 Life Attunement&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-10 Moon Attunement&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-10 Sun Attunement&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Maintenance&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Elysium Mines]] (nested in [[Twins Foothills]])&lt;br /&gt;
| +25% Armor Durability Effectiveness&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+25% Shield Durability Effectiveness&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+25% Weapon Durability Effectiveness&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Moon&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Shaminian Hills]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Well of Aldur]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +15 Moon Attunement&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-20 Sun Attunement&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Skill&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Middle Downs]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Blood Bay]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +5 Adventurer Level&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Sun&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Shaminian Hills]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +15 Sun Attunement&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-20 Moon Attunement&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tamer&lt;br /&gt;
| [[South Boundless Forest]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +10 Tame Level Bonus&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Stack Blessings==&lt;br /&gt;
These blessings are also obtained in an adventure zone (specifically [[The Rise]]), but each blessing has several effects, with each effect having a different duration (from hours to days). You can have only 1 of these blessings active at a time.&lt;br /&gt;
These blessings are activated by solving a [[Puzzle]] in [[The Rise]], after which a blue swirly aura appears on a rounded platform.&lt;br /&gt;
To obtain the blessing, the avatar must walk into the blue aura.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:::{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Blessing !! Location(s) !! Blessing Effect&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Stack Magician&lt;br /&gt;
| [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +50 Focus (7 days)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-10% Magic Fizzle Chance (24 hours)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+5% Spell Critical Chance Bonus (4 hours)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Stack Protector&lt;br /&gt;
| [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +10 Damage Avoidance (7 days)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+25% Armor Effectiveness (24 hours)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+10 Magic Resistance (4 hours)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Stack Tamer&lt;br /&gt;
| [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +5 Tame Level Bonus (7 days)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+0.2 Tame Taunt Power (24 hours)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+50 Tame Creature Strength (4 hours)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Devotional Blessings==&lt;br /&gt;
These blessings last for 5 days. You can have a maximum of 2 of these active at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
These blessings are obtained by jumping into the pool of a [[Devotionals|Devotional]]. These devotionals are located in [[Patron City|Patron Cities]] and in some [[Player Owned Town]]s.&lt;br /&gt;
If you obtain the blessing in a Player Owned Town, the power of the blessing will depend on how many lots have been claimed by players in that town (see below). In a Patron City, the power of these blessings are constant (and equivalent to the highest power achievable in a Player Owned Town).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:::{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Devotional !! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Locations !! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Blessing Effects for [[Patron City]] and High Tier POT&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;dagger;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! [[Patron City]] !! Other Locations !! Adventuring Buff !! Crafting/Fishing Buff&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Devotional of Compassion]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Brookside]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Some Player Owned Towns&lt;br /&gt;
| +5 Combat Dodge Modifier&lt;br /&gt;
| +5 Tailoring Proficiency&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Devotional of Courage]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Resolute]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Some Player Owned Towns&lt;br /&gt;
| +5 Strength&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Devotional of Honor]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Kiln]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Some Player Owned Towns&lt;br /&gt;
| +1.5 Combat Focus Per Second&lt;br /&gt;
| +5 Agriculture&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Devotional of Honesty]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Etceter]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Some Player Owned Towns&lt;br /&gt;
| +25 Focus&lt;br /&gt;
| +5 Alchemy&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Devotional of Humility]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Eastmarch]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Some Player Owned Towns&lt;br /&gt;
| +5 Magic Resistance&lt;br /&gt;
| +8% Fishing Bait Recovery Chance&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Devotional of Justice]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Jaanaford]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Some Player Owned Towns&lt;br /&gt;
| -5% Fizzle Chance&lt;br /&gt;
| +5 Cooking&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Devotional of Love]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Ardoris]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Some Player Owned Towns&lt;br /&gt;
| +5 Dexterity&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Devotional of Sacrifice]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Northwood]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Some Player Owned Towns&lt;br /&gt;
| +1.5 Combat Health Per Second&lt;br /&gt;
| +5 Carpentry&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Devotional of Spirituality]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Fortus End]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Some Player Owned Towns&lt;br /&gt;
| +4 Adventure Level&lt;br /&gt;
| +5 Fishing&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Devotional of Truth]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Aerie]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Some Player Owned Towns&lt;br /&gt;
| +5 Intelligence&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Devotional of Valor]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Point West]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Some Player Owned Towns&lt;br /&gt;
| +25 Health&lt;br /&gt;
| +5 Blacksmithing&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;dagger;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; For a Player Owned Town (POT), the power of the blessing depends on how many lots have been claimed by players in that town (more lots claimed gives greater power to the buff, with a maximum power achieved at the highest tier). The tiers are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
:* 9 or less claimed lots - low power tier&lt;br /&gt;
:* 10-19 claimed lots - moderate power tier&lt;br /&gt;
:* 20 or more claim lots - high power tier (provides the same power as the buff from a [[Patron City]] devotional).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:::{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! rowspan=2 | Devotional&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=3 | Blessing Tiers For Devotionals in a Player Owned Town&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Low Power !! Moderate Power !! High Power (Same as Patron City)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Devotional of Compassion]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +3 Combat Dodge Modifier&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+3 Tailoring&lt;br /&gt;
| +4 Combat Dodge Modifier&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+4 Tailoring&lt;br /&gt;
| +5 Combat Dodge Modifier&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+5 Tailoring&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Devotional of Courage]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +3 Strength&lt;br /&gt;
| +4 Strength&lt;br /&gt;
| +5 Strength&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Devotional of Honesty]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +15 Focus&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+3 Alchemy&lt;br /&gt;
| +20 Focus&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+4 Alchemy&lt;br /&gt;
| +25 Focus&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+5 Alchemy&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Devotional of Honor]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +1 Combat Focus per Second&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+3 Agriculture&lt;br /&gt;
| +1.3 Combat Focus per Second&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+4 Agriculture&lt;br /&gt;
| +1.5 Combat Focus per Second&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+5 Agriculture&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Devotional of Humility]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +3 Magic Resistance&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+4% Water Fishing Bait Recovery Chance&lt;br /&gt;
| +4 Magic Resistance&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+6% Water Fishing Bait Recovery Chance&lt;br /&gt;
| +5 Magic Resistance&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+8% Water Fishing Bait Recovery Chance&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Devotional of Justice]]&lt;br /&gt;
| -3% Magic Fizzle Chance&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+3 Cooking&lt;br /&gt;
| -4% Magic Fizzle Chance&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+4 Cooking&lt;br /&gt;
| -5% Magic Fizzle Chance&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+5 Cooking&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Devotional of Love]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +3 Dexterity&lt;br /&gt;
| +4 Dexterity&lt;br /&gt;
| +5 Dexterity&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Devotional of Sacrifice]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +1 Combat Health per Second&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+3 Carpentry&lt;br /&gt;
| +1.3 Combat Health per Second&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+4 Carpentry&lt;br /&gt;
| +1.5 Combat Health per Second&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+5 Carpentry&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Devotional of Spirituality]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +2 Adventurer Level&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+3 Fishing&lt;br /&gt;
| +3 Adventurer Level&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+4 Fishing&lt;br /&gt;
| +4 Adventurer Level&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+5 Fishing&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Devotional of Truth]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +3 Intelligence&lt;br /&gt;
| +4 Intelligence&lt;br /&gt;
| +5 Intelligence&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Devotional of Valor]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +15 Health&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+3 Blacksmithing&lt;br /&gt;
| +20 Health&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+4 Blacksmithing&lt;br /&gt;
| +25 Health&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+5 Blacksmithing&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Shrine Blessings==&lt;br /&gt;
All of these blessings last for 3 days. You can have a maximum of 2 of these active at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
These blessings are obtained by standing on the base of the shrine. These devotionals are located in some [[Player Owned Town]]s. All of these shrines are craftable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:::{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Blessing !! Blessing Effect&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Shrine of Atenism]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +15 Sun Attunement&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Shrine of Chaos]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +15 Chaos Attunement&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Shrine of Gaiaism]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +15 Earth Attunement&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Shrine of Lunaism]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +15 Moon Attunement&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Shrine of Necromancy]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +15 Death Attunement&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Shrine of Sorcery]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +15 Fire Attunement&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Shrine of Tempestry]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +15 Water Attunement&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Shrine of Thaumaturgy]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +15 Life Attunement&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Shrine of Theurgy]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +15 Air Attunement&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Castle Atos Blessings==&lt;br /&gt;
These blessings can only be obtained in [[Castle Atos]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the main courtyard of Castle Atos, there are two blessing pools (one on each side of the courtyard). Each blessing can be obtained by jumping into the pool. Both of these blessings can be active at the same time, and they stack with other blessings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The power of the &amp;quot;Atos&amp;quot; blessing depends on how many avatars are in the Castle Atos zone at the time to acquire the buff (with more players generating a more powerful blessing). Once you have acquired the buff, the stats on your buff will remain unchanged for the duration of the buff, even if the number of players in Castle Atos changes (unless you re-acquire the blessing). The &amp;quot;Atos&amp;quot; blessing remains active even if you leave the zone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Learning&amp;quot; buff has a constant power (and does not vary based on number of players in the zone). This buff only lasts while the avatar is within the Castle Atos zone (i.e. the blessing is removed when you leave the zone). This blessing was designed to encourage players to come to Castle Atos by giving them this incentive to train their skills in Castle Atos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:::{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Blessing !! # Players needed in Scene !! Location !! Blessing Effect&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Atos, Weak&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;&amp;quot;| 1-3&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Castle Atos]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +3 Health (3 days)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+3 Focus (3 days)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+10% Melee and Ranged Critical Hit Reduction (1 day)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Atos&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;&amp;quot;| 4-6&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Castle Atos]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +5 Health (3 days)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+5 Focus (3 days)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+12.5% Melee and Ranged Critical Hit Reduction (1 day)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Atos, Strong&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;&amp;quot;| 7-12&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Castle Atos]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +10 Health (3 days)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+10 Focus (3 days)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+15% Melee and Ranged Critical Hit Reduction (1 day)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Atos, Powerful&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;&amp;quot;| 13-19&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Castle Atos]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +15 Health (3 days)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+15 Focus (3 days)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+17.5% Melee and Ranged Critical Hit Reduction (1 day)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Atos, mighty&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;&amp;quot;| 20-29&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Castle Atos]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +25 Health (3 days)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+25 Focus (3 days)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+20% Melee and Ranged Critical Hit Reduction (1 day)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Atos, maximum strength&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;&amp;quot;| 30+&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Castle Atos]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +30 Health (3 days)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+30 Focus (3 days)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+22.5% Melee and Ranged Critical Hit Reduction (1 day)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Learning&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;&amp;quot;| Any #&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Castle Atos]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +100% [[Skill Learning Speed]] (only active while player is in Castle Atos)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Skills that Contain &amp;quot;Blessing&amp;quot; in the Title, But are Not Related to the Blessings Listed Above==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Celestial Blessing]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Beneficent Blessing]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Removed Blessings - For Historical Purposes Only==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Blessing of Wisdom]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Blessing of Moon Harmony]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==External Links==&lt;br /&gt;
*A listing of most all the blessings that are obtained by solving a puzzle for them can be found on the forums here: &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/forum/index.php?threads/solutions-to-puzzles-treasure-hunts-spoilers.61625/ Solutions to Puzzles &amp;amp; Treasure Hunts (Spoilers!)]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Effects]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Blessings&amp;diff=145564</id>
		<title>Blessings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Blessings&amp;diff=145564"/>
		<updated>2025-11-05T03:52:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox Item&lt;br /&gt;
|icon=Blessing icon.png&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Blessings are temporary buffs (occasionally with an associated debuff) that last hours to days, and are obtained by completing a task. The task can be simple (such as visiting a shrine or devotional) or more complex (such as solving a puzzle).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How Many Blessings Can I Have Active at Once?==&lt;br /&gt;
Each of these blessing types will stack with each other (such that you can have all of these blessing types active at the same time); however, there are restrictions on how many of each blessing type that can be active at the same time. Based on these restrictions, a player can have a up to 9 blessings active at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::: {| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left;&amp;quot; &lt;br /&gt;
|+ &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Blessing Type !! Maximum # of Each Blessing Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;That can be Active at the Same Time&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| 3-Day Adventure Blessing || style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;&amp;quot;| 2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Stack Blessing || style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;&amp;quot;| 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Devotional Blessing || style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;&amp;quot;| 2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Shrine Blessing || style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;&amp;quot;| 2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Castle Atos Blessing || style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;&amp;quot;| 2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==3-Day Adventure Blessings==&lt;br /&gt;
Each of these blessings are obtained in an Adventure Zone and all of the blessing&#039;s effects have a duration of 3 days.&lt;br /&gt;
You can have a maximum of 2 of these active at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
These blessings are typically activated by solving a [[Puzzle]] in the zone, after which a blue swirly aura appears on a rounded platform.&lt;br /&gt;
To obtain the blessing, the avatar must walk into the blue aura.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:::{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Blessing !! Location(s) !! Blessing Effect&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Acquisition&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Lost Vale]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Grusk Factory]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +50% [[Skill Learning Speed]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Agility&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Lamech’s Bazaar]] (Easy -Tier 7),&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Lamech’s Bazaar]] (Normal - Tier 10),&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Norgard Fens]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[South Midmaer Way]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +30 Dexterity&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-10 Strength&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Agility, Greater&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Lamech’s Bazaar]] (Hard - Tier 12)&lt;br /&gt;
| +45 Dexterity&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-10 Strength&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Avoidance&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Lamech’s Bazaar]] (Extreme - Tier 18)&lt;br /&gt;
| +20 Dexterity&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+10 Damage Avoidance&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Elemental Tolerance&lt;br /&gt;
| [[North Shattered Hills]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[The Outlaws&#039; Run]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +20 Air Resistance&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+20 Earth Resistance&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+20 Fire Resistance&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+20 Water Resistance&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-10 Air Attunement&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-10 Earth Attunement&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-10 Fire Attunement&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-10 Water Attunement&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Elusiveness&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Tenebris Harbor]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +20 Dodge&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-20 Damage Avoidance&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Invigoration&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Blood River Forest]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[East Vauban Foothills]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +10% Healing Modifier&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Magic Tolerance&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Brittany Sewers]] (nested in [[Brittany Alleys]] &amp;amp; [[Central Brittany]])&lt;br /&gt;
| +20 Death Resistance&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+20 Life Resistance&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+20 Moon Resistance&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+20 Sun Resistance&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-10 Death Attunement&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-10 Life Attunement&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-10 Moon Attunement&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-10 Sun Attunement&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Maintenance&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Elysium Mines]] (nested in [[Twins Foothills]])&lt;br /&gt;
| +25% Armor Durability Effectiveness&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+25% Shield Durability Effectiveness&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+25% Weapon Durability Effectiveness&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Moon&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Shaminian Hills]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Well of Aldur]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +15 Moon Attunement&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-20 Sun Attunement&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Skill&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Middle Downs]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Blood Bay]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +5 Adventurer Level&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Sun&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Shaminian Hills]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +15 Sun Attunement&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-20 Moon Attunement&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Tamer&lt;br /&gt;
| [[South Boundless Forest]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +10 Tame Level Bonus&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Stack Blessings==&lt;br /&gt;
These blessings are also obtained in an adventure zone (specifically [[The Rise]]), but each blessing has several effects, with each effect having a different duration (from hours to days). You can have only 1 of these blessings active at a time.&lt;br /&gt;
These blessings are activated by solving a [[Puzzle]] in [[The Rise]], after which a blue swirly aura appears on a rounded platform.&lt;br /&gt;
To obtain the blessing, the avatar must walk into the blue aura.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:::{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Blessing !! Location(s) !! Blessing Effect&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Stack Magician&lt;br /&gt;
| [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +50 Focus (7 days)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-10% Magic Fizzle Chance (24 hours)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+5% Spell Critical Chance Bonus (4 hours)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Stack Protector&lt;br /&gt;
| [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +10 Damage Avoidance (7 days)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+25% Armor Effectiveness (24 hours)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+10 Magic Resistance (4 hours)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Stack Tamer&lt;br /&gt;
| [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +5 Tame Level Bonus (7 days)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+0.2 Tame Taunt Power (24 hours)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+50 Tame Creature Strength (4 hours)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Devotional Blessings==&lt;br /&gt;
These blessings last for 5 days. You can have a maximum of 2 of these active at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
These blessings are obtained by jumping into the pool of a [[Devotionals|Devotional]]. These devotionals are located in [[Patron City|Patron Cities]] and in some [[Player Owned Town]]s.&lt;br /&gt;
If you obtain the blessing in a Player Owned Town, the power of the blessing will depend on how many lots have been claimed by players in that town (see below). In a Patron City, the power of these blessings are constant (and equivalent to the highest power achievable in a Player Owned Town).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:::{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Devotional !! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Locations !! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Blessing Effects for [[Patron City]] and High Tier POT&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;dagger;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! [[Patron City]] !! Other Locations !! Adventuring Buff !! Crafting/Fishing Buff&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Devotional of Compassion]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Brookside]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Some Player Owned Towns&lt;br /&gt;
| +5 Combat Dodge Modifier&lt;br /&gt;
| +5 Tailoring Proficiency&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Devotional of Courage]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Resolute]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Some Player Owned Towns&lt;br /&gt;
| +5 Strength&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Devotional of Honor]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Kiln]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Some Player Owned Towns&lt;br /&gt;
| +1.5 Combat Focus Per Second&lt;br /&gt;
| +5 Agriculture&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Devotional of Honesty]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Etceter]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Some Player Owned Towns&lt;br /&gt;
| +25 Focus&lt;br /&gt;
| +5 Alchemy&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Devotional of Humility]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Eastmarch]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Some Player Owned Towns&lt;br /&gt;
| +5 Magic Resistance&lt;br /&gt;
| +8% Fishing Bait Recovery Chance&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Devotional of Justice]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Jaanaford]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Some Player Owned Towns&lt;br /&gt;
| -5% Fizzle Chance&lt;br /&gt;
| +5 Cooking&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Devotional of Love]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Ardoris]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Some Player Owned Towns&lt;br /&gt;
| +5 Dexterity&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Devotional of Sacrifice]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Northwood]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Some Player Owned Towns&lt;br /&gt;
| +1.5 Combat Health Per Second&lt;br /&gt;
| +5 Carpentry&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Devotional of Spirituality]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Fortus End]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Some Player Owned Towns&lt;br /&gt;
| +4 Adventure Level&lt;br /&gt;
| +5 Fishing&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Devotional of Truth]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Aerie]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Some Player Owned Towns&lt;br /&gt;
| +5 Intelligence&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Devotional of Valor]]&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Point West]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Some Player Owned Towns&lt;br /&gt;
| +25 Health&lt;br /&gt;
| +5 Blacksmithing&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;dagger;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; For a Player Owned Town (POT), the power of the blessing depends on how many lots have been claimed by players in that town (more lots claimed gives greater power to the buff, with a maximum power achieved at the highest tier). The tiers are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
:* 9 or less claimed lots - low power tier&lt;br /&gt;
:* 10-19 claimed lots - moderate power tier&lt;br /&gt;
:* 20 or more claim lots - high power tier (provides the same power as the buff from a [[Patron City]] devotional).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:::{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! rowspan=2 | Devotional&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=3 | Blessing Tiers For Devotionals in a Player Owned Town&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Low Power !! Moderate Power !! High Power (Same as Patron City)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Devotional of Compassion]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +3 Combat Dodge Modifier&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+3 Tailoring&lt;br /&gt;
| +4 Combat Dodge Modifier&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+4 Tailoring&lt;br /&gt;
| +5 Combat Dodge Modifier&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+5 Tailoring&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Devotional of Courage]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +3 Strength&lt;br /&gt;
| +4 Strength&lt;br /&gt;
| +5 Strength&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Devotional of Honesty]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +15 Focus&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+3 Alchemy&lt;br /&gt;
| +20 Focus&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+4 Alchemy&lt;br /&gt;
| +25 Focus&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+5 Alchemy&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Devotional of Honor]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +1 Combat Focus per Second&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+3 Agriculture&lt;br /&gt;
| +1.3 Combat Focus per Second&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+4 Agriculture&lt;br /&gt;
| +1.5 Combat Focus per Second&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+5 Agriculture&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Devotional of Humility]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +3 Magic Resistance&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+4% Water Fishing Bait Recovery Chance&lt;br /&gt;
| +4 Magic Resistance&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+6% Water Fishing Bait Recovery Chance&lt;br /&gt;
| +5 Magic Resistance&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+8% Water Fishing Bait Recovery Chance&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Devotional of Justice]]&lt;br /&gt;
| -3% Magic Fizzle Chance&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+3 Cooking&lt;br /&gt;
| -4% Magic Fizzle Chance&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+4 Cooking&lt;br /&gt;
| -5% Magic Fizzle Chance&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+5 Cooking&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Devotional of Love]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +3 Dexterity&lt;br /&gt;
| +4 Dexterity&lt;br /&gt;
| +5 Dexterity&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Devotional of Sacrifice]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +1 Combat Health per Second&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+3 Carpentry&lt;br /&gt;
| +1.3 Combat Health per Second&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+4 Carpentry&lt;br /&gt;
| +1.5 Combat Health per Second&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+5 Carpentry&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Devotional of Spirituality]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +2 Adventurer Level&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+3 Fishing&lt;br /&gt;
| +3 Adventurer Level&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+4 Fishing&lt;br /&gt;
| +4 Adventurer Level&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+5 Fishing&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Devotional of Truth]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +3 Intelligence&lt;br /&gt;
| +4 Intelligence&lt;br /&gt;
| +5 Intelligence&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Devotional of Valor]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +15 Health&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+3 Blacksmithing&lt;br /&gt;
| +20 Health&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+4 Blacksmithing&lt;br /&gt;
| +25 Health&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+5 Blacksmithing&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Shrine Blessings==&lt;br /&gt;
All of these blessings last for 3 days. You can have a maximum of 2 of these active at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
These blessings are obtained by standing on the base of the shrine. These devotionals are located in some [[Player Owned Town]]s. All of these shrines are craftable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:::{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Blessing !! Blessing Effect&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Shrine of Atenism]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +15 Sun Attunement&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Shrine of Chaos]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +15 Chaos Attunement&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Shrine of Gaiaism]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +15 Earth Attunement&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Shrine of Lunaism]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +15 Moon Attunement&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Shrine of Necromancy]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +15 Death Attunement&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Shrine of Sorcery]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +15 Fire Attunement&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Shrine of Tempestry]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +15 Water Attunement&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Shrine of Thaumaturgy]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +15 Life Attunement&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Shrine of Theurgy]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +15 Air Attunement&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Castle Atos Blessings==&lt;br /&gt;
These blessings can only be obtained in [[Castle Atos]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the main courtyard of Castle Atos, there are two blessing pools (one on each side of the courtyard). Each blessing can be obtained by jumping into the pool. Both of these blessings can be active at the same time, and they stack with other blessings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The power of the &amp;quot;Atos&amp;quot; blessing depends on how many avatars are in the Castle Atos zone at the time to acquire the buff (with more players generating a more powerful blessing). Once you have acquired the buff, the stats on your buff will remain unchanged for the duration of the buff, even if the number of players in Castle Atos changes (unless you re-acquire the blessing). The &amp;quot;Atos&amp;quot; blessing remains active even if you leave the zone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Learning&amp;quot; buff has a constant power (and does not vary based on number of players in the zone). This buff only lasts while the avatar is within the Castle Atos zone (i.e. the blessing is removed when you leave the zone). This blessing was designed to encourage players to come to Castle Atos by giving them this incentive to train their skills in Castle Atos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:::{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Blessing !! # Players needed in Scene !! Location !! Blessing Effect&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Atos, Weak&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;&amp;quot;| 1-3&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Castle Atos]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +3 Health (3 days)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+3 Focus (3 days)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+10% Melee and Ranged Critical Hit Reduction (1 day)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Atos&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;&amp;quot;| 4-6&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Castle Atos]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +5 Health (3 days)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+5 Focus (3 days)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+12.5% Melee and Ranged Critical Hit Reduction (1 day)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Atos, Strong&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;&amp;quot;| 7-12&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Castle Atos]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +10 Health (3 days)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+10 Focus (3 days)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+15% Melee and Ranged Critical Hit Reduction (1 day)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Atos, Powerful&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;&amp;quot;| 13-19&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Castle Atos]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +15 Health (3 days)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+15 Focus (3 days)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+17.5% Melee and Ranged Critical Hit Reduction (1 day)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Atos, mighty&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;&amp;quot;| 20-29&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Castle Atos]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +25 Health (3 days)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+25 Focus (3 days)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+20% Melee and Ranged Critical Hit Reduction (1 day)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Atos, maximum strength&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;&amp;quot;| 30+&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Castle Atos]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +30 Health (3 days)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+30 Focus (3 days)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;+22.5% Melee and Ranged Critical Hit Reduction (1 day)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Learning&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;text-align:center;&amp;quot;| Any #&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Castle Atos]]&lt;br /&gt;
| +100% [[Skill Learning Speed]] (only active while player is in Castle Atos)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Skills that Contain &amp;quot;Blessing&amp;quot; in the Title, But are Not Related to the Blessings Listed Above==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Celestial Blessing]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Beneficent Blessing]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Removed Blessings - For Historical Purposes Only==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Blessing of Wisdom]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Blessing of Moon Harmony]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==External Links==&lt;br /&gt;
*A listing of most all the blessings that are obtained by solving a puzzle for them can be found on the forums here: &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/forum/index.php?threads/solutions-to-puzzles-treasure-hunts-spoilers.61625/ Solutions to Puzzles &amp;amp; Treasure Hunts (Spoilers!)]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Effects]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Death&amp;diff=145560</id>
		<title>Death</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Death&amp;diff=145560"/>
		<updated>2025-11-05T03:32:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: /* Death of the Avatar */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page refers to the death of the Avatar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For other death related items, see:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Death Magic]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Death Resistance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Mounted Death Bunny]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Death Decay Speed]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Wax Cylinder - Death]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Death Adder Cloak]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Ring of Death]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Ancient Staff of Death]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Death of the Avatar=&lt;br /&gt;
When the Avatar&#039;s [[Health (Attribute)|Health Points]] reach zero, the avatar will &amp;quot;die&amp;quot; and the following visual cues will appear in the game window:&lt;br /&gt;
* The Avatar turns into a ghost.&lt;br /&gt;
* Colors will become grey.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[NPC]]s, other players, and creatures in the environment will appear as balls of light.&lt;br /&gt;
* A &amp;quot;Time to Resurrect&amp;quot; timer appears at the bottom of the screen (the timer starts at 300 seconds and counts down).&lt;br /&gt;
* The location of resurrection devices ([[Resurrection Ankh]] and [[Resurrection Chaos]]) will appear on the compass - the closer you are to a resurrection device, the larger and brighter it will appear on the compass. You can use the compass markers to help you navigate to the closest resurrection device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no penalty for dying. If you are resurrected by a [[Resurrection Ankh]], [[Resurrection Chaos]], or [[Resurrection]] spell before the resurrection timer runs out, then you suffer no negative effects. However, if you let the resurrection timer expire or if you leave the scene while dead, your will suffer penalties (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a ghost, you can continue to move through the environment, but you cannot interact with anything.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have died, there are 3 ways in which you can be resurrected.&lt;br /&gt;
* Another player casts the [[Resurrection]] spell on you - you will be resurrected at the location that you died. There is no penalty for being resurrected this way, but you are resurrected with low health and low focus.&lt;br /&gt;
* You touch a resurrection device ([[Resurrection Ankh]] or [[Resurrection Chaos]]) - to resurrect, you simply move onto the resurrection device and wait. For a resurrection ankh, you will be resurrected at the ankh&#039;s location. For a resurrection chaos, you will be resurrected at a random location in the scene. There is no penalty for being resurrected this way, and you are restored to full health and full focus when resurrected. Dying repeatedly over a short time increases the time it takes for an Ankh or Chaos to resurrect you.&lt;br /&gt;
* Automatic resurrection - this occurs when you let the resurrection timer reach zero or when you leave the scene while dead. If you let the resurrection timer run out, then you will be resurrected at the entrance to the scene. If you leave the scene while dead, you will be resurrected in the scene that you exited to. Also, you will be penalized with &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;a 5% durability loss on all equipped items and a 2 minute reduction in Strength, Dexterity, and Intelligence&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Types of Resurrection&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Resurrection Occurs by: !! Location Where Resurrected !! Health &amp;amp; Focus When Resurrected !! Penalty&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Resurrection]] Spell || Where the Avatar Died || Low Health, Low Focus || None&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Resurrection Ankh]]|| At the Ankh || Full Health, Full Focus || None&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Resurrection Chaos]]|| Random Location in the Scene || Full Health, Full Focus || None&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Resurrection Timer Expires|| Entrance to the Scene || Low Health, Low Focus || &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;5% durability loss on all equipped items, and&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2 minute reduction in Strength, Dexterity, and Intelligence&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Leaving the Scene || Scene You Exited to || Low Health, Low Focus || &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;5% durability loss on all equipped items, and&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2 minute reduction in Strength, Dexterity, and Intelligence&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Attributes]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Death&amp;diff=145559</id>
		<title>Death</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Death&amp;diff=145559"/>
		<updated>2025-11-05T03:31:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: /* Death of the Avatar */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page refers to the death of the Avatar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For other death related items, see:&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Death Magic]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Death Resistance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Mounted Death Bunny]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Death Decay Speed]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Wax Cylinder - Death]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Death Adder Cloak]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Ring of Death]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Ancient Staff of Death]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Death of the Avatar=&lt;br /&gt;
When the Avatar&#039;s [[Health (Attribute)|Health Points]] reach zero, the avatar will &amp;quot;die&amp;quot; and the following visual cues will appear in the game window:&lt;br /&gt;
* The Avatar turns into a ghost.&lt;br /&gt;
* Colors will become grey.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[NPC]]s, other players, and creatures in the environment will appear as balls of light.&lt;br /&gt;
* A &amp;quot;Time to Resurrect&amp;quot; timer appears at the bottom of the screen (the timer starts at 300 seconds and counts down).&lt;br /&gt;
* The location of resurrection devices ([[Resurrection Ankh]] and [[Resurrection Chaos]]) will appear on the compass - the closer you are to a resurrection device, the larger and brighter it will appear on the compass. You can use the compass markers to help you navigate to the closest resurrection device.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is no penalty for dying. If you are resurrected by a [[Resurrection Ankh]], [[Resurrection Chaos]], or [[Resurrection]] spell before the resurrection timer runs out, then you suffer no negative effects. However, if you let the resurrection timer expire or if you leave the scene while dead, your will suffer penalties (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a ghost, you can continue to move through the environment, but you cannot interact with anything.&lt;br /&gt;
If you have died, there are 3 ways in which you can be resurrected.&lt;br /&gt;
* Another player casts the [[Resurrection]] spell on you - you will be resurrected at the location that you died. There is no penalty for being resurrected this way, but you are resurrected with low health and low focus.&lt;br /&gt;
* You touch a resurrection device ([[Resurrection Ankh]] or [[Resurrection Chaos]]) - to resurrect, you simply move onto the resurrection device and wait. For a resurrection ankh, you will be resurrected at the ankh&#039;s location. For a resurrection chaos, you will be resurrected at a random location in the scene. There is no penalty for being resurrected this way, and you are restored to full health and full focus when resurrected. Dying repeatedly over a short time increases the time it takes for an Ankh or Chaos to resurrect you.&lt;br /&gt;
* Automatic resurrection - this occurs when you let the resurrection timer reach zero or when you leave the scene while dead. If you let the resurrection timer run out, then you will be resurrected at the entrance to the scene. If you left the scene while dead, you will be resurrected in the scene that you exited to. Also, you will be penalized with &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;a 5% durability loss on all equipped items and a 2 minute reduction in Strength, Dexterity, and Intelligence&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Types of Resurrection&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Resurrection Occurs by: !! Location Where Resurrected !! Health &amp;amp; Focus When Resurrected !! Penalty&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Resurrection]] Spell || Where the Avatar Died || Low Health, Low Focus || None&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Resurrection Ankh]]|| At the Ankh || Full Health, Full Focus || None&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Resurrection Chaos]]|| Random Location in the Scene || Full Health, Full Focus || None&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Resurrection Timer Expires|| Entrance to the Scene || Low Health, Low Focus || &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;5% durability loss on all equipped items, and&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2 minute reduction in Strength, Dexterity, and Intelligence&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Leaving the Scene || Scene You Exited to || Low Health, Low Focus || &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;5% durability loss on all equipped items, and&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2 minute reduction in Strength, Dexterity, and Intelligence&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Attributes]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145558</id>
		<title>Player Dungeon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145558"/>
		<updated>2025-11-05T01:37:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: /* Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|image=SS DungeonBasement F.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&#039;&#039;Green Marble Dungeon Room&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; {{PAGENAME}} &#039;&#039;&#039; are player made custom dungeons you can create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Lot owners can attach their own player dungeon to their lot. A dungeon is different from a basement, but does share some similarities. For instance, it’s like a basement in the sense that a dungeon is an expansion to a lot that exists independently of any house on that lot; you may place a dungeon entrance on your lot even if that lot doesn’t have a house on it, and vice-versa.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You’ll need two things in order to place a dungeon on your lot: a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]]. You can buy recipes to craft them for gold from [[bookseller]] merchants (located in some large NPC towns, such as Aerie, Ardoris, Brittany Estates, and Kingsport).  You can also buy foyers from the in-game [[Crown Shop]].  You can reshape your crafted entrance with patterns available from the in-game Crown Store or as loot in game.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Entrances are placeable decorations that can be deployed on the ground anywhere there is room on your lot. This includes inside or outside your house, including the upper floors. Dungeon Entrances will not function without a Dungeon Foyer Deed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Foyer Deeds function much like basement deeds. To connect your dungeon entrance to a dungeon foyer, you must have the deed to that foyer in your possession. To enter a player dungeon, double-click the dungeon entrance object and click the “Enter Dungeon” or “Enter Sample Dungeon” button. If a dungeon is available, you’ll be sent to that scene.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In addition to being an entry point for your dungeon, your dungeon entrance is also a tool that allows you to change the associated dungeon foyer and adjust the permissions for those who can enter your dungeon, much like the sign outside of a housing lot.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The Lot owner can expand the dungeon beyond the foyer by adding additional hallways and rooms. They can also place decorations and add encounter rooms with dangerous enemies!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Player dungeons, like basements, can be set to allow for open-PvP. Be cautious when entering a player dungeon!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Every dungeon foyer contains a Resurrection Ankh near the entrance.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/playerinstructions Player Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Helpful Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you’re an owner or steward, enter the “/slew” command into your chat window to enter “free camera” mode and fly around your dungeon. Change your speed with your mouse wheel. Turn off this mode by entering “/slew” in the chat window again or pressing ESC twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Basement Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Basement Entrance Menu.png&lt;br /&gt;
|caption= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
To start building a dungeon on your lot, you will need a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] (after these 2 items are placed, then you can enter the dungeon and place additional rooms and hallways).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; is a decoration item that is placed on a player&#039;s lot, and it serves as the entry point of the player dungeon. After you place the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; on your lot, you can double-click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Foyer&amp;quot; is the starting room of the dungeon. When you enter the dungeon, you will be placed in the Foyer. To exit the dungeon, you must return to the foyer and click on the ladder (or you can teleport out using a [[Teleport Scroll]]). Also, there is a resurrection ankh in the Dungeon foyer, so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of Dungeon Basement Entrances and Foyers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Craftable Entrance &amp;amp; Foyer - The [[Tomb Dungeon Entrance]] and the [[Single Connection Stone Dungeon Foyer]] are craftable (the recipes can be purchased from NPC [[Bookseller]]s). You can apply a [[Pattern]] to the Tomb Dungeon Entrance to give it a different appearance (these patterns can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers - For the Dungeon Entrances, you can purchase a pattern from the [[Crown Shop]] and apply it to the crafted entrance. For foyers, you can purchase the Foyer from the [[Crown Shop]] (a pattern is not needed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on the various Entrances and Foyers, see&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Foyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Initial Steps in Creating a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: Obtain a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] and make sure they are in your inventory (these items can be crafted or purchased in the Crown Shop).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: Place the Dungeon Basement Entrance on your lot (see [[Decoration]] for instructions on placing items on the lot).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Double-click on the Dungeon Basement entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu. If you have not placed a Foyer yet, the menu will show &amp;quot;No Dungeon&amp;quot; and the text of the &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot; button will be grey (i.e. the button is deactivated because there is no dungeon yet).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4:  Click &amp;quot;Change Dungeon&amp;quot;, then use the left &amp;amp; right arrows to scroll though the foyer options. Select the foyer that is in your inventory, and then click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the dungeon, double-click on the Dungeon Basement Entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, then click &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be adding or removing rooms, hallways, and totems to the dungeon, then you will want to put the Dungeon in Design Mode before you enter (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
The Dungeon Mode can only be set prior to entering a dungeon, and cannot be changed when you are in the dungeon. The dungeon will be in whichever mode it was last set to. If you want to change modes, do so before entering the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change Dungeon Mode, click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, and then click the cog symbol on the upper right side of the menu. Then select either &amp;quot;Enable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Disable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; (turning off Adventure mode will place the dungeon in Design Mode). The dungeon will remain in the whichever mode it was last set to (i.e. it does not revert to a default mode when leaving the dungeon or exiting the game).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or remove rooms/hallways&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of spawn rooms&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement within the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Slew - this command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon. You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. For details, see the Slew Section below. &lt;br /&gt;
* Getting Killed - see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adventure Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement and activity within the dungeon (e.g. you can [[Fishing|Fish]] in appropriate areas).&lt;br /&gt;
* Rooms with a totem or with a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] will spawn hostile creatures that can be killed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Getting Killed - see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Your avatar can die in both Adventure mode and Design mode. For example, you will die in either mode if you fall from too high up. The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect in the foyer if there is a pathway to reach it. If you die in a place where there is no resurrection ankh or no pathway to get to an ankh, then you will need to let the resurrection timer run out (in which case you will resurrect at the foyer, and any items that you have equipped with take -5% durability hit). So, you may consider designing your dungeon while equipped with junk gear just in case you fall into a place where there is no accessible ankh. Also, make sure you can access a resurrection device regardless of where you may die in your dungeon. You can add additional [[Resurrection Ankh]]s and [[Resurrection Chaos]] to the dungeon (these can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Note: [[Deco Mode]] is not specific to dungeons, and can be used when you are on a lot, in a house, in a basement, or in a player dungeon. Deco mode allows you to add, remove, or adjust decorations if you have sufficient permissions. In a player dungeon, Deco Mode can be enabled regardless of whether the dungeon is in Design Mode or Adventure Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them==&lt;br /&gt;
A dungeon module is a room, hallway, grotto, cave, or other interor space that can be added to a Player Dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of Dungeon Modules, see &lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Hallways|Dungeon Hallways]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Rooms|Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules can be added to the dungeon after the Dungeon Entrance and Dungeon Foyer have been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, Dungeon modules come in 2 types:&lt;br /&gt;
* Decoration only (these rooms do not have the term &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; in their name) - these modules only allow for decorations to be placed, and cannot spawn encounters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Capable of Spawning Encounters (most of these modules have the term  &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name) - some rooms allow for spawns (and sometimes decoration). Each type of room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]]  will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn [[Troll]]s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon modules can be obtained by the following means:&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased from the [[Crown Shop]] - some dungeon modules are only available in the Crow Shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop as loot - the only known examples of this are the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room]] and the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]], which can drop as loot from some higher level [[Troll]]s, particularly the ones in [[Ruined Keep]] and [[Ravensmoor]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Crafted - the crafted modules all require a recipe and a blueprint. The recipes and blueprints for some modules can be purchased from NPC  [[Bookseller]]s, while others will drop as loot. Also, note that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;all of the recipes for dungeon modules (including recipes for creating dungeon rooms, converting spawned rooms to decorative rooms, and converting decorative rooms to spawned rooms) are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. So, you can easily learn the recipes from other players or learn them by looking up the ingredients on the wiki and crafting them. This also means that you can easily convert your room between spawn or decoration versions. The more crucial item to obtain is the blueprint (because the recipe can be obtained from sources other than loot). The dungeon modules for which the blueprints must be obtained from loot are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Locations Where You Can Loot Recipes and Blueprints Needed to Craft Certain Dungeon Modules&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Location of Recipes and Blueprints for Module !! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Module Name !!  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Spawn/Totem Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(if allowed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Zone: !! Drop as Loot From:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blackblade Pass]] || [[Satyr]]s || [[Cave Stone Room - Lava Grotto (6x7) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Brittany Sewers]] || ? || [[Stone Dungeon Room - Village Lot Cellar (2 floor)(2x2) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;|[[Compendium of Pain and Suffering|Compendium of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Pain and Suffering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | Chests&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 1)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 2)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 3)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 1)]] || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 2)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 3)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Hilt Fortress]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Lich Mage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Deplorable Archmage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Decaying Commander]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (all are in or around the &amp;quot;Crypts of Eternity&amp;quot; POI)*&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda Encounter with Spawns]]  || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room (Deco))]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room Pristine Deco)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room with Spawns)]] || [[Spider]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Owl&#039;s Head Sewers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Razox Dread]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Owl&#039;s Head Sewer)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Owl&#039;s Head Sewer, Spawned]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ruins of Ravensmoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ras&#039;al&#039;horag, Undead Lord]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Undead Ravensmoor)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[The Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ebon Cultist Marksman]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist High Wizard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist Champion]]||[[Stone Dungeon Small Temple (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Throne Hall (The Fall)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot; | [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(At Entrance to &amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss) w/ Spawns]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Obsidian [[Troll]]||[[The Rise Shaft]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Shaft with Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[The Rise Dog Room]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room - The Rise Library]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[The Rise Library w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; POI = Point of Interest, which shows up on the compass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Blue Hammer/Mallet Icon at Connection Point (in Design Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Icon.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Editor Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Menu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Your dungeon must be in Design Mode in order to add dungeon modules.&lt;br /&gt;
The modules that you want to add must be in your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the connection point where you want to add a module and double-click on the blue Hammer/Mallet icon to open the Dungeon Editor Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the arrows to select the module that you want to attach. If applicable, click on the arrows to select which connection you want (some rooms have multiple connection points, and if this is the case, then a connection selector will appear on the Dungeon Editor Menu). Then, click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; is the number of points it will &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot; to place the currently selected module. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; shows the number of points you have used, followed by the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate.&lt;br /&gt;
For details, see the &amp;quot;Dungeon Points&amp;quot; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you are unable to add a room/hallway, there are 2 possible reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do not have enough dungeon points - if you do not have enough points to add a room and if you want to increase the allowable size of your dungeon, click &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot; on the Dungeon Editor Menu to add more points.&lt;br /&gt;
* You have a collision issue with another module - the module that you are trying to place is colliding into a previously placed module. If the module you are trying to place has another connection point, you can try to chose another connection to see if that  resolves the collision issue. Otherwise, you may need to find another place to put the module Note: collision between modules can still occur when the game allows you to place the module.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Points==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon points are a numerical representation of the size of dungeon and its components. In general, an 8 x 8 area represents one dungeon point.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Value&#039;&#039;&#039; - Each Dungeon Module has a &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; that depends on its size (a larger module has a larger Dungeon Point Value). This value is the cost (in points) of placing the module in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Limit&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate. The Dungeon Point Limit controls how many modules your dungeon can contain and controls the decoration limits. You are given a base Dungeon Point Limit depending on the size of the lot on which you placed the Dungeon Entrance (but you can increase this limit, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;Margin-left: auto; Margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Lot Size&lt;br /&gt;
! Base Dungeon Points&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Row&lt;br /&gt;
|50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Village&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Town&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|City&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Castle&lt;br /&gt;
|300&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time you add a hallway or room to the dungeon, its Dungeon Point Value is added to the number of dungeon points that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
You can keep adding rooms/hallways until you exceed the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot;.  If you wish to add more rooms/hallways, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decoration limits of a dungeon are dependent on the dungeon point limit (see [[Decoration#Player_Dungeons| Decoration Limit for Player Dungeons]]).  So if you want higher decoration limits, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slew Command: Getting A &amp;quot;Bird&#039;s Eye&amp;quot; View of Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
The Slew command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon (in other words, it allows you to have free control of the &amp;quot;camera&amp;quot; so that you can view the dungeon from any position and from any angle, regardless of whether the view is from inside or outside the dungeon walls). It is often beneficial to have [[Night Vision]] active when in Slew mode because it helps you see more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. When slew is on, you can move your viewpoint using the following controls:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: Auto; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Control of Movement in Slew Mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Desired Movement of Position or View Angle !! Keyboard or Mouse Control&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Up|| E key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Down || Q key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward || W Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Backward || S Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Left || A Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Right || D Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| View angle|| click &amp;amp; hold right mouse button, then move mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Movement speed|| mouse wheel up or down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms usually have &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with spawn&amp;quot; in their name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into Design Mode and place a [[Dungeon Totem]] on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures. For details on where to obtain essences, crafting the totems, and the different types of totems, see [[Dungeon Totem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; Give Loot or XP==&lt;br /&gt;
You can place a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] in decoratable Player Dungeon modules, and it will cause a &amp;quot;Lich Mimic&amp;quot; (with 3,641 health) to spawn in adventure mode (The lich is hostile and will attack; however, it will not give any loot nor any experience points when killed). You can place the statue as deco when the dungeon is in either Design Mode or Adventure Mode (as long as [[Deco Mode]] is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
You can place multiple statues in a module, and each statue will spawn a lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resurrection Locations in a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
All Dungeon Foyers have [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
However, depending on the design of your dungeon, it may not be possible to return to the Foyer if you die in certain areas. &lt;br /&gt;
You can add additional resurrection locations by placing [[Resurrection Ankh]]s or [[Resurrection Chaos]] in your dungeon (these items can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Decorating a Dungeon and Decoration Limits==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Decoration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving a Decorated Lot or Basement==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Property Manager]] window to store a fully-decorated lot or basement and unpack it to either that same lot or another empty lot of the same size that you have claimed in any scene. You can also store player dungeons in the Property Manager. Dungeon points are based on the lot size that the dungeon is started on. Using the Property Manager to move a player dungeon to a larger lot will not recalculate that base.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Property Manager window from the Stained Glass menu icon, the Lot Deeds options menu, or from any lot sign in any scene. The left side of the window shows your available slots and their current storage status. Each player is given 5 storage slots. You may purchase additional storage slots with Crowns of the Obsidians. The right side of the Property Manager window shows all of your claimed lots. Each lot includes the name of the deed used to claim the lot, the location of the lot, and the size of the lot. Each lot also has two slots: one for the primary contents of your lot (including the house), and one for the basement and its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Housing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145557</id>
		<title>Player Dungeon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145557"/>
		<updated>2025-11-05T01:02:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: /* Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|image=SS DungeonBasement F.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&#039;&#039;Green Marble Dungeon Room&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; {{PAGENAME}} &#039;&#039;&#039; are player made custom dungeons you can create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Lot owners can attach their own player dungeon to their lot. A dungeon is different from a basement, but does share some similarities. For instance, it’s like a basement in the sense that a dungeon is an expansion to a lot that exists independently of any house on that lot; you may place a dungeon entrance on your lot even if that lot doesn’t have a house on it, and vice-versa.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You’ll need two things in order to place a dungeon on your lot: a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]]. You can buy recipes to craft them for gold from [[bookseller]] merchants (located in some large NPC towns, such as Aerie, Ardoris, Brittany Estates, and Kingsport).  You can also buy foyers from the in-game [[Crown Shop]].  You can reshape your crafted entrance with patterns available from the in-game Crown Store or as loot in game.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Entrances are placeable decorations that can be deployed on the ground anywhere there is room on your lot. This includes inside or outside your house, including the upper floors. Dungeon Entrances will not function without a Dungeon Foyer Deed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Foyer Deeds function much like basement deeds. To connect your dungeon entrance to a dungeon foyer, you must have the deed to that foyer in your possession. To enter a player dungeon, double-click the dungeon entrance object and click the “Enter Dungeon” or “Enter Sample Dungeon” button. If a dungeon is available, you’ll be sent to that scene.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In addition to being an entry point for your dungeon, your dungeon entrance is also a tool that allows you to change the associated dungeon foyer and adjust the permissions for those who can enter your dungeon, much like the sign outside of a housing lot.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The Lot owner can expand the dungeon beyond the foyer by adding additional hallways and rooms. They can also place decorations and add encounter rooms with dangerous enemies!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Player dungeons, like basements, can be set to allow for open-PvP. Be cautious when entering a player dungeon!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Every dungeon foyer contains a Resurrection Ankh near the entrance.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/playerinstructions Player Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Helpful Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you’re an owner or steward, enter the “/slew” command into your chat window to enter “free camera” mode and fly around your dungeon. Change your speed with your mouse wheel. Turn off this mode by entering “/slew” in the chat window again or pressing ESC twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Basement Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Basement Entrance Menu.png&lt;br /&gt;
|caption= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
To start building a dungeon on your lot, you will need a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] (after these 2 items are placed, then you can enter the dungeon and place additional rooms and hallways).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; is a decoration item that is placed on a player&#039;s lot, and it serves as the entry point of the player dungeon. After you place the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; on your lot, you can double-click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Foyer&amp;quot; is the starting room of the dungeon. When you enter the dungeon, you will be placed in the Foyer. To exit the dungeon, you must return to the foyer and click on the ladder (or you can teleport out using a [[Teleport Scroll]]). Also, there is a resurrection ankh in the Dungeon foyer, so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of Dungeon Basement Entrances and Foyers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Craftable Entrance &amp;amp; Foyer - The [[Tomb Dungeon Entrance]] and the [[Single Connection Stone Dungeon Foyer]] are craftable (the recipes can be purchased from NPC [[Bookseller]]s). You can apply a [[Pattern]] to the Tomb Dungeon Entrance to give it a different appearance (these patterns can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers - For the Dungeon Entrances, you can purchase a pattern from the [[Crown Shop]] and apply it to the crafted entrance. For foyers, you can purchase the Foyer from the [[Crown Shop]] (a pattern is not needed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on the various Entrances and Foyers, see&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Foyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Initial Steps in Creating a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: Obtain a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] and make sure they are in your inventory (these items can be crafted or purchased in the Crown Shop).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: Place the Dungeon Basement Entrance on your lot (see [[Decoration]] for instructions on placing items on the lot).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Double-click on the Dungeon Basement entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu. If you have not placed a Foyer yet, the menu will show &amp;quot;No Dungeon&amp;quot; and the text of the &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot; button will be grey (i.e. the button is deactivated because there is no dungeon yet).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4:  Click &amp;quot;Change Dungeon&amp;quot;, then use the left &amp;amp; right arrows to scroll though the foyer options. Select the foyer that is in your inventory, and then click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the dungeon, double-click on the Dungeon Basement Entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, then click &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be adding or removing rooms, hallways, and totems to the dungeon, then you will want to put the Dungeon in Design Mode before you enter (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
The Dungeon Mode can only be set prior to entering a dungeon, and cannot be changed when you are in the dungeon. The dungeon will be in whichever mode it was last set to. If you want to change modes, do so before entering the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change Dungeon Mode, click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, and then click the cog symbol on the upper right side of the menu. Then select either &amp;quot;Enable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Disable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; (turning off Adventure mode will place the dungeon in Design Mode). The dungeon will remain in the whichever mode it was last set to (i.e. it does not revert to a default mode when leaving the dungeon or exiting the game).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or remove rooms/hallways&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of spawn rooms&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement within the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Slew - this command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon. You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. For details, see the Slew Section below. &lt;br /&gt;
* Getting Killed - see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adventure Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement and activity within the dungeon (e.g. you can [[Fishing|Fish]] in appropriate areas).&lt;br /&gt;
* Rooms with a totem or with a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] will spawn hostile creatures that can be killed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Getting Killed - see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Your avatar can die in both Adventure mode and Design mode. For example, you will die in either mode if you fall from too high up. The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect in the foyer if there is a pathway to reach it. If you die in a place where there is no resurrection ankh or no pathway to get to an ankh, then you will need to let the resurrection timer run out (in which case you will resurrect at the foyer, and any items that you have equipped with take -5% durability hit). So, you may consider designing your dungeon while equipped with junk gear just in case you fall into a place where there is no accessible ankh. Also, make sure you can access a resurrection device regardless of where you may die in your dungeon. You can add additional [[Resurrection Ankh]]s and [[Resurrection Chaos]] to the dungeon (these can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Note: [[Deco Mode]] is not specific to dungeons, and can be used when you are on a lot, in a house, in a basement, or in a player dungeon. Deco mode allows you to add, remove, or adjust decorations if you have sufficient permissions. In a player dungeon, Deco Mode can be enabled regardless of whether the dungeon is in Design Mode or Adventure Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them==&lt;br /&gt;
A dungeon module is a room, hallway, grotto, cave, or other interor space that can be added to a Player Dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of Dungeon Modules, see &lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Hallways|Dungeon Hallways]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Rooms|Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules can be added to the dungeon after the Dungeon Entrance and Dungeon Foyer have been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, Dungeon modules come in 2 types:&lt;br /&gt;
* Decoration only (these rooms do not have the term &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; in their name) - these modules only allow for decorations to be placed, and cannot spawn encounters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Capable of Spawning Encounters (most of these modules have the term  &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name) - some rooms allow for spawns (and sometimes decoration). Each type of room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]]  will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn [[Troll]]s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon modules can be obtained by the following means:&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased from the [[Crown Shop]] - some dungeon modules are only available in the Crow Shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop as loot - the only known examples of this are the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room]] and the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]], which can drop as loot from some higher level [[Troll]]s, particularly the ones in [[Ruined Keep]] and [[Ravensmoor]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Crafted - the crafted modules all require a recipe and a blueprint. The recipes and blueprints for some modules can be purchased from NPC  [[Bookseller]]s, while others will drop as loot. Also, note that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;all of the recipes for dungeon modules (including recipes for creating dungeon rooms, converting spawned rooms to decorative rooms, and converting decorative rooms to spawned rooms) are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. So, you can easily learn the recipes from other players or learn them by looking up the ingredients on the wiki and crafting them. This also means that you can easily convert your room between spawn or decoration versions. The more crucial item to obtain is the blueprint (because the recipe can be obtained from sources other than loot). The dungeon modules for which the blueprints must be obtained from loot are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Locations Where You Can Loot Recipes and Blueprints Needed to Craft Certain Dungeon Modules&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Location of Recipes and Blueprints for Module !! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Module Name !!  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Spawn/Totem Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(if allowed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Zone: !! Drop as Loot From:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blackblade Pass]] || [[Satyr]]s || [[Cave Stone Room - Lava Grotto (6x7) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Brittany Sewers]] || ? || [[Stone Dungeon Room - Village Lot Cellar (2 floor)(2x2) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;|[[Compendium of Pain and Suffering|Compendium of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Pain and Suffering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | Chests&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 1)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 2)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 3)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 1)]] || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 2)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 3)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Hilt Fortress]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Lich Mage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Deplorable Archmage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Decaying Commander]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (all are in or around the &amp;quot;Crypts of Eternity&amp;quot; POI)*&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda Encounter with Spawns]]  || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room (Deco))]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room Pristine Deco)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room with Spawns)]] || [[Spider]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Owl&#039;s Head Sewers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Razox Dread]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Owl&#039;s Head Sewer)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Owl&#039;s Head Sewer, Spawned]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ruins of Ravensmoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ras&#039;al&#039;horag, Undead Lord]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Undead Ravensmoor)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[The Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ebon Cultist Marksman]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist High Wizard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist Champion]]||[[Stone Dungeon Small Temple (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Throne Hall (The Fall)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot; | [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(At Entrance to &amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(At Entrance to &amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss) w/ Spawns]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Obsidian [[Troll]]||[[The Rise Shaft]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Obsidian [[Troll]]||[[The Rise Shaft with Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[The Rise Dog Room]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room - The Rise Library]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[The Rise Library w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; POI = Point of Interest, which shows up on the compass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Blue Hammer/Mallet Icon at Connection Point (in Design Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Icon.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Editor Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Menu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Your dungeon must be in Design Mode in order to add dungeon modules.&lt;br /&gt;
The modules that you want to add must be in your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the connection point where you want to add a module and double-click on the blue Hammer/Mallet icon to open the Dungeon Editor Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the arrows to select the module that you want to attach. If applicable, click on the arrows to select which connection you want (some rooms have multiple connection points, and if this is the case, then a connection selector will appear on the Dungeon Editor Menu). Then, click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; is the number of points it will &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot; to place the currently selected module. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; shows the number of points you have used, followed by the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate.&lt;br /&gt;
For details, see the &amp;quot;Dungeon Points&amp;quot; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you are unable to add a room/hallway, there are 2 possible reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do not have enough dungeon points - if you do not have enough points to add a room and if you want to increase the allowable size of your dungeon, click &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot; on the Dungeon Editor Menu to add more points.&lt;br /&gt;
* You have a collision issue with another module - the module that you are trying to place is colliding into a previously placed module. If the module you are trying to place has another connection point, you can try to chose another connection to see if that  resolves the collision issue. Otherwise, you may need to find another place to put the module Note: collision between modules can still occur when the game allows you to place the module.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Points==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon points are a numerical representation of the size of dungeon and its components. In general, an 8 x 8 area represents one dungeon point.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Value&#039;&#039;&#039; - Each Dungeon Module has a &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; that depends on its size (a larger module has a larger Dungeon Point Value). This value is the cost (in points) of placing the module in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Limit&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate. The Dungeon Point Limit controls how many modules your dungeon can contain and controls the decoration limits. You are given a base Dungeon Point Limit depending on the size of the lot on which you placed the Dungeon Entrance (but you can increase this limit, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;Margin-left: auto; Margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Lot Size&lt;br /&gt;
! Base Dungeon Points&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Row&lt;br /&gt;
|50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Village&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Town&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|City&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Castle&lt;br /&gt;
|300&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time you add a hallway or room to the dungeon, its Dungeon Point Value is added to the number of dungeon points that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
You can keep adding rooms/hallways until you exceed the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot;.  If you wish to add more rooms/hallways, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decoration limits of a dungeon are dependent on the dungeon point limit (see [[Decoration#Player_Dungeons| Decoration Limit for Player Dungeons]]).  So if you want higher decoration limits, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slew Command: Getting A &amp;quot;Bird&#039;s Eye&amp;quot; View of Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
The Slew command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon (in other words, it allows you to have free control of the &amp;quot;camera&amp;quot; so that you can view the dungeon from any position and from any angle, regardless of whether the view is from inside or outside the dungeon walls). It is often beneficial to have [[Night Vision]] active when in Slew mode because it helps you see more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. When slew is on, you can move your viewpoint using the following controls:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: Auto; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Control of Movement in Slew Mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Desired Movement of Position or View Angle !! Keyboard or Mouse Control&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Up|| E key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Down || Q key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward || W Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Backward || S Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Left || A Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Right || D Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| View angle|| click &amp;amp; hold right mouse button, then move mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Movement speed|| mouse wheel up or down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms usually have &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with spawn&amp;quot; in their name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into Design Mode and place a [[Dungeon Totem]] on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures. For details on where to obtain essences, crafting the totems, and the different types of totems, see [[Dungeon Totem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; Give Loot or XP==&lt;br /&gt;
You can place a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] in decoratable Player Dungeon modules, and it will cause a &amp;quot;Lich Mimic&amp;quot; (with 3,641 health) to spawn in adventure mode (The lich is hostile and will attack; however, it will not give any loot nor any experience points when killed). You can place the statue as deco when the dungeon is in either Design Mode or Adventure Mode (as long as [[Deco Mode]] is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
You can place multiple statues in a module, and each statue will spawn a lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resurrection Locations in a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
All Dungeon Foyers have [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
However, depending on the design of your dungeon, it may not be possible to return to the Foyer if you die in certain areas. &lt;br /&gt;
You can add additional resurrection locations by placing [[Resurrection Ankh]]s or [[Resurrection Chaos]] in your dungeon (these items can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Decorating a Dungeon and Decoration Limits==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Decoration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving a Decorated Lot or Basement==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Property Manager]] window to store a fully-decorated lot or basement and unpack it to either that same lot or another empty lot of the same size that you have claimed in any scene. You can also store player dungeons in the Property Manager. Dungeon points are based on the lot size that the dungeon is started on. Using the Property Manager to move a player dungeon to a larger lot will not recalculate that base.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Property Manager window from the Stained Glass menu icon, the Lot Deeds options menu, or from any lot sign in any scene. The left side of the window shows your available slots and their current storage status. Each player is given 5 storage slots. You may purchase additional storage slots with Crowns of the Obsidians. The right side of the Property Manager window shows all of your claimed lots. Each lot includes the name of the deed used to claim the lot, the location of the lot, and the size of the lot. Each lot also has two slots: one for the primary contents of your lot (including the house), and one for the basement and its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Housing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145556</id>
		<title>Player Dungeon</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://sotawiki.org/index.php?title=Player_Dungeon&amp;diff=145556"/>
		<updated>2025-11-05T00:38:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;174.45.69.8: /* Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|image=SS DungeonBasement F.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&#039;&#039;Green Marble Dungeon Room&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{tocright}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039; {{PAGENAME}} &#039;&#039;&#039; are player made custom dungeons you can create.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;Lot owners can attach their own player dungeon to their lot. A dungeon is different from a basement, but does share some similarities. For instance, it’s like a basement in the sense that a dungeon is an expansion to a lot that exists independently of any house on that lot; you may place a dungeon entrance on your lot even if that lot doesn’t have a house on it, and vice-versa.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You’ll need two things in order to place a dungeon on your lot: a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]]. You can buy recipes to craft them for gold from [[bookseller]] merchants (located in some large NPC towns, such as Aerie, Ardoris, Brittany Estates, and Kingsport).  You can also buy foyers from the in-game [[Crown Shop]].  You can reshape your crafted entrance with patterns available from the in-game Crown Store or as loot in game.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Entrances are placeable decorations that can be deployed on the ground anywhere there is room on your lot. This includes inside or outside your house, including the upper floors. Dungeon Entrances will not function without a Dungeon Foyer Deed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Dungeon Foyer Deeds function much like basement deeds. To connect your dungeon entrance to a dungeon foyer, you must have the deed to that foyer in your possession. To enter a player dungeon, double-click the dungeon entrance object and click the “Enter Dungeon” or “Enter Sample Dungeon” button. If a dungeon is available, you’ll be sent to that scene.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In addition to being an entry point for your dungeon, your dungeon entrance is also a tool that allows you to change the associated dungeon foyer and adjust the permissions for those who can enter your dungeon, much like the sign outside of a housing lot.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The Lot owner can expand the dungeon beyond the foyer by adding additional hallways and rooms. They can also place decorations and add encounter rooms with dangerous enemies!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Player dungeons, like basements, can be set to allow for open-PvP. Be cautious when entering a player dungeon!&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Every dungeon foyer contains a Resurrection Ankh near the entrance.&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[https://www.shroudoftheavatar.com/playerinstructions Player Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Helpful Tip:&#039;&#039;&#039; If you’re an owner or steward, enter the “/slew” command into your chat window to enter “free camera” mode and fly around your dungeon. Change your speed with your mouse wheel. Turn off this mode by entering “/slew” in the chat window again or pressing ESC twice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Basement Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Basement Entrance Menu.png&lt;br /&gt;
|caption= &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
To start building a dungeon on your lot, you will need a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] (after these 2 items are placed, then you can enter the dungeon and place additional rooms and hallways).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; is a decoration item that is placed on a player&#039;s lot, and it serves as the entry point of the player dungeon. After you place the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; on your lot, you can double-click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &amp;quot;Dungeon Foyer&amp;quot; is the starting room of the dungeon. When you enter the dungeon, you will be placed in the Foyer. To exit the dungeon, you must return to the foyer and click on the ladder (or you can teleport out using a [[Teleport Scroll]]). Also, there is a resurrection ankh in the Dungeon foyer, so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a variety of Dungeon Basement Entrances and Foyers.&lt;br /&gt;
* Craftable Entrance &amp;amp; Foyer - The [[Tomb Dungeon Entrance]] and the [[Single Connection Stone Dungeon Foyer]] are craftable (the recipes can be purchased from NPC [[Bookseller]]s). You can apply a [[Pattern]] to the Tomb Dungeon Entrance to give it a different appearance (these patterns can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased Entrances &amp;amp; Foyers - For the Dungeon Entrances, you can purchase a pattern from the [[Crown Shop]] and apply it to the crafted entrance. For foyers, you can purchase the Foyer from the [[Crown Shop]] (a pattern is not needed).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For details on the various Entrances and Foyers, see&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dungeon Foyer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==The Initial Steps in Creating a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1: Obtain a [[Dungeon Basement Entrance]] and a [[Dungeon Foyer]] and make sure they are in your inventory (these items can be crafted or purchased in the Crown Shop).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2: Place the Dungeon Basement Entrance on your lot (see [[Decoration]] for instructions on placing items on the lot).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3: Double-click on the Dungeon Basement entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu. If you have not placed a Foyer yet, the menu will show &amp;quot;No Dungeon&amp;quot; and the text of the &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot; button will be grey (i.e. the button is deactivated because there is no dungeon yet).&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4:  Click &amp;quot;Change Dungeon&amp;quot;, then use the left &amp;amp; right arrows to scroll though the foyer options. Select the foyer that is in your inventory, and then click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enter the dungeon, double-click on the Dungeon Basement Entrance to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, then click &amp;quot;Enter Dungeon&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If you will be adding or removing rooms, hallways, and totems to the dungeon, then you will want to put the Dungeon in Design Mode before you enter (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Specific Modes: Design Mode versus Adventure Mode==&lt;br /&gt;
The Dungeon Mode can only be set prior to entering a dungeon, and cannot be changed when you are in the dungeon. The dungeon will be in whichever mode it was last set to. If you want to change modes, do so before entering the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change Dungeon Mode, click on the &amp;quot;Dungeon Basement Entrance&amp;quot; to open the Dungeon Basement Menu, and then click the cog symbol on the upper right side of the menu. Then select either &amp;quot;Enable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Disable Dungeon Adventure Mode&amp;quot; (turning off Adventure mode will place the dungeon in Design Mode). The dungeon will remain in the whichever mode it was last set to (i.e. it does not revert to a default mode when leaving the dungeon or exiting the game).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Design Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Add or remove rooms/hallways&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Place a totem on the pedestal of spawn rooms&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement within the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* Slew - this command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon. You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. For details, see the Slew Section below. &lt;br /&gt;
* Getting Killed - see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Adventure Mode&#039;&#039;&#039; allows for the following actions:&lt;br /&gt;
* Standard movement and activity within the dungeon (e.g. you can [[Fishing|Fish]] in appropriate areas).&lt;br /&gt;
* Rooms with a totem or with a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] will spawn hostile creatures that can be killed.&lt;br /&gt;
* Add, remove, or adjust decorations in your dungeon (if [[Deco Mode]] &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
* Getting Killed - see below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Your avatar can die in both Adventure mode and Design mode. For example, you will die in either mode if you fall from too high up. The foyer always comes with a [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect in the foyer if there is a pathway to reach it. If you die in a place where there is no resurrection ankh or no pathway to get to an ankh, then you will need to let the resurrection timer run out (in which case you will resurrect at the foyer, and any items that you have equipped with take -5% durability hit). So, you may consider designing your dungeon while equipped with junk gear just in case you fall into a place where there is no accessible ankh. Also, make sure you can access a resurrection device regardless of where you may die in your dungeon. You can add additional [[Resurrection Ankh]]s and [[Resurrection Chaos]] to the dungeon (these can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;dagger;&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; Note: [[Deco Mode]] is not specific to dungeons, and can be used when you are on a lot, in a house, in a basement, or in a player dungeon. Deco mode allows you to add, remove, or adjust decorations if you have sufficient permissions. In a player dungeon, Deco Mode can be enabled regardless of whether the dungeon is in Design Mode or Adventure Mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Modules and Where to Get Them==&lt;br /&gt;
A dungeon module is a room, hallway, grotto, cave, or other interor space that can be added to a Player Dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a list of Dungeon Modules, see &lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Hallways|Dungeon Hallways]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[:Category:Dungeon Rooms|Dungeon Rooms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Modules can be added to the dungeon after the Dungeon Entrance and Dungeon Foyer have been placed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In general, Dungeon modules come in 2 types:&lt;br /&gt;
* Decoration only (these rooms do not have the term &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; in their name) - these modules only allow for decorations to be placed, and cannot spawn encounters.&lt;br /&gt;
* Capable of Spawning Encounters (most of these modules have the term  &amp;quot;spawn&amp;quot; in their name) - some rooms allow for spawns (and sometimes decoration). Each type of room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]]  will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn [[Troll]]s).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon modules can be obtained by the following means:&lt;br /&gt;
* Purchased from the [[Crown Shop]] - some dungeon modules are only available in the Crow Shop.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drop as loot - the only known examples of this are the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room]] and the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]], which can drop as loot from some higher level [[Troll]]s, particularly the ones in [[Ruined Keep]] and [[Ravensmoor]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Crafted - the crafted modules all require a recipe and a blueprint. The recipes and blueprints for some modules can be purchased from NPC  [[Bookseller]]s, while others will drop as loot. Also, note that &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:fuchsia&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;all of the recipes for dungeon modules (including recipes for creating dungeon rooms, converting spawned rooms to decorative rooms, and converting decorative rooms to spawned rooms) are [[Re-Teachable]] and [[Discoverable]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. So, you can easily learn the recipes from other players or learn them by looking up the ingredients on the wiki and crafting them. This also means that you can easily convert your room between spawn or decoration versions. The more crucial item to obtain is the blueprint (because the recipe can be obtained from sources other than loot). The dungeon modules for which the blueprints must be obtained from loot are listed in the table below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin:left&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Locations Where You Can Loot Recipes and Blueprints Needed to Craft Certain Dungeon Modules&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Location of Recipes and Blueprints for Module !! rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Module Name !!  rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | Spawn/Totem Type&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(if allowed)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Zone: !! Drop as Loot From:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Blackblade Pass]] || [[Satyr]]s || [[Cave Stone Room - Lava Grotto (6x7) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Brittany Sewers]] || ? || [[Stone Dungeon Room - Village Lot Cellar (2 floor)(2x2) - 4 Conn]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot;|[[Compendium of Pain and Suffering|Compendium of&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Pain and Suffering]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; | Chests&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 1)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 2)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Random Encounter 3)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 1)]] || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 2)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Spawned (Random Encounter 3)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Hilt Fortress]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; | [[Lich Mage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Deplorable Archmage]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Decaying Commander]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; (all are in or around the &amp;quot;Crypts of Eternity&amp;quot; POI)*&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Rotunda Encounter with Spawns]]  || [[Kobold]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room (Deco))]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room Pristine Deco)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Hilt Spider Room with Spawns)]] || [[Spider]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Owl&#039;s Head Sewers]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; | [[Razox Dread]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Owl&#039;s Head Sewer)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room Owl&#039;s Head Sewer, Spawned]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ruins of Ravensmoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; | [[Ras&#039;al&#039;horag, Undead Lord]] (boss lich)&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Stone Dungeon Room (Undead Ravensmoor)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; | [[The Fall]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Ebon Cultist Marksman]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist High Wizard]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Ebon Cultist Champion]]||[[Stone Dungeon Small Temple (The Fall)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Throne Hall (The Fall)]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[Stone Dungeon Encounter Room, Lich (The Fall)]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|rowspan=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot; | [[The Rise]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(At Entrance to &amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss)]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Hardened Obsidian Elf Guard]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(At Entrance to &amp;quot;Hallway of Statues&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room (Lich Boss) w/ Spawns]] || [[Lich]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Obsidian Troll]]||[[The Rise Shaft]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Ferocious [[Orange Pit Dragon]],&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[Obsidian Troll]]||[[The Rise Shaft with Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|?||[[The Rise Dog Room]] || ?&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[Stone Dungeon Room - The Rise Library]] || -&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Obsidian Elf Archmage]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;(in the &amp;quot;Gallery&amp;quot; POI)*||[[The Rise Library w/Spawns]] || [[Elf]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; POI = Point of Interest, which shows up on the compass.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Adding Hallways &amp;amp; Rooms to Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Blue Hammer/Mallet Icon at Connection Point (in Design Mode)&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Icon.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Infobox&lt;br /&gt;
|name=Dungeon Editor Menu&lt;br /&gt;
|image=Dungeon Editor Menu.jpg&lt;br /&gt;
|caption=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
Your dungeon must be in Design Mode in order to add dungeon modules.&lt;br /&gt;
The modules that you want to add must be in your inventory.&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the connection point where you want to add a module and double-click on the blue Hammer/Mallet icon to open the Dungeon Editor Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the arrows to select the module that you want to attach. If applicable, click on the arrows to select which connection you want (some rooms have multiple connection points, and if this is the case, then a connection selector will appear on the Dungeon Editor Menu). Then, click &amp;quot;Accept&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; is the number of points it will &amp;quot;cost&amp;quot; to place the currently selected module. &lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; shows the number of points you have used, followed by the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate.&lt;br /&gt;
For details, see the &amp;quot;Dungeon Points&amp;quot; section below.&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you are unable to add a room/hallway, there are 2 possible reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
* You do not have enough dungeon points - if you do not have enough points to add a room and if you want to increase the allowable size of your dungeon, click &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot; on the Dungeon Editor Menu to add more points.&lt;br /&gt;
* You have a collision issue with another module - the module that you are trying to place is colliding into a previously placed module. If the module you are trying to place has another connection point, you can try to chose another connection to see if that  resolves the collision issue. Otherwise, you may need to find another place to put the module Note: collision between modules can still occur when the game allows you to place the module.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br clear=&amp;quot;all&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Points==&lt;br /&gt;
Dungeon points are a numerical representation of the size of dungeon and its components. In general, an 8 x 8 area represents one dungeon point.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Value&#039;&#039;&#039; - Each Dungeon Module has a &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Value&amp;quot; that depends on its size (a larger module has a larger Dungeon Point Value). This value is the cost (in points) of placing the module in your dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Dungeon Point Limit&#039;&#039;&#039; - this is the total number of points that your dungeon can accommodate. The Dungeon Point Limit controls how many modules your dungeon can contain and controls the decoration limits. You are given a base Dungeon Point Limit depending on the size of the lot on which you placed the Dungeon Entrance (but you can increase this limit, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;sotawikitable slim&amp;quot;  style=&amp;quot;Margin-left: auto; Margin-right:auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Lot Size&lt;br /&gt;
! Base Dungeon Points&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Row&lt;br /&gt;
|50&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Village&lt;br /&gt;
|100&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Town&lt;br /&gt;
|150&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|City&lt;br /&gt;
|200&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Keep&lt;br /&gt;
|250&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Castle&lt;br /&gt;
|300&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each time you add a hallway or room to the dungeon, its Dungeon Point Value is added to the number of dungeon points that you have used.&lt;br /&gt;
You can keep adding rooms/hallways until you exceed the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot;.  If you wish to add more rooms/hallways, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The decoration limits of a dungeon are dependent on the dungeon point limit (see [[Decoration#Player_Dungeons| Decoration Limit for Player Dungeons]]).  So if you want higher decoration limits, then you can increase the &amp;quot;Dungeon Point Limit&amp;quot; by opening up the &amp;quot;Dungeon Editor Menu&amp;quot; and then clicking &amp;quot;Upgrade&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Slew Command: Getting A &amp;quot;Bird&#039;s Eye&amp;quot; View of Your Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
The Slew command allows you obtain an external &amp;quot;birds eye&amp;quot; view of your dungeon, so you can more clearly see the layout of the dungeon (in other words, it allows you to have free control of the &amp;quot;camera&amp;quot; so that you can view the dungeon from any position and from any angle, regardless of whether the view is from inside or outside the dungeon walls). It is often beneficial to have [[Night Vision]] active when in Slew mode because it helps you see more detail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can toggle slew on and off by typing &amp;quot;/slew&amp;quot; in chat. When slew is on, you can move your viewpoint using the following controls:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;margin-left: auto; margin-right: Auto; text-align: center;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Control of Movement in Slew Mode&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Desired Movement of Position or View Angle !! Keyboard or Mouse Control&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Up|| E key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Down || Q key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Forward || W Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Backward || S Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Left || A Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Right || D Key&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| View angle|| click &amp;amp; hold right mouse button, then move mouse.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Movement speed|| mouse wheel up or down&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dungeon Totems - Spawning Creatures In Your Dungeon that Will Give Loot &amp;amp; XP==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some player dungeon rooms have the ability to spawn enemies within them (these rooms usually have &amp;quot;spawned&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;with spawn&amp;quot; in their name). When a dungeon room with spawns is initially placed, its spawns are not yet enabled.  To enable spawns, you must go into Design Mode and place a [[Dungeon Totem]] on the pedestal in the spawn room. While in Adventure Mode, a room with a totem will spawn the creatures named on the totem. Higher level totems will spawn higher level creatures that are more difficult to defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The totems are crafted from essences that drop as loot from certain creatures. For details on where to obtain essences, crafting the totems, and the different types of totems, see [[Dungeon Totem]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that each type of spawn room will allow only one specific type of creature to spawn. For example, the [[Ancient Stone Troll Room with Spawns]] will only allow you to put a Troll Totem on its pedestal (so it will only spawn Trolls).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Killing creatures that spawn from a totem will award modest loot and will award modest [[Adventure Experience]] points (in general, the loot and experience points are not as good as developer-created adventure zones).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Spawning Creatures in Your Dungeon That Do &#039;&#039;&#039;NOT&#039;&#039;&#039; Give Loot or XP==&lt;br /&gt;
You can place a [[Lich Fighter Spawner Statue]] in decoratable Player Dungeon modules, and it will cause a &amp;quot;Lich Mimic&amp;quot; (with 3,641 health) to spawn in adventure mode (The lich is hostile and will attack; however, it will not give any loot nor any experience points when killed). You can place the statue as deco when the dungeon is in either Design Mode or Adventure Mode (as long as [[Deco Mode]] is enabled).&lt;br /&gt;
You can place multiple statues in a module, and each statue will spawn a lich.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Resurrection Locations in a Dungeon==&lt;br /&gt;
All Dungeon Foyers have [[Resurrection Ankh]], so you can resurrect if you get killed in the dungeon.&lt;br /&gt;
However, depending on the design of your dungeon, it may not be possible to return to the Foyer if you die in certain areas. &lt;br /&gt;
You can add additional resurrection locations by placing [[Resurrection Ankh]]s or [[Resurrection Chaos]] in your dungeon (these items can be purchased in the [[Crown Shop]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Decorating a Dungeon and Decoration Limits==&lt;br /&gt;
See [[Decoration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Moving a Decorated Lot or Basement==&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the [[Property Manager]] window to store a fully-decorated lot or basement and unpack it to either that same lot or another empty lot of the same size that you have claimed in any scene. You can also store player dungeons in the Property Manager. Dungeon points are based on the lot size that the dungeon is started on. Using the Property Manager to move a player dungeon to a larger lot will not recalculate that base.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can access the Property Manager window from the Stained Glass menu icon, the Lot Deeds options menu, or from any lot sign in any scene. The left side of the window shows your available slots and their current storage status. Each player is given 5 storage slots. You may purchase additional storage slots with Crowns of the Obsidians. The right side of the Property Manager window shows all of your claimed lots. Each lot includes the name of the deed used to claim the lot, the location of the lot, and the size of the lot. Each lot also has two slots: one for the primary contents of your lot (including the house), and one for the basement and its contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Player Made Dungeons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Housing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>174.45.69.8</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>